Fossil

USE_SEE = @USE_SEE@
FOSSIL_ENABLE_MINIZ = @FOSSIL_ENABLE_MINIZ@

include $(SRCDIR)/main.mk

distclean: clean
	rm -f autoconfig.h config.log Makefile

USE_SEE = @USE_SEE@
FOSSIL_ENABLE_MINIZ = @FOSSIL_ENABLE_MINIZ@

include $(SRCDIR)/main.mk

distclean: clean
	rm -f autoconfig.h config.log Makefile

reconfig:
	@AUTOREMAKE@

# Automatically reconfigure whenever an autosetup file or one of the
# make source files change.
#
# The "touch" is necessary to avoid a make loop due to a new upstream
# feature in autosetup (GH 0a71e3c3b7) which rewrites *.in outputs only
# if doing so will write different contents; otherwise, it leaves them
# alone so the mtime doesn't change.  This means that if you change one
# our depdendencies besides Makefile.in, we'll reconfigure but Makefile
# won't change, so this rule will remain out of date, so we'll reconfig
# but Makefile won't change, so we'll reconfig but... endlessly.
#
# This is also why we repeat the reconfig target's command here instead
# of delegating to it with "$(MAKE) reconfig": having children running
# around interfering makes this failure mode even worse.
Makefile: @srcdir@/Makefile.in $(SRCDIR)/main.mk @AUTODEPS@
	@AUTOREMAKE@
	touch @builddir@/Makefile

2.3

2.4

    with-zlib:path|auto|tree
                         => {Look for zlib in the given path, automatically, or in the source tree}
    with-exec-rel-paths=0
                         => {Enable relative paths for external diff/gdiff}
    with-legacy-mv-rm=0  => {Enable legacy behavior for mv/rm (skip checkout files)}
    with-th1-docs=0      => {Enable TH1 for embedded documentation pages}
    with-th1-hooks=0     => {Enable TH1 hooks for commands and web pages}
    with-tcl=path        => {Enable Tcl integration, with Tcl in the specified path}
    with-tcl-stubs=0     => {Enable Tcl integration via stubs library mechanism}
    with-tcl-private-stubs=0
                         => {Enable Tcl integration via private stubs mechanism}
    with-see=0           => {Enable the SQLite Encryption Extension (SEE)}
    internal-sqlite=1    => {Don't use the internal SQLite, use the system one}
    static=0             => {Link a static executable}
    fusefs=1             => {Disable the Fuse Filesystem}
................................................................................
    # XXX: This will not work on all systems.
    define-append EXTRA_LDFLAGS -static
    msg-result "Trying to link statically"
} else {
    define-append EXTRA_CFLAGS -DFOSSIL_DYNAMIC_BUILD=1
    define FOSSIL_DYNAMIC_BUILD
}




# Helper for OpenSSL checking
proc check-for-openssl {msg {cflags {}} {libs {-lssl -lcrypto}}} {
    msg-checking "Checking for $msg..."
    set rc 0
    if {[is_mingw]} {
        lappend libs -lgdi32 -lwsock32 -lcrypt32
................................................................................
cc-check-function-in-lib gethostbyname nsl
if {![cc-check-function-in-lib socket {socket network}]} {
    # Last resort, may be Windows
    if {[is_mingw]} {
        define-append LIBS -lwsock32
    }
}
cc-check-function-in-lib iconv iconv
cc-check-functions utime
cc-check-functions usleep
cc-check-functions strchrnul

# Check for getloadavg(), and if it doesn't exist, define FOSSIL_OMIT_LOAD_AVERAGE
if {![cc-check-functions getloadavg]} {
  define FOSSIL_OMIT_LOAD_AVERAGE 1

    with-zlib:path|auto|tree
                         => {Look for zlib in the given path, automatically, or in the source tree}
    with-exec-rel-paths=0
                         => {Enable relative paths for external diff/gdiff}
    with-legacy-mv-rm=0  => {Enable legacy behavior for mv/rm (skip checkout files)}
    with-th1-docs=0      => {Enable TH1 for embedded documentation pages}
    with-th1-hooks=0     => {Enable TH1 hooks for commands and web pages}
    with-tcl:path        => {Enable Tcl integration, with Tcl in the specified path}
    with-tcl-stubs=0     => {Enable Tcl integration via stubs library mechanism}
    with-tcl-private-stubs=0
                         => {Enable Tcl integration via private stubs mechanism}
    with-see=0           => {Enable the SQLite Encryption Extension (SEE)}
    internal-sqlite=1    => {Don't use the internal SQLite, use the system one}
    static=0             => {Link a static executable}
    fusefs=1             => {Disable the Fuse Filesystem}
................................................................................
    # XXX: This will not work on all systems.
    define-append EXTRA_LDFLAGS -static
    msg-result "Trying to link statically"
} else {
    define-append EXTRA_CFLAGS -DFOSSIL_DYNAMIC_BUILD=1
    define FOSSIL_DYNAMIC_BUILD
}

# Check for libraries that need to be sorted out early
cc-check-function-in-lib iconv iconv

# Helper for OpenSSL checking
proc check-for-openssl {msg {cflags {}} {libs {-lssl -lcrypto}}} {
    msg-checking "Checking for $msg..."
    set rc 0
    if {[is_mingw]} {
        lappend libs -lgdi32 -lwsock32 -lcrypt32
................................................................................
cc-check-function-in-lib gethostbyname nsl
if {![cc-check-function-in-lib socket {socket network}]} {
    # Last resort, may be Windows
    if {[is_mingw]} {
        define-append LIBS -lwsock32
    }
}

cc-check-functions utime
cc-check-functions usleep
cc-check-functions strchrnul

# Check for getloadavg(), and if it doesn't exist, define FOSSIL_OMIT_LOAD_AVERAGE
if {![cc-check-functions getloadavg]} {
  define FOSSIL_OMIT_LOAD_AVERAGE 1

					set cond [expr {!$cond}]
				}
			}
			continue
		}
		lappend result $line
	}
	writefile $out [string map $mapping [join $result \n]]\n

	msg-result "Created [relative-path $out] from [relative-path $template]"

}

# build/host tuples and cross-compilation prefix
set build [opt-val build]
define build_alias $build
if {$build eq ""} {
	define build [config_guess]

					set cond [expr {!$cond}]
				}
			}
			continue
		}
		lappend result $line
	}
    write-if-changed $out [string map $mapping [join $result \n]]\n {

        msg-result "Created [relative-path $out] from [relative-path $template]"
    }
}

# build/host tuples and cross-compilation prefix
set build [opt-val build]
define build_alias $build
if {$build eq ""} {
	define build [config_guess]

<div class="footer">
Fossil $release_version $manifest_version $manifest_date
</div>
</body></html>

<div class="footer">
Fossil $release_version $manifest_version $manifest_date
</div>

<html>
<head>
<base href="$baseurl/$current_page" />
<title>$<project_name>: $<title></title>
<link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml" title="RSS Feed"
      href="$home/timeline.rss">
<link rel="stylesheet" href="$stylesheet_url" type="text/css"
      media="screen">
</head>
<body>
<div class="header">
  <div class="logo">
    <img src="$logo_image_url" alt="logo">
    <br />$<project_name>
  </div>
  <div class="title">$<title></div>
  <div class="status"><th1>

<div class="header">
  <div class="logo">
    <img src="$logo_image_url" alt="logo">
    <br />$<project_name>
  </div>
  <div class="title">$<title></div>
  <div class="status"><th1>

      </div> <!-- end div container -->
    </div> <!-- end div middle max-full-width -->
    <div class="footer">
      <div class="container">
        <div class="pull-right">
          <a href="https://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil $release_version $manifest_version $manifest_date</a>
        </div>
        This page was generated in about <th1>puts [expr {([utime]+[stime]+1000)/1000*0.001}]</th1>s
      </div>
    </div>
  </body>
</html>

  </div> <!-- end div container -->
</div> <!-- end div middle max-full-width -->
<div class="footer">
  <div class="container">
    <div class="pull-right">
      <a href="https://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil $release_version $manifest_version $manifest_date</a>
    </div>
    This page was generated in about <th1>puts [expr {([utime]+[stime]+1000)/1000*0.001}]</th1>s
  </div>
</div>

<html>
  <head>
    <base href="$baseurl/$current_page" />
    <title>$<project_name>: $<title></title>
      <link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml" title="RSS Feed" href="$home/timeline.rss" />
      <link rel="stylesheet" href="$stylesheet_url" type="text/css" media="screen" />
  </head>

  <body>
    <div class="header">
      <div class="container">

        <!-- Header -->
        <div class="login pull-right">
          <th1>
            if {[info exists login]} {
              html "<b>$login</b> — <a class='button' href='$home/login'>Logout</a>\n"
            } else {
              html "<a class='button' href='$home/login'>Login</a>\n"
            }
          </th1>
          <div>
            <h2><small>$title</small></h2>
          </div>
        </div>
        <div class='logo'>
          <img src='$logo_image_url' />
          <th1>
          if {[anycap jor]} {
            html "<a class='rss' href='$home/timeline.rss'></a>"
          }
          </th1>
        </div>

        <!-- Main Menu -->
        <div class="mainmenu">
          <ul>
            <th1>
proc menulink {url name} {
  upvar current_page current
  upvar home home
  if {[string range $url 0 [string length $current]] eq "/$current"} {
    html "<li class='active'>"
  } else {
    html "<li>"

<div class="header">
  <div class="container">

    <!-- Header -->
    <div class="login pull-right">
      <th1>
        if {[info exists login]} {
          html "<b>$login</b> — <a class='button' href='$home/login'>Logout</a>\n"
        } else {
          html "<a class='button' href='$home/login'>Login</a>\n"
        }
      </th1>
      <div>
        <h2><small>$title</small></h2>
      </div>
    </div>
    <div class='logo'>
      <img src='$logo_image_url' />
      <th1>
      if {[anycap jor]} {
        html "<a class='rss' href='$home/timeline.rss'></a>"
      }
      </th1>
    </div>

    <!-- Main Menu -->
    <div class="mainmenu">
      <ul>
        <th1>
proc menulink {url name} {
  upvar current_page current
  upvar home home
  if {[string range $url 0 [string length $current]] eq "/$current"} {
    html "<li class='active'>"
  } else {
    html "<li>"

      </div> <!-- end div container -->
    </div> <!-- end div middle max-full-width -->
    <div class="footer">
      <div class="container">
        <div class="pull-right">
          <a href="https://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil $release_version $manifest_version $manifest_date</a>
        </div>
        This page was generated in about <th1>puts [expr {([utime]+[stime]+1000)/1000*0.001}]</th1>s
      </div>
    </div>
  </body>
</html>

  </div> <!-- end div container -->
</div> <!-- end div middle max-full-width -->
<div class="footer">
  <div class="container">
    <div class="pull-right">
      <a href="https://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil $release_version $manifest_version $manifest_date</a>
    </div>
    This page was generated in about <th1>puts [expr {([utime]+[stime]+1000)/1000*0.001}]</th1>s
  </div>
</div>

<html>
  <head>
    <base href="$baseurl/$current_page" />
    <title>$<project_name>: $<title></title>
      <link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml" title="RSS Feed" href="$home/timeline.rss" />
      <link rel="stylesheet" href="$stylesheet_url" type="text/css" media="screen" />
  </head>

  <body>
    <div class="header">
      <div class="container">

        <div class="login pull-right">
          <th1>
            if {[info exists login]} {
              html "<b>$login</b> — <a class='button' href='$home/login'>Logout</a>\n"
            } else {
              html "<a class='button' href='$home/login'>Login</a>\n"
            }
          </th1>
        </div>
        <div class='title'>
          <h1>$<project_name>
          <th1>
          if {[anycap jor]} {
            html "<a class='rss' href='$home/timeline.rss'></a>"
          }
          </th1>
          <small> &nbsp;$<title></small></h1>
        </div>

        <!-- Main Menu -->
        <div class="mainmenu">
          <ul>
            <th1>
proc menulink {url name} {
  upvar current_page current
  upvar home home
  if {[string range $url 0 [string length $current]] eq "/$current"} {
    html "<li class='active'>"
  } else {
    html "<li>"

<div class="header">
  <div class="container">

    <div class="login pull-right">
      <th1>
        if {[info exists login]} {
          html "<b>$login</b> — <a class='button' href='$home/login'>Logout</a>\n"
        } else {
          html "<a class='button' href='$home/login'>Login</a>\n"
        }
      </th1>
    </div>
    <div class='title'>
      <h1>$<project_name>
      <th1>
      if {[anycap jor]} {
        html "<a class='rss' href='$home/timeline.rss'></a>"
      }
      </th1>
      <small> &nbsp;$<title></small></h1>
    </div>

    <!-- Main Menu -->
    <div class="mainmenu">
      <ul>
        <th1>
proc menulink {url name} {
  upvar current_page current
  upvar home home
  if {[string range $url 0 [string length $current]] eq "/$current"} {
    html "<li class='active'>"
  } else {
    html "<li>"

  var target = document.querySelector(
    collapse.getAttribute('data-target')
  );
  target.classList.toggle('collapse');
  target.classList.toggle('collapsed');
};
</script>
</body></html>

  var target = document.querySelector(
    collapse.getAttribute('data-target')
  );
  target.classList.toggle('collapse');
  target.classList.toggle('collapsed');
};
</script>

<div class="footer">
This page was generated in about
<th1>puts [expr {([utime]+[stime]+1000)/1000*0.001}]</th1>s by
Fossil $release_version $manifest_version $manifest_date
</div>
</body></html>

<div class="footer">
This page was generated in about
<th1>puts [expr {([utime]+[stime]+1000)/1000*0.001}]</th1>s by
Fossil $release_version $manifest_version $manifest_date
</div>

<html>
  <head>
    <base href="$baseurl/$current_page" />
    <title>$<project_name>: $<title></title>
      <link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml" title="RSS Feed"
            href="$home/timeline.rss" />
      <link rel="stylesheet" href="$stylesheet_url" type="text/css"
            media="screen" />
  </head>

  <body>
    <div class="header">
      <div class="title"><h1>$<project_name></h1>$<title></div>
        <div class="status"><th1>
     if {[info exists login]} {
       html "$login — <a href='$home/login'>Logout</a>\n"
     } else {
       html "<a href='$home/login'>Login</a>\n"
     }
        </th1></div>
    </div>

    <div class="mainmenu">
<th1>
proc menulink {url name} {
  upvar current_page current
  upvar home home
  if {[string range $url 0 [string length $current]] eq "/$current"} {
    html "<a href='$home$url' class='active'>$name</a>\n"
  } else {

<div class="header">
  <div class="title"><h1>$<project_name></h1>$<title></div>
    <div class="status"><th1>
 if {[info exists login]} {
   html "$login — <a href='$home/login'>Logout</a>\n"
 } else {
   html "<a href='$home/login'>Login</a>\n"
 }
    </th1></div>
</div>

<div class="mainmenu">
<th1>
proc menulink {url name} {
  upvar current_page current
  upvar home home
  if {[string range $url 0 [string length $current]] eq "/$current"} {
    html "<a href='$home$url' class='active'>$name</a>\n"
  } else {

  This page was generated in about
  <th1>puts [expr {([utime]+[stime]+1000)/1000*0.001}]</th1>s by
  <a href="$fossilUrl/">Fossil</a>
  version $release_version $tclVersion
  <a href="$fossilUrl/index.html/info/$version">$manifest_version</a>
  <a href="$fossilUrl/index.html/timeline?c=$fossilDate&amp;y=ci">$manifest_date</a>
</div>
</body></html>

  This page was generated in about
  <th1>puts [expr {([utime]+[stime]+1000)/1000*0.001}]</th1>s by
  <a href="$fossilUrl/">Fossil</a>
  version $release_version $tclVersion
  <a href="$fossilUrl/index.html/info/$version">$manifest_version</a>
  <a href="$fossilUrl/index.html/timeline?c=$fossilDate&amp;y=ci">$manifest_date</a>
</div>

<html>
<head>
<base href="$baseurl/$current_page" />
<title>$<project_name>: $<title></title>
<link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml" title="RSS Feed"
      href="$home/timeline.rss" />
<link rel="stylesheet" href="$stylesheet_url" type="text/css"
      media="screen" />
</head>
<body>
<div class="header">
  <div class="logo">
    <th1>
    ##
    ## NOTE: The purpose of this procedure is to take the base URL of the
    ##       Fossil project and return the root of the entire web site using
    ##       the same URI scheme as the base URL (e.g. http or https).

<div class="header">
  <div class="logo">
    <th1>
    ##
    ## NOTE: The purpose of this procedure is to take the base URL of the
    ##       Fossil project and return the root of the entire web site using
    ##       the same URI scheme as the base URL (e.g. http or https).

  This page was generated in about
  <th1>puts [expr {([utime]+[stime]+1000)/1000*0.001}]</th1>s by
  <a href="$fossilUrl/">Fossil</a>
  version $release_version $tclVersion
  <a href="$fossilUrl/index.html/info/$version">$manifest_version</a>
  <a href="$fossilUrl/index.html/timeline?c=$fossilDate&amp;y=ci">$manifest_date</a>
</div>
</body></html>

  This page was generated in about
  <th1>puts [expr {([utime]+[stime]+1000)/1000*0.001}]</th1>s by
  <a href="$fossilUrl/">Fossil</a>
  version $release_version $tclVersion
  <a href="$fossilUrl/index.html/info/$version">$manifest_version</a>
  <a href="$fossilUrl/index.html/timeline?c=$fossilDate&amp;y=ci">$manifest_date</a>
</div>

<html>
<head>
<base href="$baseurl/$current_page" />
<title>$<project_name>: $<title></title>
<link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml" title="RSS Feed"
      href="$home/timeline.rss" />
<link rel="stylesheet" href="$stylesheet_url" type="text/css"
      media="screen" />
</head>
<body>
<div class="header">
  <div class="logo">
    <th1>
    ##
    ## NOTE: The purpose of this procedure is to take the base URL of the
    ##       Fossil project and return the root of the entire web site using
    ##       the same URI scheme as the base URL (e.g. http or https).

<div class="header">
  <div class="logo">
    <th1>
    ##
    ## NOTE: The purpose of this procedure is to take the base URL of the
    ##       Fossil project and return the root of the entire web site using
    ##       the same URI scheme as the base URL (e.g. http or https).

<div class="footer">
Fossil $release_version $manifest_version $manifest_date
</div>
</body></html>

<div class="footer">
Fossil $release_version $manifest_version $manifest_date
</div>

<html>
<head>
<base href="$baseurl/$current_page" />
<title>$<project_name>: $<title></title>
<link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml" title="RSS Feed"
      href="$home/timeline.rss">
<link rel="stylesheet" href="$stylesheet_url" type="text/css"
      media="screen">
</head>
<body>
<div class="header">
  <div class="title">$<title></div>
  <div class="status">
    <div class="logo">$<project_name></div><br/>
    <th1>
     if {[info exists login]} {
       puts "Logged in as $login"

<div class="header">
  <div class="title">$<title></div>
  <div class="status">
    <div class="logo">$<project_name></div><br/>
    <th1>
     if {[info exists login]} {
       puts "Logged in as $login"

<div class="footer">
This page was generated in about
<th1>puts [expr {([utime]+[stime]+1000)/1000*0.001}]</th1>s by
Fossil $release_version $manifest_version $manifest_date
</div>
</body></html>

<div class="footer">
This page was generated in about
<th1>puts [expr {([utime]+[stime]+1000)/1000*0.001}]</th1>s by
Fossil $release_version $manifest_version $manifest_date
</div>

<html>
<head>
<base href="$baseurl/$current_page" />
<title>$<project_name>: $<title></title>
<link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml" title="RSS Feed"
      href="$home/timeline.rss" />
<link rel="stylesheet" href="$stylesheet_url" type="text/css"
      media="screen" />
</head>
<body>
<div class="header">
  <div class="logo">
    <img src="$logo_image_url" alt="logo" />
  </div>
  <div class="title"><small>$<project_name></small><br />$<title></div>
  <div class="status"><th1>
     if {[info exists login]} {

<div class="header">
  <div class="logo">
    <img src="$logo_image_url" alt="logo" />
  </div>
  <div class="title"><small>$<project_name></small><br />$<title></div>
  <div class="status"><th1>
     if {[info exists login]} {

<div class="footer">
Fossil $release_version $manifest_version $manifest_date
</div>
</body></html>

<div class="footer">
Fossil $release_version $manifest_version $manifest_date
</div>

<html>
<head>
<base href="$baseurl/$current_page" />
<title>$<project_name>: $<title></title>
<link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml" title="RSS Feed"
      href="$home/timeline.rss">
<link rel="stylesheet" href="$stylesheet_url" type="text/css"
      media="screen">
</head>
<body>
<div class="header">
  <div class="title"><small>$<project_name></small><br />$<title></div>
  <div class="status"><th1>
     if {[info exists login]} {
       puts "Logged in as $login"
     } else {
       puts "Not logged in"

<div class="header">
  <div class="title"><small>$<project_name></small><br />$<title></div>
  <div class="status"><th1>
     if {[info exists login]} {
       puts "Logged in as $login"
     } else {
       puts "Not logged in"

<div class="footer">
Fossil $release_version $manifest_version $manifest_date
</div>
</body></html>

<div class="footer">
Fossil $release_version $manifest_version $manifest_date
</div>

<html>
<head>
<base href="$baseurl/$current_page" />
<title>$<project_name>: $<title></title>
<link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml" title="RSS Feed"
      href="$home/timeline.rss">
<link rel="stylesheet" href="$stylesheet_url" type="text/css"
      media="screen">
</head>
<body>
<div class="header">
  <div class="logo">
    <img src="$logo_image_url" alt="logo">
    <br />$<project_name>
  </div>
  <div class="title">$<title></div>
  <div class="status"><th1>

<div class="header">
  <div class="logo">
    <img src="$logo_image_url" alt="logo">
    <br />$<project_name>
  </div>
  <div class="title">$<title></div>
  <div class="status"><th1>

/* color for capabilities, inherited by developer */
span.ueditInheritDeveloper {
  color: #f00;
}

/* color for capabilities, inherited by reader */
span.ueditInheritReader {
  color: black;
}

/* color for capabilities, inherited by anonymous */
span.ueditInheritAnonymous {
  color: #00f;
}

/* color for capabilities, inherited by developer */
span.ueditInheritDeveloper {
  color: #f00;
}

/* color for capabilities, inherited by reader */
span.ueditInheritReader {
  color: #ee0;
}

/* color for capabilities, inherited by anonymous */
span.ueditInheritAnonymous {
  color: #00f;
}

<div class="page-time">
Generated in <th1>puts [expr {([utime]+[stime]+1000)/1000*0.001}]</th1>s
</div>
<div class="fossil-info">
Fossil v$release_version $manifest_version
</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>

<div class="page-time">
Generated in <th1>puts [expr {([utime]+[stime]+1000)/1000*0.001}]</th1>s
</div>
<div class="fossil-info">
Fossil v$release_version $manifest_version
</div>
</div>

<html>
<head>
<base href="$baseurl/$current_page" />
<title>$<project_name>: $<title></title>
<link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml" title="RSS Feed"
      href="$home/timeline.rss" />
<link rel="stylesheet" href="$stylesheet_url" type="text/css"
      media="screen" />
</head>
<body>
<div class="header">
  <div class="logo">
    <th1>
    ##
    ## NOTE: The purpose of this procedure is to take the base URL of the
    ##       Fossil project and return the root of the entire web site using
    ##       the same URI scheme as the base URL (e.g. http or https).

<div class="header">
  <div class="logo">
    <th1>
    ##
    ## NOTE: The purpose of this procedure is to take the base URL of the
    ##       Fossil project and return the root of the entire web site using
    ##       the same URI scheme as the base URL (e.g. http or https).

**    --case-sensitive <BOOL> Override the case-sensitive setting.
**    --dotfiles              include files beginning with a dot (".")
**    -f|--force              Add files without prompting
**    --ignore <CSG>          Ignore unmanaged files matching patterns from
**                            the comma separated list of glob patterns.
**    --clean <CSG>           Also ignore files matching patterns from
**                            the comma separated list of glob patterns.
**    --no-dir-symlinks       Disables support for directory symlinks.
**
** See also: addremove, rm
*/
void add_cmd(void){
  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
  int vid;                   /* Currently checked out version */
  int nRoot;                 /* Full path characters in g.zLocalRoot */
................................................................................
**
** Options:
**   --soft                  Skip removing files from the checkout.
**                           This supersedes the --hard option.
**   --hard                  Remove files from the checkout.
**   --case-sensitive <BOOL> Override the case-sensitive setting.
**   -n|--dry-run            If given, display instead of run actions.
**   --no-dir-symlinks       Disables support for directory symlinks.
**
** See also: addremove, add
*/
void delete_cmd(void){
  int i;
  int removeFiles;
  int dryRunFlag;
................................................................................
**   --case-sensitive <BOOL> Override the case-sensitive setting.
**   --dotfiles              Include files beginning with a dot (".")
**   --ignore <CSG>          Ignore unmanaged files matching patterns from
**                           the comma separated list of glob patterns.
**   --clean <CSG>           Also ignore files matching patterns from
**                           the comma separated list of glob patterns.
**   -n|--dry-run            If given, display instead of run actions.
**   --no-dir-symlinks       Disables support for directory symlinks.
**
** See also: add, rm
*/
void addremove_cmd(void){
  Blob path;
  const char *zCleanFlag = find_option("clean",0,1);
  const char *zIgnoreFlag = find_option("ignore",0,1);
................................................................................
**
** Options:
**   --soft                  Skip moving files within the checkout.
**                           This supersedes the --hard option.
**   --hard                  Move files within the checkout.
**   --case-sensitive <BOOL> Override the case-sensitive setting.
**   -n|--dry-run            If given, display instead of run actions.
**   --no-dir-symlinks       Disables support for directory symlinks.
**
** See also: changes, status
*/
void mv_cmd(void){
  int i;
  int vid;
  int moveFiles;

**    --case-sensitive <BOOL> Override the case-sensitive setting.
**    --dotfiles              include files beginning with a dot (".")
**    -f|--force              Add files without prompting
**    --ignore <CSG>          Ignore unmanaged files matching patterns from
**                            the comma separated list of glob patterns.
**    --clean <CSG>           Also ignore files matching patterns from
**                            the comma separated list of glob patterns.

**
** See also: addremove, rm
*/
void add_cmd(void){
  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
  int vid;                   /* Currently checked out version */
  int nRoot;                 /* Full path characters in g.zLocalRoot */
................................................................................
**
** Options:
**   --soft                  Skip removing files from the checkout.
**                           This supersedes the --hard option.
**   --hard                  Remove files from the checkout.
**   --case-sensitive <BOOL> Override the case-sensitive setting.
**   -n|--dry-run            If given, display instead of run actions.

**
** See also: addremove, add
*/
void delete_cmd(void){
  int i;
  int removeFiles;
  int dryRunFlag;
................................................................................
**   --case-sensitive <BOOL> Override the case-sensitive setting.
**   --dotfiles              Include files beginning with a dot (".")
**   --ignore <CSG>          Ignore unmanaged files matching patterns from
**                           the comma separated list of glob patterns.
**   --clean <CSG>           Also ignore files matching patterns from
**                           the comma separated list of glob patterns.
**   -n|--dry-run            If given, display instead of run actions.

**
** See also: add, rm
*/
void addremove_cmd(void){
  Blob path;
  const char *zCleanFlag = find_option("clean",0,1);
  const char *zIgnoreFlag = find_option("ignore",0,1);
................................................................................
**
** Options:
**   --soft                  Skip moving files within the checkout.
**                           This supersedes the --hard option.
**   --hard                  Move files within the checkout.
**   --case-sensitive <BOOL> Override the case-sensitive setting.
**   -n|--dry-run            If given, display instead of run actions.

**
** See also: changes, status
*/
void mv_cmd(void){
  int i;
  int vid;
  int moveFiles;

    }else{
      z[--j] = z[i];
    }
  }
}

/*
** Shell-escape the given string.  Append the result to a blob.











*/
void shell_escape(Blob *pBlob, const char *zIn){
  int n = blob_size(pBlob);
  int k = strlen(zIn);
  int i, c;
  char *z;









  for(i=0; (c = zIn[i])!=0; i++){
    if( fossil_isspace(c) || c=='"' || (c=='\\' && zIn[i+1]!=0) ){
      blob_appendf(pBlob, "\"%s\"", zIn);
      z = blob_buffer(pBlob);
      for(i=n+1; i<=n+k; i++){
        if( z[i]=='"' ) z[i] = '_';






      }
      return;


    }
  }





  blob_append(pBlob, zIn, -1);

}

/*
** A read(2)-like impl for the Blob class. Reads (copies) up to nLen
** bytes from pIn, starting at position pIn->iCursor, and copies them
** to pDest (which must be valid memory at least nLen bytes long).
**

    }else{
      z[--j] = z[i];
    }
  }
}

/*
** pBlob is a shell command under construction.  This routine safely
** appends argument zIn.
**
** The argument is escaped if it contains white space or other characters
** that need to be escaped for the shell.  If zIn contains characters
** that cannot be safely escaped, then throw a fatal error.
**
** The argument is expected to a filename of some kinds.  As shell commands
** commonly have command-line options that begin with "-" and since we
** do not want an attacker to be able to invoke these switches using
** filenames that begin with "-", if zIn begins with "-", prepend
** an additional "./".
*/
void blob_append_escaped_arg(Blob *pBlob, const char *zIn){


  int i;
  char c;
  int needEscape = 0;
  int n = blob_size(pBlob);
  char *z = blob_buffer(pBlob);
#if defined(_WIN32)
  const char cQuote = '"';    /* Use "..." quoting on windows */
#else
  const char cQuote = '\'';   /* Use '...' quoting on unix */
#endif

  for(i=0; (c = zIn[i])!=0; i++){





    if( c==cQuote || c=='\\' || c<' ' || c==';' || c=='*' || c=='?' || c=='[') {
      Blob bad;
      blob_token(pBlob, &bad);
      fossil_fatal("the [%s] argument to the \"%s\" command contains "
                   "a character (ascii 0x%02x) that is a security risk",
                   zIn, blob_str(&bad), c);
    }

    if( !needEscape && !fossil_isalnum(c) && c!='/' && c!='.' && c!='_' ){
      needEscape = 1;
    }
  }
  if( n>0 && !fossil_isspace(z[n-1]) ){
    blob_append(pBlob, " ", 1);
  }
  if( needEscape ) blob_append(pBlob, &cQuote, 1);
  if( zIn[0]=='-' ) blob_append(pBlob, "./", 2);
  blob_append(pBlob, zIn, -1);
  if( needEscape ) blob_append(pBlob, &cQuote, 1);
}

/*
** A read(2)-like impl for the Blob class. Reads (copies) up to nLen
** bytes from pIn, starting at position pIn->iCursor, and copies them
** to pDest (which must be valid memory at least nLen bytes long).
**

    fossil_fatal("trouble committing manifest: %s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d)", brid);
  if( manifest_crosslink(brid, &branch, MC_PERMIT_HOOKS)==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("%s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  assert( blob_is_reset(&branch) );
  content_deltify(rootid, brid, 0);
  zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", brid);
  fossil_print("New branch: %s\n", zUuid);
  if( g.argc==3 ){
    fossil_print(
      "\n"
      "Note: the local check-out has not been updated to the new\n"
      "      branch.  To begin working on the new branch, do this:\n"
................................................................................
  Stmt q;
  double rNow;
  int show_colors = PB("colors");
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  style_header("Branches");
  style_adunit_config(ADUNIT_RIGHT_OK);
  style_submenu_checkbox("colors", "Use Branch Colors", 0);
  login_anonymous_available();

  db_prepare(&q, brlistQuery/*works-like:""*/);
  rNow = db_double(0.0, "SELECT julianday('now')");
  @ <div class="brlist"><table id="branchlisttable">
  @ <thead><tr>
  @ <th>Branch Name</th>

    fossil_fatal("trouble committing manifest: %s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d)", brid);
  if( manifest_crosslink(brid, &branch, MC_PERMIT_HOOKS)==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("%s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  assert( blob_is_reset(&branch) );
  content_deltify(rootid, &brid, 1, 0);
  zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", brid);
  fossil_print("New branch: %s\n", zUuid);
  if( g.argc==3 ){
    fossil_print(
      "\n"
      "Note: the local check-out has not been updated to the new\n"
      "      branch.  To begin working on the new branch, do this:\n"
................................................................................
  Stmt q;
  double rNow;
  int show_colors = PB("colors");
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  style_header("Branches");
  style_adunit_config(ADUNIT_RIGHT_OK);
  style_submenu_checkbox("colors", "Use Branch Colors", 0, 0);
  login_anonymous_available();

  db_prepare(&q, brlistQuery/*works-like:""*/);
  rNow = db_double(0.0, "SELECT julianday('now')");
  @ <div class="brlist"><table id="branchlisttable">
  @ <thead><tr>
  @ <th>Branch Name</th>

      if( p->pChild!=0 && p->nFullName>nD ) nFile++;
    }
    zObjType = "Folders";
  }else{
    zObjType = "Files";
  }

  style_submenu_checkbox("nofiles", "Folders Only", 0);

  if( zCI ){
    @ <h2>%s(zObjType) from
    if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zCI, zUuid, (int)strlen(zCI))!=0 ){
      @ "%h(zCI)"
    }
    @ [%z(href("vinfo?name=%!S",zUuid))%S(zUuid)</a>] %s(blob_str(&dirname))

      if( p->pChild!=0 && p->nFullName>nD ) nFile++;
    }
    zObjType = "Folders";
  }else{
    zObjType = "Files";
  }

  style_submenu_checkbox("nofiles", "Folders Only", 0, 0);

  if( zCI ){
    @ <h2>%s(zObjType) from
    if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zCI, zUuid, (int)strlen(zCI))!=0 ){
      @ "%h(zCI)"
    }
    @ [%z(href("vinfo?name=%!S",zUuid))%S(zUuid)</a>] %s(blob_str(&dirname))

**    --rel-paths       Display pathnames relative to the current working
**                      directory.
**    --hash            Verify file status using hashing rather than
**                      relying on file mtimes.
**    --case-sensitive <BOOL>  Override case-sensitive setting.
**    --dotfiles        Include unmanaged files beginning with a dot.
**    --ignore <CSG>    Ignore unmanaged files matching CSG glob patterns.
**    --no-dir-symlinks Disables support for directory symlinks.
**
** Options specific to the changes command:
**    --header          Identify the repository if report is non-empty.
**    -v|--verbose      Say "(none)" if the change report is empty.
**    --classify        Start each line with the file's change type.
**    --no-classify     Do not print file change types.
**
................................................................................
**
** Options:
**    --abs-paths      Display absolute pathnames.
**    --case-sensitive <BOOL> override case-sensitive setting
**    --dotfiles       include files beginning with a dot (".")
**    --header         Identify the repository if there are extras
**    --ignore <CSG>   ignore files matching patterns from the argument
**    --no-dir-symlinks Disables support for directory symlinks.
**    --rel-paths      Display pathnames relative to the current working
**                     directory.
**
** See also: changes, clean, status
*/
void extras_cmd(void){
  Blob report = BLOB_INITIALIZER;
................................................................................
  /* We should be done with options.. */
  verify_all_options();

  if( zIgnoreFlag==0 ){
    zIgnoreFlag = db_get("ignore-glob", 0);
  }
  pIgnore = glob_create(zIgnoreFlag);


  locate_unmanaged_files(g.argc-2, g.argv+2, scanFlags, pIgnore);
  glob_free(pIgnore);

  blob_zero(&report);
  status_report(&report, flags);
  if( blob_size(&report) ){
    if( showHdr ){
................................................................................
** ever be deleted.  Files and subdirectories whose names begin with "."
** are automatically ignored unless the --dotfiles option is used.
**
** The default values for --clean, --ignore, and --keep are determined by
** the (versionable) clean-glob, ignore-glob, and keep-glob settings.
**
** The --verily option ignores the keep-glob and ignore-glob settings and
** turns on the options --force, --emptydirs, --dotfiles, --disable-undo,
** and --no-dir-symlinks.  Use the --verily option when you really want
** to clean up everything.  Extreme care should be exercised when using
** the --verily option.
**
** Options:
**    --allckouts      Check for empty directories within any checkouts
**                     that may be nested within the current one.  This
**                     option should be used with great care because the
**                     empty-dirs setting (and other applicable settings)
**                     belonging to the other repositories, if any, will
................................................................................
**                     that were removed will be removed as well.
**    -f|--force       Remove files without prompting.
**    -i|--prompt      Prompt before removing each file.  This option
**                     implies the --disable-undo option.
**    -x|--verily      WARNING: Removes everything that is not a managed
**                     file or the repository itself.  This option
**                     implies the --force, --emptydirs, --dotfiles, and
**                     --disable-undo, and --no-dir-symlinks options.
**                     Furthermore, it completely disregards the keep-glob
**                     and ignore-glob settings.  However, it does honor
**                     the --ignore and --keep options.
**    --clean <CSG>    WARNING: Never prompt to delete any files matching
**                     this comma separated list of glob patterns.  Also,
**                     deletions of any files matching this pattern list
**                     cannot be undone.
................................................................................
**                     comma separated list of glob patterns.
**    --keep <CSG>     Keep files matching this comma separated
**                     list of glob patterns.
**    -n|--dry-run     Delete nothing, but display what would have been
**                     deleted.
**    --no-prompt      This option disables prompting the user for input
**                     and assumes an answer of 'No' for every question.
**    --no-dir-symlinks Disables support for directory symlinks.
**    --temp           Remove only Fossil-generated temporary files.
**    -v|--verbose     Show all files as they are removed.
**
** See also: addremove, extras, status
*/
void clean_cmd(void){
  int allFileFlag, allDirFlag, dryRunFlag, verboseFlag;
................................................................................
  db_must_be_within_tree();
  if( find_option("verily","x",0)!=0 ){
    verilyFlag = allFileFlag = allDirFlag = 1;
    emptyDirsFlag = 1;
    disableUndo = 1;
    scanFlags |= SCAN_ALL;
    zCleanFlag = 0;
    g.fNoDirSymlinks = 1; /* Forbid symlink directory traversal. */
    g.allowSymlinks = 1;  /* Treat symlink files as content. */
  }
  if( zIgnoreFlag==0 && !verilyFlag ){
    zIgnoreFlag = db_get("ignore-glob", 0);
  }
  if( zKeepFlag==0 && !verilyFlag ){
    zKeepFlag = db_get("keep-glob", 0);
  }
................................................................................
  }
  if( db_get_boolean("dotfiles", 0) ) scanFlags |= SCAN_ALL;
  verify_all_options();
  pIgnore = glob_create(zIgnoreFlag);
  pKeep = glob_create(zKeepFlag);
  pClean = glob_create(zCleanFlag);
  nRoot = (int)strlen(g.zLocalRoot);


  if( !dirsOnlyFlag ){
    Stmt q;
    Blob repo;
    if( !dryRunFlag && !disableUndo ) undo_begin();
    locate_unmanaged_files(g.argc-2, g.argv+2, scanFlags, pIgnore);
    db_prepare(&q,
        "SELECT %Q || pathname FROM sfile"
................................................................................
      fossil_print("possible unresolved merge conflict in %s\n",
                   blob_str(&fname));
      blob_reset(&fname);
    }
    nrid = content_put(&content);
    blob_reset(&content);
    if( rid>0 ){
      content_deltify(rid, nrid, 0);
    }
    db_multi_exec("UPDATE vfile SET mrid=%d, rid=%d WHERE id=%d", nrid,nrid,id);
    db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d)", nrid);
  }
  db_finalize(&q);
  if( nConflict && !allowConflict ){
    fossil_fatal("abort due to unresolved merge conflicts; "
................................................................................
  }
  db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d)", nvid);
  if( manifest_crosslink(nvid, &manifest,
                         dryRunFlag ? MC_NONE : MC_PERMIT_HOOKS)==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("%s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  assert( blob_is_reset(&manifest) );
  content_deltify(vid, nvid, 0);
  zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", nvid);

  db_prepare(&q, "SELECT uuid,merge FROM vmerge JOIN blob ON merge=rid"
                 " WHERE id=-4");
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zIntegrateUuid = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    if( is_a_leaf(db_column_int(&q, 1)) ){

**    --rel-paths       Display pathnames relative to the current working
**                      directory.
**    --hash            Verify file status using hashing rather than
**                      relying on file mtimes.
**    --case-sensitive <BOOL>  Override case-sensitive setting.
**    --dotfiles        Include unmanaged files beginning with a dot.
**    --ignore <CSG>    Ignore unmanaged files matching CSG glob patterns.

**
** Options specific to the changes command:
**    --header          Identify the repository if report is non-empty.
**    -v|--verbose      Say "(none)" if the change report is empty.
**    --classify        Start each line with the file's change type.
**    --no-classify     Do not print file change types.
**
................................................................................
**
** Options:
**    --abs-paths      Display absolute pathnames.
**    --case-sensitive <BOOL> override case-sensitive setting
**    --dotfiles       include files beginning with a dot (".")
**    --header         Identify the repository if there are extras
**    --ignore <CSG>   ignore files matching patterns from the argument

**    --rel-paths      Display pathnames relative to the current working
**                     directory.
**
** See also: changes, clean, status
*/
void extras_cmd(void){
  Blob report = BLOB_INITIALIZER;
................................................................................
  /* We should be done with options.. */
  verify_all_options();

  if( zIgnoreFlag==0 ){
    zIgnoreFlag = db_get("ignore-glob", 0);
  }
  pIgnore = glob_create(zIgnoreFlag);
  /* Always consider symlinks. */
  g.allowSymlinks = db_allow_symlinks_by_default();
  locate_unmanaged_files(g.argc-2, g.argv+2, scanFlags, pIgnore);
  glob_free(pIgnore);

  blob_zero(&report);
  status_report(&report, flags);
  if( blob_size(&report) ){
    if( showHdr ){
................................................................................
** ever be deleted.  Files and subdirectories whose names begin with "."
** are automatically ignored unless the --dotfiles option is used.
**
** The default values for --clean, --ignore, and --keep are determined by
** the (versionable) clean-glob, ignore-glob, and keep-glob settings.
**
** The --verily option ignores the keep-glob and ignore-glob settings and
** turns on --force, --emptydirs, --dotfiles, and --disable-undo.  Use the
** --verily option when you really want to clean up everything.  Extreme
** care should be exercised when using the --verily option.

**
** Options:
**    --allckouts      Check for empty directories within any checkouts
**                     that may be nested within the current one.  This
**                     option should be used with great care because the
**                     empty-dirs setting (and other applicable settings)
**                     belonging to the other repositories, if any, will
................................................................................
**                     that were removed will be removed as well.
**    -f|--force       Remove files without prompting.
**    -i|--prompt      Prompt before removing each file.  This option
**                     implies the --disable-undo option.
**    -x|--verily      WARNING: Removes everything that is not a managed
**                     file or the repository itself.  This option
**                     implies the --force, --emptydirs, --dotfiles, and
**                     --disable-undo options.
**                     Furthermore, it completely disregards the keep-glob
**                     and ignore-glob settings.  However, it does honor
**                     the --ignore and --keep options.
**    --clean <CSG>    WARNING: Never prompt to delete any files matching
**                     this comma separated list of glob patterns.  Also,
**                     deletions of any files matching this pattern list
**                     cannot be undone.
................................................................................
**                     comma separated list of glob patterns.
**    --keep <CSG>     Keep files matching this comma separated
**                     list of glob patterns.
**    -n|--dry-run     Delete nothing, but display what would have been
**                     deleted.
**    --no-prompt      This option disables prompting the user for input
**                     and assumes an answer of 'No' for every question.

**    --temp           Remove only Fossil-generated temporary files.
**    -v|--verbose     Show all files as they are removed.
**
** See also: addremove, extras, status
*/
void clean_cmd(void){
  int allFileFlag, allDirFlag, dryRunFlag, verboseFlag;
................................................................................
  db_must_be_within_tree();
  if( find_option("verily","x",0)!=0 ){
    verilyFlag = allFileFlag = allDirFlag = 1;
    emptyDirsFlag = 1;
    disableUndo = 1;
    scanFlags |= SCAN_ALL;
    zCleanFlag = 0;


  }
  if( zIgnoreFlag==0 && !verilyFlag ){
    zIgnoreFlag = db_get("ignore-glob", 0);
  }
  if( zKeepFlag==0 && !verilyFlag ){
    zKeepFlag = db_get("keep-glob", 0);
  }
................................................................................
  }
  if( db_get_boolean("dotfiles", 0) ) scanFlags |= SCAN_ALL;
  verify_all_options();
  pIgnore = glob_create(zIgnoreFlag);
  pKeep = glob_create(zKeepFlag);
  pClean = glob_create(zCleanFlag);
  nRoot = (int)strlen(g.zLocalRoot);
  /* Always consider symlinks. */
  g.allowSymlinks = db_allow_symlinks_by_default();
  if( !dirsOnlyFlag ){
    Stmt q;
    Blob repo;
    if( !dryRunFlag && !disableUndo ) undo_begin();
    locate_unmanaged_files(g.argc-2, g.argv+2, scanFlags, pIgnore);
    db_prepare(&q,
        "SELECT %Q || pathname FROM sfile"
................................................................................
      fossil_print("possible unresolved merge conflict in %s\n",
                   blob_str(&fname));
      blob_reset(&fname);
    }
    nrid = content_put(&content);
    blob_reset(&content);
    if( rid>0 ){
      content_deltify(rid, &nrid, 1, 0);
    }
    db_multi_exec("UPDATE vfile SET mrid=%d, rid=%d WHERE id=%d", nrid,nrid,id);
    db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d)", nrid);
  }
  db_finalize(&q);
  if( nConflict && !allowConflict ){
    fossil_fatal("abort due to unresolved merge conflicts; "
................................................................................
  }
  db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d)", nvid);
  if( manifest_crosslink(nvid, &manifest,
                         dryRunFlag ? MC_NONE : MC_PERMIT_HOOKS)==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("%s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  assert( blob_is_reset(&manifest) );
  content_deltify(vid, &nvid, 1, 0);
  zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", nvid);

  db_prepare(&q, "SELECT uuid,merge FROM vmerge JOIN blob ON merge=rid"
                 " WHERE id=-4");
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zIntegrateUuid = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    if( is_a_leaf(db_column_int(&q, 1)) ){

** options).
*/
void clone_ssh_db_set_options(void){
  if( g.zSshCmd && g.zSshCmd[0] ){
    db_set("ssh-command", g.zSshCmd, 0);
  }
}

** options).
*/
void clone_ssh_db_set_options(void){
  if( g.zSshCmd && g.zSshCmd[0] ){
    db_set("ssh-command", g.zSshCmd, 0);
  }
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: download
**
** Provide a simple page that enables newbies to download the latest tarball or
** ZIP archive, and provides instructions on how to clone.
*/
void download_page(void){
  login_check_credentials();
  style_header("Download Page");
  if( !g.perm.Zip ){
    @ <p>Bummer.  You do not have permission to download.
    if( g.zLogin==0 || g.zLogin[0]==0 ){
      @ Maybe it would work better if you
      @ <a href="../login">logged in</a>.
    }else{
      @ Contact the site administrator and ask them to give
      @ you "Download Zip" privileges.
    }
  }else{
    const char *zDLTag = db_get("download-tag","trunk");
    const char *zNm = db_get("short-project-name","download");
    char *zUrl = href("%R/zip/%t.zip?uuid=%t", zNm, zDLTag);
    @ <p>ZIP Archive: %z(zUrl)%h(zNm).zip</a>
    zUrl = href("%R/tarball/%t.tar.gz?uuid=%t", zNm, zDLTag);
    @ <p>Tarball: %z(zUrl)%h(zNm).tar.gz</a>
  }
  if( !g.perm.Clone ){
    @ <p>You are not authorized to clone this repository.
    if( g.zLogin==0 || g.zLogin[0]==0 ){
      @ Maybe you would be able to clone if you
      @ <a href="../login">logged in</a>.
    }else{
      @ Contact the site administrator and ask them to give
      @ you "Clone" privileges in order to clone.
    }
  }else{
    const char *zNm = db_get("short-project-name","clone");
    @ <p>Clone the repository using this command:
    @ <blockquote><pre>
    @ fossil  clone  %s(g.zBaseURL)  %h(zNm).fossil
    @ </pre></blockquote>
  }
  style_footer();
}

#define CONFIGSET_SKIN      0x000002     /* WWW interface appearance */
#define CONFIGSET_TKT       0x000004     /* Ticket configuration */
#define CONFIGSET_PROJ      0x000008     /* Project name */
#define CONFIGSET_SHUN      0x000010     /* Shun settings */
#define CONFIGSET_USER      0x000020     /* The USER table */
#define CONFIGSET_ADDR      0x000040     /* The CONCEALED table */
#define CONFIGSET_XFER      0x000080     /* Transfer configuration */


#define CONFIGSET_ALL       0x0000ff     /* Everything */

#define CONFIGSET_OVERWRITE 0x100000     /* Causes overwrite instead of merge */
#define CONFIGSET_OLDFORMAT 0x200000     /* Use the legacy format */

/*
** This mask is used for the common TH1 configuration settings (i.e. those
** that are not specific to one particular subsystem, such as the transfer
** subsystem).
*/
#define CONFIGSET_TH1       (CONFIGSET_SKIN|CONFIGSET_TKT|CONFIGSET_XFER)
................................................................................
  { "/skin",         CONFIGSET_SKIN | CONFIGSET_CSS,
                                      "Web interface appearance settings"    },
  { "/css",          CONFIGSET_CSS,   "Style sheet"                          },
  { "/shun",         CONFIGSET_SHUN,  "List of shunned artifacts"            },
  { "/ticket",       CONFIGSET_TKT,   "Ticket setup",                        },
  { "/user",         CONFIGSET_USER,  "Users and privilege settings"         },
  { "/xfer",         CONFIGSET_XFER,  "Transfer setup",                      },

  { "/all",          CONFIGSET_ALL,   "All of the above"                     },
};


/*
** The following is a list of settings that we are willing to
** transfer.
................................................................................

  { "@user",                  CONFIGSET_USER },

  { "@concealed",             CONFIGSET_ADDR },

  { "@shun",                  CONFIGSET_SHUN },



  { "xfer-common-script",     CONFIGSET_XFER },
  { "xfer-push-script",       CONFIGSET_XFER },
  { "xfer-commit-script",     CONFIGSET_XFER },
  { "xfer-ticket-script",     CONFIGSET_XFER },

};
static int iConfig = 0;
................................................................................
** Return name of first configuration property matching the given mask.
*/
const char *configure_first_name(int iMask){
  iConfig = 0;
  return configure_next_name(iMask);
}
const char *configure_next_name(int iMask){
  if( iMask & CONFIGSET_OLDFORMAT ){
    while( iConfig<count(aConfig) ){
      if( aConfig[iConfig].groupMask & iMask ){
        return aConfig[iConfig++].zName;
      }else{
        iConfig++;
      }
    }
  }else{
    if( iConfig==0 && (iMask & CONFIGSET_ALL)==CONFIGSET_ALL ){
      iConfig = count(aGroupName);
      return "/all";
    }
    while( iConfig<count(aGroupName)-1 ){
      if( aGroupName[iConfig].groupMask & iMask ){
        return aGroupName[iConfig++].zName;
      }else{
        iConfig++;
      }
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Return a pointer to a string that contains the RHS of an IN operator
................................................................................
      }
      if( !g.perm.RdAddr ){
        m &= ~CONFIGSET_ADDR;
      }
      return m;
    }
  }

  return 0;
}


/*
** zName is one of the special configuration names that refers to an entire
** table rather than a single entry in CONFIG.  Special names are "@reportfmt"
** and "@shun" and "@user".  This routine writes SQL text into pOut that when
** evaluated will populate the corresponding table with data.
*/
void configure_render_special_name(const char *zName, Blob *pOut){
  Stmt q;
  if( fossil_strcmp(zName, "@shun")==0 ){
    db_prepare(&q, "SELECT uuid FROM shun");
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      blob_appendf(pOut, "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO shun VALUES('%s');\n",
        db_column_text(&q, 0)
      );
    }
    db_finalize(&q);
  }else if( fossil_strcmp(zName, "@reportfmt")==0 ){
    db_prepare(&q, "SELECT title, cols, sqlcode FROM reportfmt");
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      blob_appendf(pOut, "INSERT INTO _xfer_reportfmt(title,cols,sqlcode)"
                         " VALUES(%Q,%Q,%Q);\n",
        db_column_text(&q, 0),
        db_column_text(&q, 1),
        db_column_text(&q, 2)
      );
    }
    db_finalize(&q);
  }else if( fossil_strcmp(zName, "@user")==0 ){
    db_prepare(&q,
        "SELECT login, CASE WHEN length(pw)==40 THEN pw END,"
        "       cap, info, quote(photo) FROM user");
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      blob_appendf(pOut, "INSERT INTO _xfer_user(login,pw,cap,info,photo)"
                         " VALUES(%Q,%Q,%Q,%Q,%s);\n",
        db_column_text(&q, 0),
        db_column_text(&q, 1),
        db_column_text(&q, 2),
        db_column_text(&q, 3),
        db_column_text(&q, 4)
      );
    }
    db_finalize(&q);
  }else if( fossil_strcmp(zName, "@concealed")==0 ){
    db_prepare(&q, "SELECT hash, content FROM concealed");
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      blob_appendf(pOut, "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO concealed(hash,content)"
                         " VALUES(%Q,%Q);\n",
        db_column_text(&q, 0),
        db_column_text(&q, 1)
      );
    }
    db_finalize(&q);
  }
}

/*
** Two SQL functions:
**
**        config_is_reset(int)
**        config_reset(int)
**
** The config_is_reset() function takes the integer valued argument and
** ANDs it against the static variable "configHasBeenReset" below.  The
** function returns TRUE or FALSE depending on the result depending on
** whether or not the corresponding configuration table has been reset.  The
** config_reset() function adds the bits to "configHasBeenReset" that
** are given in the argument.
**
** These functions are used below in the WHEN clause of a trigger to
** get the trigger to fire exactly once.

*/
static int configHasBeenReset = 0;
static void config_is_reset_function(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  int m = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
  sqlite3_result_int(context, (configHasBeenReset&m)!=0 );
}
static void config_reset_function(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  int m = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
  configHasBeenReset |= m;
}

/*
** Create the temporary _xfer_reportfmt and _xfer_user tables that are
** necessary in order to evaluate the SQL text generated by the
** configure_render_special_name() routine.
**
** If replaceFlag is true, then the setup is such that the content in
** the SQL text will completely replace the current repository configuration.
** If replaceFlag is false, then the SQL text will be merged with the
** existing configuration.  When merging, existing values take priority
** over SQL text values.
*/
void configure_prepare_to_receive(int replaceFlag){
  static const char zSQL1[] =
    @ CREATE TEMP TABLE _xfer_reportfmt(
    @    rn integer primary key,  -- Report number
    @    owner text,              -- Owner of this report format (not used)
    @    title text UNIQUE ON CONFLICT IGNORE,  -- Title of this report
    @    cols text,               -- A color-key specification
    @    sqlcode text             -- An SQL SELECT statement for this report
    @ );
    @ CREATE TEMP TABLE _xfer_user(
    @   uid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,        -- User ID
    @   login TEXT UNIQUE ON CONFLICT IGNORE,   -- login name of the user
    @   pw TEXT,                        -- password
    @   cap TEXT,                       -- Capabilities of this user
    @   cookie TEXT,                    -- WWW login cookie
    @   ipaddr TEXT,                    -- IP address for which cookie is valid
    @   cexpire DATETIME,               -- Time when cookie expires
    @   info TEXT,                      -- contact information
    @   photo BLOB                      -- JPEG image of this user
    @ );
    @ INSERT INTO _xfer_reportfmt
    @    SELECT rn,owner,title,cols,sqlcode FROM reportfmt;
    @ INSERT INTO _xfer_user
    @    SELECT uid,login,pw,cap,cookie,ipaddr,cexpire,info,photo FROM user;
  ;
  assert( strchr(zSQL1,'%')==0 );
  db_multi_exec(zSQL1 /*works-like:""*/);

  /* When the replace flag is set, add triggers that run the first time
  ** that new data is seen.  The triggers run only once and delete all the
  ** existing data.
  */
  if( replaceFlag ){
    static const char zSQL2[] =
      @ CREATE TRIGGER _xfer_r1 BEFORE INSERT ON _xfer_reportfmt
      @ WHEN NOT config_is_reset(2) BEGIN
      @   DELETE FROM _xfer_reportfmt;
      @   SELECT config_reset(2);
      @ END;
      @ CREATE TRIGGER _xfer_r2 BEFORE INSERT ON _xfer_user
      @ WHEN NOT config_is_reset(16) BEGIN
      @   DELETE FROM _xfer_user;
      @   SELECT config_reset(16);
      @ END;
      @ CREATE TEMP TRIGGER _xfer_r3 BEFORE INSERT ON shun
      @ WHEN NOT config_is_reset(8) BEGIN
      @   DELETE FROM shun;
      @   SELECT config_reset(8);
      @ END;
    ;
    sqlite3_create_function(g.db, "config_is_reset", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
         config_is_reset_function, 0, 0);
    sqlite3_create_function(g.db, "config_reset", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
         config_reset_function, 0, 0);
    configHasBeenReset = 0;
    assert( strchr(zSQL2,'%')==0 );
    db_multi_exec(zSQL2 /*works-like:""*/);
  }
}

/*
** After receiving configuration data, call this routine to transfer
** the results into the main database.
*/
void configure_finalize_receive(void){
  static const char zSQL[] =
    @ DELETE FROM user;
    @ INSERT INTO user SELECT * FROM _xfer_user;
    @ DELETE FROM reportfmt;
    @ INSERT INTO reportfmt SELECT * FROM _xfer_reportfmt;
    @ DROP TABLE _xfer_user;
    @ DROP TABLE _xfer_reportfmt;
  ;
  assert( strchr(zSQL,'%')==0 );
  db_multi_exec(zSQL /*works-like:""*/);
}

/*
** Mask of modified configuration sets
*/
static int rebuildMask = 0;

/*
................................................................................
**    /concealed  $MTIME $HASH content $VALUE
**
** OLD FORMAT:
**
** The old format is retained for backwards compatibility, but is deprecated.
** The cutover from old format to new was on 2011-04-25.  After sufficient
** time has passed, support for the old format will be removed.

**
** zName is either the NAME of an element of the CONFIG table, or else
** one of the special names "@shun", "@reportfmt", "@user", or "@concealed".
** If zName is a CONFIG table name, then CONTENT replaces (overwrites) the
** element in the CONFIG table.  For one of the @-labels, CONTENT is raw
** SQL that is evaluated.  Note that the raw SQL in CONTENT might not
** insert directly into the target table but might instead use a proxy
................................................................................
      blob_append_sql(&sql, " WHERE \"%w\"=%s AND mtime<%s",
                   aType[ii].zPrimKey, azToken[1]/*safe-for-%s*/,
                   azToken[0]/*safe-for-%s*/);
      db_multi_exec("%s", blob_sql_text(&sql));
    }
    blob_reset(&sql);
    rebuildMask |= thisMask;
  }else{
    /* Otherwise, the old format */
    if( (configure_is_exportable(zName) & groupMask)==0 ) return;
    if( fossil_strcmp(zName, "logo-image")==0 ){
      Stmt ins;
      db_prepare(&ins,
        "REPLACE INTO config(name, value, mtime) VALUES(:name, :value, now())"
      );
      db_bind_text(&ins, ":name", zName);
      db_bind_blob(&ins, ":value", pContent);
      db_step(&ins);
      db_finalize(&ins);
    }else if( zName[0]=='@' ){
      /* Notice that we are evaluating arbitrary SQL received from the
      ** client.  But this can only happen if the client has authenticated
      ** as an administrator, so presumably we trust the client at this
      ** point.
      */
      db_multi_exec("%s", blob_str(pContent) /*safe-for-%s*/);
    }else{
      db_multi_exec(
         "REPLACE INTO config(name,value,mtime) VALUES(%Q,%Q,now())",
         zName, blob_str(pContent)
      );
    }
  }
}

/*
** Process a file full of "config" cards.
*/
void configure_receive_all(Blob *pIn, int groupMask){
................................................................................
      );
      blob_appendf(pOut, "config /concealed %d\n%s\n",
                   blob_size(&rec), blob_str(&rec));
      nCard++;
      blob_reset(&rec);
    }
    db_finalize(&q);
















  }
  db_prepare(&q, "SELECT mtime, quote(name), quote(value) FROM config"
                 " WHERE name=:name AND mtime>=%lld", iStart);
  for(ii=0; ii<count(aConfig); ii++){
    if( (aConfig[ii].groupMask & groupMask)!=0 && aConfig[ii].zName[0]!='@' ){
      db_bind_text(&q, ":name", aConfig[ii].zName);
      while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
................................................................................
**
** Where METHOD is one of: export import merge pull push reset.  All methods
** accept the -R or --repository option to specify a repository.
**
**    %fossil configuration export AREA FILENAME
**
**         Write to FILENAME exported configuration information for AREA.
**         AREA can be one of:  all email project shun skin ticket user
**
**    %fossil configuration import FILENAME
**
**         Read a configuration from FILENAME, overwriting the current
**         configuration.
**
**    %fossil configuration merge FILENAME
................................................................................
**         the current configuration.  Existing values take priority over
**         values read from FILENAME.
**
**    %fossil configuration pull AREA ?URL?
**
**         Pull and install the configuration from a different server
**         identified by URL.  If no URL is specified, then the default
**         server is used. Use the --legacy option for the older protocol
**         (when talking to servers compiled prior to 2011-04-27.)  Use
**         the --overwrite flag to completely replace local settings with
**         content received from URL.
**
**    %fossil configuration push AREA ?URL?
**
**         Push the local configuration into the remote server identified
**         by URL.  Admin privilege is required on the remote server for
**         this to work.  When the same record exists both locally and on
**         the remote end, the one that was most recently changed wins.
**         Use the --legacy flag when talking to older servers.
**
**    %fossil configuration reset AREA
**
**         Restore the configuration to the default.  AREA as above.
**
**    %fossil configuration sync AREA ?URL?
**
................................................................................
  }else
  if( strncmp(zMethod, "pull", n)==0
   || strncmp(zMethod, "push", n)==0
   || strncmp(zMethod, "sync", n)==0
  ){
    int mask;
    const char *zServer = 0;
    int legacyFlag = 0;
    int overwriteFlag = 0;

    if( zMethod[0]!='s' ) legacyFlag = find_option("legacy",0,0)!=0;
    if( strncmp(zMethod,"pull",n)==0 ){
      overwriteFlag = find_option("overwrite",0,0)!=0;
    }
    url_proxy_options();
    if( g.argc!=4 && g.argc!=5 ){
      usage(mprintf("%s AREA ?URL?", zMethod));
    }
................................................................................
    if( g.argc==5 ){
      zServer = g.argv[4];
    }
    url_parse(zServer, URL_PROMPT_PW);
    if( g.url.protocol==0 ) fossil_fatal("no server URL specified");
    user_select();
    url_enable_proxy("via proxy: ");
    if( legacyFlag ) mask |= CONFIGSET_OLDFORMAT;
    if( overwriteFlag ) mask |= CONFIGSET_OVERWRITE;
    if( strncmp(zMethod, "push", n)==0 ){
      client_sync(0,0,(unsigned)mask);
    }else if( strncmp(zMethod, "pull", n)==0 ){
      client_sync(0,(unsigned)mask,0);
    }else{
      client_sync(0,(unsigned)mask,(unsigned)mask);

#define CONFIGSET_SKIN      0x000002     /* WWW interface appearance */
#define CONFIGSET_TKT       0x000004     /* Ticket configuration */
#define CONFIGSET_PROJ      0x000008     /* Project name */
#define CONFIGSET_SHUN      0x000010     /* Shun settings */
#define CONFIGSET_USER      0x000020     /* The USER table */
#define CONFIGSET_ADDR      0x000040     /* The CONCEALED table */
#define CONFIGSET_XFER      0x000080     /* Transfer configuration */
#define CONFIGSET_ALIAS     0x000100     /* URL Aliases */

#define CONFIGSET_ALL       0x0001ff     /* Everything */

#define CONFIGSET_OVERWRITE 0x100000     /* Causes overwrite instead of merge */


/*
** This mask is used for the common TH1 configuration settings (i.e. those
** that are not specific to one particular subsystem, such as the transfer
** subsystem).
*/
#define CONFIGSET_TH1       (CONFIGSET_SKIN|CONFIGSET_TKT|CONFIGSET_XFER)
................................................................................
  { "/skin",         CONFIGSET_SKIN | CONFIGSET_CSS,
                                      "Web interface appearance settings"    },
  { "/css",          CONFIGSET_CSS,   "Style sheet"                          },
  { "/shun",         CONFIGSET_SHUN,  "List of shunned artifacts"            },
  { "/ticket",       CONFIGSET_TKT,   "Ticket setup",                        },
  { "/user",         CONFIGSET_USER,  "Users and privilege settings"         },
  { "/xfer",         CONFIGSET_XFER,  "Transfer setup",                      },
  { "/alias",        CONFIGSET_ALIAS, "URL Aliases",                         },
  { "/all",          CONFIGSET_ALL,   "All of the above"                     },
};


/*
** The following is a list of settings that we are willing to
** transfer.
................................................................................

  { "@user",                  CONFIGSET_USER },

  { "@concealed",             CONFIGSET_ADDR },

  { "@shun",                  CONFIGSET_SHUN },

  { "@alias",                 CONFIGSET_ALIAS },

  { "xfer-common-script",     CONFIGSET_XFER },
  { "xfer-push-script",       CONFIGSET_XFER },
  { "xfer-commit-script",     CONFIGSET_XFER },
  { "xfer-ticket-script",     CONFIGSET_XFER },

};
static int iConfig = 0;
................................................................................
** Return name of first configuration property matching the given mask.
*/
const char *configure_first_name(int iMask){
  iConfig = 0;
  return configure_next_name(iMask);
}
const char *configure_next_name(int iMask){









  if( iConfig==0 && (iMask & CONFIGSET_ALL)==CONFIGSET_ALL ){
    iConfig = count(aGroupName);
    return "/all";
  }
  while( iConfig<count(aGroupName)-1 ){
    if( aGroupName[iConfig].groupMask & iMask ){
      return aGroupName[iConfig++].zName;
    }else{
      iConfig++;

    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Return a pointer to a string that contains the RHS of an IN operator
................................................................................
      }
      if( !g.perm.RdAddr ){
        m &= ~CONFIGSET_ADDR;
      }
      return m;
    }
  }
  if( strncmp(zName, "walias:/", 8)==0 ){
    return CONFIGSET_ALIAS;
  }
  return 0;
}























































/*














** A mask of all configuration tables that have been reset already.
*/
static int configHasBeenReset = 0;









































































































/*
** Mask of modified configuration sets
*/
static int rebuildMask = 0;

/*
................................................................................
**    /concealed  $MTIME $HASH content $VALUE
**
** OLD FORMAT:
**
** The old format is retained for backwards compatibility, but is deprecated.
** The cutover from old format to new was on 2011-04-25.  After sufficient
** time has passed, support for the old format will be removed.
** Update: Support for the old format was remoed on 2017-09-20.
**
** zName is either the NAME of an element of the CONFIG table, or else
** one of the special names "@shun", "@reportfmt", "@user", or "@concealed".
** If zName is a CONFIG table name, then CONTENT replaces (overwrites) the
** element in the CONFIG table.  For one of the @-labels, CONTENT is raw
** SQL that is evaluated.  Note that the raw SQL in CONTENT might not
** insert directly into the target table but might instead use a proxy
................................................................................
      blob_append_sql(&sql, " WHERE \"%w\"=%s AND mtime<%s",
                   aType[ii].zPrimKey, azToken[1]/*safe-for-%s*/,
                   azToken[0]/*safe-for-%s*/);
      db_multi_exec("%s", blob_sql_text(&sql));
    }
    blob_reset(&sql);
    rebuildMask |= thisMask;

























  }
}

/*
** Process a file full of "config" cards.
*/
void configure_receive_all(Blob *pIn, int groupMask){
................................................................................
      );
      blob_appendf(pOut, "config /concealed %d\n%s\n",
                   blob_size(&rec), blob_str(&rec));
      nCard++;
      blob_reset(&rec);
    }
    db_finalize(&q);
  }
  if( groupMask & CONFIGSET_ALIAS ){
    db_prepare(&q, "SELECT mtime, quote(name), quote(value) FROM config"
                   " WHERE name GLOB 'walias:/*' AND mtime>=%lld", iStart);
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      blob_appendf(&rec,"%s %s value %s",
        db_column_text(&q, 0),
        db_column_text(&q, 1),
        db_column_text(&q, 2)
      );
      blob_appendf(pOut, "config /config %d\n%s\n",
                   blob_size(&rec), blob_str(&rec));
      nCard++;
      blob_reset(&rec);
    }
    db_finalize(&q);
  }
  db_prepare(&q, "SELECT mtime, quote(name), quote(value) FROM config"
                 " WHERE name=:name AND mtime>=%lld", iStart);
  for(ii=0; ii<count(aConfig); ii++){
    if( (aConfig[ii].groupMask & groupMask)!=0 && aConfig[ii].zName[0]!='@' ){
      db_bind_text(&q, ":name", aConfig[ii].zName);
      while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
................................................................................
**
** Where METHOD is one of: export import merge pull push reset.  All methods
** accept the -R or --repository option to specify a repository.
**
**    %fossil configuration export AREA FILENAME
**
**         Write to FILENAME exported configuration information for AREA.
**         AREA can be one of:  all email project shun skin ticket user alias
**
**    %fossil configuration import FILENAME
**
**         Read a configuration from FILENAME, overwriting the current
**         configuration.
**
**    %fossil configuration merge FILENAME
................................................................................
**         the current configuration.  Existing values take priority over
**         values read from FILENAME.
**
**    %fossil configuration pull AREA ?URL?
**
**         Pull and install the configuration from a different server
**         identified by URL.  If no URL is specified, then the default
**         server is used.  Use the --overwrite flag to completely

**         replace local settings with content received from URL.

**
**    %fossil configuration push AREA ?URL?
**
**         Push the local configuration into the remote server identified
**         by URL.  Admin privilege is required on the remote server for
**         this to work.  When the same record exists both locally and on
**         the remote end, the one that was most recently changed wins.

**
**    %fossil configuration reset AREA
**
**         Restore the configuration to the default.  AREA as above.
**
**    %fossil configuration sync AREA ?URL?
**
................................................................................
  }else
  if( strncmp(zMethod, "pull", n)==0
   || strncmp(zMethod, "push", n)==0
   || strncmp(zMethod, "sync", n)==0
  ){
    int mask;
    const char *zServer = 0;

    int overwriteFlag = 0;


    if( strncmp(zMethod,"pull",n)==0 ){
      overwriteFlag = find_option("overwrite",0,0)!=0;
    }
    url_proxy_options();
    if( g.argc!=4 && g.argc!=5 ){
      usage(mprintf("%s AREA ?URL?", zMethod));
    }
................................................................................
    if( g.argc==5 ){
      zServer = g.argv[4];
    }
    url_parse(zServer, URL_PROMPT_PW);
    if( g.url.protocol==0 ) fossil_fatal("no server URL specified");
    user_select();
    url_enable_proxy("via proxy: ");

    if( overwriteFlag ) mask |= CONFIGSET_OVERWRITE;
    if( strncmp(zMethod, "push", n)==0 ){
      client_sync(0,0,(unsigned)mask);
    }else if( strncmp(zMethod, "pull", n)==0 ){
      client_sync(0,(unsigned)mask,0);
    }else{
      client_sync(0,(unsigned)mask,(unsigned)mask);

  contentCache.szTotal = 0;
}

/*
** Return the srcid associated with rid.  Or return 0 if rid is
** original content and not a delta.
*/
static int findSrcid(int rid){
  static Stmt q;
  int srcid;
  db_static_prepare(&q, "SELECT srcid FROM delta WHERE rid=:rid");
  db_bind_int(&q, ":rid", rid);
  if( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    srcid = db_column_int(&q, 0);
  }else{
................................................................................
    if( bag_find(&contentCache.available, rid) ){
      return 1;
    }
    if( content_size(rid, -1)<0 ){
      bag_insert(&contentCache.missing, rid);
      return 0;
    }
    srcid = findSrcid(rid);
    if( srcid==0 ){
      bag_insert(&contentCache.available, rid);
      return 1;
    }
    rid = srcid;
  }
  fossil_panic("delta-loop in repository");
................................................................................
        blob_copy(pBlob, &contentCache.a[i].content);
        contentCache.a[i].age = contentCache.nextAge++;
        return 1;
      }
    }
  }

  nextRid = findSrcid(rid);
  if( nextRid==0 ){
    rc = content_of_blob(rid, pBlob);
  }else{
    int n = 1;
    int nAlloc = 10;
    int *a = 0;
    int mx;
................................................................................
    Blob delta, next;

    a = fossil_malloc( sizeof(a[0])*nAlloc );
    a[0] = rid;
    a[1] = nextRid;
    n = 1;
    while( !bag_find(&contentCache.inCache, nextRid)
        && (nextRid = findSrcid(nextRid))>0 ){
      n++;
      if( n>=nAlloc ){
        if( n>db_int(0, "SELECT max(rid) FROM blob") ){
          fossil_panic("infinite loop in DELTA table");
        }
        nAlloc = nAlloc*2 + 10;
        a = fossil_realloc(a, nAlloc*sizeof(a[0]));
................................................................................
}

/*
** Make sure the content at rid is the original content and is not a
** delta.
*/
void content_undelta(int rid){
  if( findSrcid(rid)>0 ){
    Blob x;
    if( content_get(rid, &x) ){
      Stmt s;
      db_prepare(&s, "UPDATE blob SET content=:c, size=%d WHERE rid=%d",
                     blob_size(&x), rid);
      blob_compress(&x, &x);
      db_bind_blob(&s, ":c", &x);
................................................................................
    "DELETE FROM private WHERE rid=:rid"
  );
  db_bind_int(&s1, ":rid", rid);
  db_exec(&s1);
}

/*
** Change the storage of rid so that it is a delta of srcid.


**
** If rid is already a delta from some other place then no
** conversion occurs and this is a no-op unless force==1.

**
** Never generate a delta that carries a private artifact into a public
** artifact.  Otherwise, when we go to send the public artifact on a
** sync operation, the other end of the sync will never be able to receive
** the source of the delta.  It is OK to delta private->private and
** public->private and public->public.  Just no private->public delta.
**
** If srcid is a delta that depends on rid, then srcid is
** converted to undeltaed text.

**
** If either rid or srcid contain less than 50 bytes, or if the
** resulting delta does not achieve a compression of at least 25%
** the rid is left untouched.
**
** Return 1 if a delta is made and 0 if no delta occurs.
*/
int content_deltify(int rid, int srcid, int force){
  int s;
  Blob data, src, delta;
  Stmt s1, s2;



  int rc = 0;






















  if( srcid==rid ) return 0;
  if( !force && findSrcid(rid)>0 ) return 0;
  if( content_is_private(srcid) && !content_is_private(rid) ){
    return 0;
  }



  s = srcid;
  while( (s = findSrcid(s))>0 ){
    if( s==rid ){
      content_undelta(srcid);
      break;
    }
  }


  content_get(srcid, &src);
  if( blob_size(&src)<50 ){

    blob_reset(&src);
    return 0;

  }
  content_get(rid, &data);

  if( blob_size(&data)<50 ){








    blob_reset(&src);

    blob_reset(&data);
    return 0;
  }
  blob_delta_create(&src, &data, &delta);
  if( blob_size(&delta) <= blob_size(&data)*0.75 ){





    blob_compress(&delta, &delta);
    db_prepare(&s1, "UPDATE blob SET content=:data WHERE rid=%d", rid);
    db_prepare(&s2, "REPLACE INTO delta(rid,srcid)VALUES(%d,%d)", rid, srcid);
    db_bind_blob(&s1, ":data", &delta);
    db_begin_transaction();
    db_exec(&s1);
    db_exec(&s2);
    db_end_transaction(0);
    db_finalize(&s1);
    db_finalize(&s2);
    verify_before_commit(rid);
    rc = 1;
  }
  blob_reset(&src);
  blob_reset(&data);
  blob_reset(&delta);
  return rc;
}

/*
** COMMAND: test-content-deltify
**


** Convert the content at RID into a delta from SRCID.
*/
void test_content_deltify_cmd(void){
  if( g.argc!=5 ) usage("RID SRCID FORCE");








  db_must_be_within_tree();
  content_deltify(atoi(g.argv[2]), atoi(g.argv[3]), atoi(g.argv[4]));
}

/*
** Return true if Blob p looks like it might be a parsable control artifact.
*/
static int looks_like_control_artifact(Blob *p){
  const char *z = blob_buffer(p);

  contentCache.szTotal = 0;
}

/*
** Return the srcid associated with rid.  Or return 0 if rid is
** original content and not a delta.
*/
int delta_source_rid(int rid){
  static Stmt q;
  int srcid;
  db_static_prepare(&q, "SELECT srcid FROM delta WHERE rid=:rid");
  db_bind_int(&q, ":rid", rid);
  if( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    srcid = db_column_int(&q, 0);
  }else{
................................................................................
    if( bag_find(&contentCache.available, rid) ){
      return 1;
    }
    if( content_size(rid, -1)<0 ){
      bag_insert(&contentCache.missing, rid);
      return 0;
    }
    srcid = delta_source_rid(rid);
    if( srcid==0 ){
      bag_insert(&contentCache.available, rid);
      return 1;
    }
    rid = srcid;
  }
  fossil_panic("delta-loop in repository");
................................................................................
        blob_copy(pBlob, &contentCache.a[i].content);
        contentCache.a[i].age = contentCache.nextAge++;
        return 1;
      }
    }
  }

  nextRid = delta_source_rid(rid);
  if( nextRid==0 ){
    rc = content_of_blob(rid, pBlob);
  }else{
    int n = 1;
    int nAlloc = 10;
    int *a = 0;
    int mx;
................................................................................
    Blob delta, next;

    a = fossil_malloc( sizeof(a[0])*nAlloc );
    a[0] = rid;
    a[1] = nextRid;
    n = 1;
    while( !bag_find(&contentCache.inCache, nextRid)
        && (nextRid = delta_source_rid(nextRid))>0 ){
      n++;
      if( n>=nAlloc ){
        if( n>db_int(0, "SELECT max(rid) FROM blob") ){
          fossil_panic("infinite loop in DELTA table");
        }
        nAlloc = nAlloc*2 + 10;
        a = fossil_realloc(a, nAlloc*sizeof(a[0]));
................................................................................
}

/*
** Make sure the content at rid is the original content and is not a
** delta.
*/
void content_undelta(int rid){
  if( delta_source_rid(rid)>0 ){
    Blob x;
    if( content_get(rid, &x) ){
      Stmt s;
      db_prepare(&s, "UPDATE blob SET content=:c, size=%d WHERE rid=%d",
                     blob_size(&x), rid);
      blob_compress(&x, &x);
      db_bind_blob(&s, ":c", &x);
................................................................................
    "DELETE FROM private WHERE rid=:rid"
  );
  db_bind_int(&s1, ":rid", rid);
  db_exec(&s1);
}

/*
** Try to change the storage of rid so that it is a delta from one
** of the artifacts given in aSrc[0]..aSrc[nSrc-1].  The aSrc[*] that
** gives the smallest delta is choosen.
**
** If rid is already a delta from some other place then no
** conversion occurs and this is a no-op unless force==1.  If force==1,
** then nSrc must also be 1.
**
** Never generate a delta that carries a private artifact into a public
** artifact.  Otherwise, when we go to send the public artifact on a
** sync operation, the other end of the sync will never be able to receive
** the source of the delta.  It is OK to delta private->private and
** public->private and public->public.  Just no private->public delta.
**
** If aSrc[bestSrc] is already a dleta that depends on rid, then it is
** converted to undeltaed text before the aSrc[bestSrc]->rid delta is
** created, in order to prevent a delta loop.
**
** If either rid or aSrc[i] contain less than 50 bytes, or if the
** resulting delta does not achieve a compression of at least 25%
** the rid is left untouched.
**
** Return 1 if a delta is made and 0 if no delta occurs.
*/
int content_deltify(int rid, int *aSrc, int nSrc, int force){
  int s;
  Blob data;           /* Content of rid */
  Blob src;            /* Content of aSrc[i] */
  Blob delta;          /* Delta from aSrc[i] to rid */
  Blob bestDelta;      /* Best delta seen so far */
  int bestSrc = 0;     /* Which aSrc is the source of the best delta */
  int rc = 0;          /* Value to return */
  int i;               /* Loop variable for aSrc[] */

  /* If rid is already a child (a delta) of some other artifact, return
  ** immediately if the force flags is false
  */
  if( !force && delta_source_rid(rid)>0 ) return 0;

  /* Get the complete content of the object to be delta-ed.  If the size
  ** is less than 50 bytes, then there really is no point in trying to do
  ** a delta, so return immediately
  */
  content_get(rid, &data);
  if( blob_size(&data)<50 ){
    /* Do not try to create a delta for objects smaller than 50 bytes */
    blob_reset(&data);
    return 0;
  }
  blob_init(&bestDelta, 0, 0);

  /* Loop over all candidate delta sources */
  for(i=0; i<nSrc; i++){
    int srcid = aSrc[i];
    if( srcid==rid ) continue;

    if( content_is_private(srcid) && !content_is_private(rid) ) continue;


    /* Compute all ancestors of srcid and make sure rid is not one of them.
    ** If rid is an ancestor of srcid, then making rid a decendent of srcid
    ** would create a delta loop. */
    s = srcid;
    while( (s = delta_source_rid(s))>0 ){
      if( s==rid ){
        content_undelta(srcid);
        break;
      }
    }
    if( s!=0 ) continue;

    content_get(srcid, &src);
    if( blob_size(&src)<50 ){
      /* The source is smaller then 50 bytes, so don't bother trying to use it*/
      blob_reset(&src);

      continue;
    }

    blob_delta_create(&src, &data, &delta);
    if( blob_size(&delta) < blob_size(&data)*0.75
     && (bestSrc<=0 || blob_size(&delta)<blob_size(&bestDelta))
    ){
      /* This is the best delta seen so far.  Remember it */
      blob_reset(&bestDelta);
      bestDelta = delta;
      bestSrc = srcid;
    }else{
      /* This delta is not a candidate for becoming the new parent of rid */
      blob_reset(&delta);
    }
    blob_reset(&src);

  }



  /* If there is a winning candidate for the new parent of rid, then
  ** make that candidate the new parent now */
  if( bestSrc>0 ){
    Stmt s1, s2;  /* Statements used to create the delta */
    blob_compress(&bestDelta, &bestDelta);
    db_prepare(&s1, "UPDATE blob SET content=:data WHERE rid=%d", rid);
    db_prepare(&s2, "REPLACE INTO delta(rid,srcid)VALUES(%d,%d)", rid, bestSrc);
    db_bind_blob(&s1, ":data", &bestDelta);
    db_begin_transaction();
    db_exec(&s1);
    db_exec(&s2);
    db_end_transaction(0);
    db_finalize(&s1);
    db_finalize(&s2);
    verify_before_commit(rid);
    rc = 1;
  }

  blob_reset(&data);
  blob_reset(&bestDelta);
  return rc;
}

/*
** COMMAND: test-content-deltify
**
** Usage:  %fossil RID SRCID SRCID ...  [-force]
**
** Convert the content at RID into a delta one of the from SRCIDs.
*/
void test_content_deltify_cmd(void){

  int nSrc;
  int *aSrc;
  int i;
  int bForce = find_option("force",0,0)!=0;
  if( g.argc<3 ) usage("[--force] RID SRCID SRCID...");
  aSrc = fossil_malloc( (g.argc-2)*sizeof(aSrc[0]) );
  nSrc = 0;
  for(i=2; i<g.argc; i++) aSrc[nSrc++] = atoi(g.argv[i]);
  db_must_be_within_tree();
  content_deltify(atoi(g.argv[2]), aSrc, nSrc, bForce);
}

/*
** Return true if Blob p looks like it might be a parsable control artifact.
*/
static int looks_like_control_artifact(Blob *p){
  const char *z = blob_buffer(p);

  return 1;
#endif
}

/*
** Returns non-zero if support for symlinks is currently enabled.
*/
int db_allow_symlinks(int traversal){
  if( traversal ){
    if( g.allowSymlinks ) return 1;
    return g.fNoDirSymlinks;
  }else{
    return g.allowSymlinks;
  }
}

/*
** Open the repository database given by zDbName.  If zDbName==NULL then
** get the name from the already open local database.
*/
void db_open_repository(const char *zDbName){
................................................................................
** Return a pointer to a string that contains the RHS of an IN operator
** that will select CONFIG table names that are in the list of control
** settings.
*/
const char *db_setting_inop_rhs(){
  Blob x;
  int i;


  const char *zSep = "";

  blob_zero(&x);
  blob_append_sql(&x, "(");
  for(i=0; aSetting[i].name; i++){
    blob_append_sql(&x, "%s%Q", zSep/*safe-for-%s*/, aSetting[i].name);
    zSep = ",";
  }
  blob_append_sql(&x, ")");
  return blob_sql_text(&x);
}

................................................................................
  char *zDate;
  Blob hash;
  Blob manifest;

  db_set("content-schema", CONTENT_SCHEMA, 0);
  db_set("aux-schema", AUX_SCHEMA_MAX, 0);
  db_set("rebuilt", get_version(), 0);


  db_multi_exec(
      "INSERT INTO config(name,value,mtime)"
      " VALUES('server-code', lower(hex(randomblob(20))),now());"
      "INSERT INTO config(name,value,mtime)"
      " VALUES('project-code', lower(hex(randomblob(20))),now());"
  );
  if( !db_is_global("autosync") ) db_set_int("autosync", 1, 0);
................................................................................
  if( zTemplate ){
    /*
    ** Copy all settings from the supplied template repository.
    */
    db_multi_exec(
      "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO config"
      " SELECT name,value,mtime FROM settingSrc.config"
      "  WHERE (name IN %s OR name IN %s)"
      "    AND name NOT GLOB 'project-*'"
      "    AND name NOT GLOB 'short-project-*';",
      configure_inop_rhs(CONFIGSET_ALL),
      db_setting_inop_rhs()
    );
    g.eHashPolicy = db_get_int("hash-policy", g.eHashPolicy);
    db_multi_exec(
................................................................................
      fossil_print("  (overridden by contents of file .fossil-settings/%s)\n",
                   pSetting->name);
    }
  }
  db_finalize(&q);
}


#if INTERFACE
/*
** Define all settings, which can be controlled via the set/unset
** command.
**
** var is the name of the internal configuration name for db_(un)set.
** If var is 0, the settings name is used.
................................................................................
  int width;            /* Width of display.  0 for boolean values. */
  int versionable;      /* Is this setting versionable? */
  int forceTextArea;    /* Force using a text area for display? */
  const char *def;      /* Default value */
};
#endif /* INTERFACE */

const Setting aSetting[] = {

  { "access-log",       0,              0, 0, 0, "off"                 },
  { "admin-log",        0,              0, 0, 0, "off"                 },











#if defined(_WIN32)
  { "allow-symlinks",   0,              0, 1, 0, "off"                 },
#else
  { "allow-symlinks",   0,              0, 1, 0, "on"                  },




#endif
  { "auto-captcha",     "autocaptcha",  0, 0, 0, "on"                  },
  { "auto-hyperlink",   0,              0, 0, 0, "on",                 },
  { "auto-shun",        0,              0, 0, 0, "on"                  },
  { "autosync",         0,              0, 0, 0, "on"                  },
  { "autosync-tries",   0,             16, 0, 0, "1"                   },
  { "binary-glob",      0,             40, 1, 0, ""                    },
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__DARWIN__) || \
    defined(__APPLE__)
  { "case-sensitive",   0,              0, 0, 0, "off"                 },




#else
  { "case-sensitive",   0,              0, 0, 0, "on"                  },














































#endif
  { "clean-glob",       0,             40, 1, 0, ""                    },
  { "clearsign",        0,              0, 0, 0, "off"                 },
  { "crlf-glob",        0,             40, 1, 0, ""                    },
  { "crnl-glob",        0,             40, 1, 0, ""                    },
  { "default-perms",    0,             16, 0, 0, "u"                   },
  { "diff-binary",      0,              0, 0, 0, "on"                  },
  { "diff-command",     0,             40, 0, 0, ""                    },
  { "dont-push",        0,              0, 0, 0, "off"                 },
  { "dotfiles",         0,              0, 1, 0, "off"                 },
  { "editor",           0,             32, 0, 0, ""                    },
  { "empty-dirs",       0,             40, 1, 0, ""                    },
  { "encoding-glob",    0,             40, 1, 0, ""                    },















































































#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS)
  { "exec-rel-paths",   0,              0, 0, 0, "on"                  },





#else
  { "exec-rel-paths",   0,              0, 0, 0, "off"                 },






#endif
  { "gdiff-command",    0,             40, 0, 0, "gdiff"               },
  { "gmerge-command",   0,             40, 0, 0, ""                    },
  { "hash-digits",      0,              5, 0, 0, "10"                  },
  { "http-port",        0,             16, 0, 0, "8080"                },
  { "https-login",      0,              0, 0, 0, "off"                 },
  { "ignore-glob",      0,             40, 1, 0, ""                    },
  { "keep-glob",        0,             40, 1, 0, ""                    },
  { "localauth",        0,              0, 0, 0, "off"                 },
  { "main-branch",      0,             40, 0, 0, "trunk"               },
  { "manifest",         0,              5, 1, 0, ""                    },
  { "max-loadavg",      0,             25, 0, 0, "0.0"                 },
  { "max-upload",       0,             25, 0, 0, "250000"              },
  { "mtime-changes",    0,              0, 0, 0, "on"                  },

















































































#if FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM
  { "mv-rm-files",      0,              0, 0, 0, "off"                 },







#endif
  { "pgp-command",      0,             40, 0, 0, "gpg --clearsign -o " },
  { "proxy",            0,             32, 0, 0, "off"                 },
  { "relative-paths",   0,              0, 0, 0, "on"                  },
  { "repo-cksum",       0,              0, 0, 0, "on"                  },
  { "self-register",    0,              0, 0, 0, "off"                 },
  { "ssh-command",      0,             40, 0, 0, ""                    },
  { "ssl-ca-location",  0,             40, 0, 0, ""                    },
  { "ssl-identity",     0,             40, 0, 0, ""                    },


























































#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL
  { "tcl",              0,              0, 0, 0, "off"                 },
  { "tcl-setup",        0,             40, 1, 1, ""                    },
#endif















#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS
  { "th1-docs",         0,              0, 0, 0, "off"                 },










#endif
#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_HOOKS
  { "th1-hooks",        0,              0, 0, 0, "off"                 },





#endif
  { "th1-setup",        0,             40, 1, 1, ""                    },
  { "th1-uri-regexp",   0,             40, 1, 0, ""                    },
  { "uv-sync",          0,              0, 0, 0, "off"                 },
  { "web-browser",      0,             32, 0, 0, ""                    },
  { 0,0,0,0,0,0 }
};



























/*
** Look up a control setting by its name.  Return a pointer to the Setting
** object, or NULL if there is no such setting.
**
** If allowPrefix is true, then the Setting returned is the first one for
** which zName is a prefix of the Setting name.
*/
const Setting *db_find_setting(const char *zName, int allowPrefix){
  int lwr, mid, upr, c;
  int n = (int)strlen(zName) + !allowPrefix;


  lwr = 0;
  upr = count(aSetting)-2;

  while( upr>=lwr ){
    mid = (upr+lwr)/2;
    c = fossil_strncmp(zName, aSetting[mid].name, n);
    if( c<0 ){
      upr = mid - 1;
    }else if( c>0 ){
      lwr = mid + 1;
    }else{
      if( allowPrefix ){
        while( mid>lwr && fossil_strncmp(zName, aSetting[mid-1].name, n)==0 ){
          mid--;
        }
      }
      return &aSetting[mid];
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** COMMAND: settings
** COMMAND: unset*
**
** Usage: %fossil settings ?PROPERTY? ?VALUE? ?OPTIONS?
**    or: %fossil unset PROPERTY ?OPTIONS?
**
** The "settings" command with no arguments lists all properties and their
** values.  With just a property name it shows the value of that property.
** With a value argument it changes the property for the current repository.
**
** Settings marked as versionable are overridden by the contents of the
** file named .fossil-settings/PROPERTY in the check-out root, if that
** file exists.
**
** The "unset" command clears a property setting.
**
**
**    access-log       If enabled, record successful and failed login attempts
**                     in the "accesslog" table.  Default: off
**
**    admin-log        If enabled, record configuration changes in the
**                     "admin_log" table.  Default: off
**
**    allow-symlinks   If enabled, don't follow symlinks, and instead treat
**     (versionable)   them as symlinks on Unix. Has no effect on Windows
**                     (existing links in repository created on Unix become
**                     plain-text files with link destination path inside).
**                     Default: on (Unix), off (Windows)
**
**    auto-captcha     If enabled, the Login page provides a button to
**                     fill in the captcha password.  Default: on
**
**    auto-hyperlink   Use javascript to enable hyperlinks on web pages
**                     for all users (regardless of the "h" privilege) if the
**                     User-Agent string in the HTTP header look like it came
**                     from real person, not a spider or bot.  Default: on
**
**    auto-shun        If enabled, automatically pull the shunning list
**                     from a server to which the client autosyncs.
**                     Default: on
**
**    autosync         If enabled, automatically pull prior to commit
**                     or update and automatically push after commit or
**                     tag or branch creation.  If the value is "pullonly"
**                     then only pull operations occur automatically.
**                     Default: on
**
**    autosync-tries   If autosync is enabled setting this to a value greater
**                     than zero will cause autosync to try no more than this
**                     number of attempts if there is a sync failure.
**                     Default: 1
**
**    binary-glob      The VALUE is a comma or newline-separated list of
**     (versionable)   GLOB patterns that should be treated as binary files
**                     for committing and merging purposes.  Example: *.jpg
**
**    case-sensitive   If TRUE, the files whose names differ only in case
**                     are considered distinct.  If FALSE files whose names
**                     differ only in case are the same file.  Defaults to
**                     TRUE for unix and FALSE for Cygwin, Mac and Windows.
**
**    clean-glob       The VALUE is a comma or newline-separated list of GLOB
**     (versionable)   patterns specifying files that the "clean" command will
**                     delete without prompting or allowing undo.
**                     Example: *.a,*.lib,*.o
**
**    clearsign        When enabled, fossil will attempt to sign all commits
**                     with gpg.  When disabled (the default), commits will
**                     be unsigned.  Default: off
**
**    crlf-glob        A comma or newline-separated list of GLOB patterns for
**     (versionable)   text files in which it is ok to have CR, CR+LF or mixed
**                     line endings. Set to "*" to disable CR+LF checking.
**                     The crnl-glob setting is a compatibility alias.
**
**    default-perms    Permissions given automatically to new users.  For more
**                     information on permissions see Users page in Server
**                     Administration of the HTTP UI. Default: u.
**
**    diff-binary      If TRUE (the default), permit files that may be binary
**                     or that match the "binary-glob" setting to be used with
**                     external diff programs.  If FALSE, skip these files.
**
**    diff-command     External command to run when performing a diff.
**                     If undefined, the internal text diff will be used.
**
**    dont-push        Prevent this repository from pushing from client to
**                     server.  Useful when setting up a private branch.
**
**    dotfiles         Include --dotfiles option for all compatible commands.
**     (versionable)
**
**    editor           Text editor command used for check-in comments.
**
**    empty-dirs       A comma or newline-separated list of pathnames. On
**     (versionable)   update and checkout commands, if no file or directory
**                     exists with that name, an empty directory will be
**                     created.
**
**    encoding-glob    The VALUE is a comma or newline-separated list of GLOB
**     (versionable)   patterns specifying files that the "commit" command will
**                     ignore when issuing warnings about text files that may
**                     use another encoding than ASCII or UTF-8. Set to "*"
**                     to disable encoding checking.
**
**    exec-rel-paths   When executing certain external commands (e.g. diff and
**                     gdiff), use relative paths.
**
**    gdiff-command    External command to run when performing a graphical
**                     diff. If undefined, text diff will be used.
**
**    gmerge-command   A graphical merge conflict resolver command operating
**                     on four files.
**                     Ex: kdiff3 "%baseline" "%original" "%merge" -o "%output"
**                     Ex: xxdiff "%original" "%baseline" "%merge" -M "%output"
**                     Ex: meld "%baseline" "%original" "%merge" "%output"
**
**    hash-digits      The number of hexadecimal digits of the SHA1 hash to
**                     display.  (Default: 10; Minimum: 6)
**
**    http-port        The TCP/IP port number to use by the "server"
**                     and "ui" commands.  Default: 8080
**
**    https-login      Send login credentials using HTTPS instead of HTTP
**                     even if the login page request came via HTTP.
**
**    ignore-glob      The VALUE is a comma or newline-separated list of GLOB
**     (versionable)   patterns specifying files that the "add", "addremove",
**                     "clean", and "extra" commands will ignore.
**                     Example:  *.log customCode.c notes.txt
**
**    keep-glob        The VALUE is a comma or newline-separated list of GLOB
**     (versionable)   patterns specifying files that the "clean" command will
**                     keep.
**
**    localauth        If enabled, require that HTTP connections from
**                     127.0.0.1 be authenticated by password.  If
**                     false, all HTTP requests from localhost have
**                     unrestricted access to the repository.
**
**    main-branch      The primary branch for the project.  Default: trunk
**
**    manifest         If set to a true boolean value, automatically create
**     (versionable)   files "manifest" and "manifest.uuid" in every checkout.
**                     Optionally use combinations of characters 'r'
**                     for "manifest", 'u' for "manifest.uuid" and 't' for
**                     "manifest.tags".  The SQLite and Fossil repositories
**                     both require manifests.  Default: off.
**
**    max-loadavg      Some CPU-intensive web pages (ex: /zip, /tarball, /blame)
**                     are disallowed if the system load average goes above this
**                     value.  "0.0" means no limit.  This only works on unix.
**                     Only local settings of this value make a difference since
**                     when running as a web-server, Fossil does not open the
**                     global configuration database.
**
**    max-upload       A limit on the size of uplink HTTP requests.  The
**                     default is 250000 bytes.
**
**    mtime-changes    Use file modification times (mtimes) to detect when
**                     files have been modified.  (Default "on".)
**
**    mv-rm-files      If enabled (and Fossil was compiled with legacy "mv/rm"
**                     support), the "mv" and "rename" commands will also move
**                     the associated files within the checkout -AND- the "rm"
**                     and "delete" commands will also remove the associated
**                     files from within the checkout.  Default: off.
**
**    pgp-command      Command used to clear-sign manifests at check-in.
**                     The default is "gpg --clearsign -o ".
**
**    proxy            URL of the HTTP proxy.  If undefined or "off" then
**                     the "http_proxy" environment variable is consulted.
**                     If the http_proxy environment variable is undefined
**                     then a direct HTTP connection is used.
**
**    relative-paths   When showing changes and extras, report paths relative
**                     to the current working directory.  Default: "on"
**
**    repo-cksum       Compute checksums over all files in each checkout
**                     as a double-check of correctness.  Defaults to "on".
**                     Disable on large repositories for a performance
**                     improvement.
**
**    self-register    Allow users to register themselves through the HTTP UI.
**                     This is useful if you want to see other names than
**                     "Anonymous" in e.g. ticketing system. On the other hand
**                     users can not be deleted. Default: off.
**
**    ssh-command      Command used to talk to a remote machine with
**                     the "ssh://" protocol.
**
**    ssl-ca-location  The full pathname to a file containing PEM encoded
**                     CA root certificates, or a directory of certificates
**                     with filenames formed from the certificate hashes as
**                     required by OpenSSL.
**                     If set, this will override the OS default list of
**                     OpenSSL CAs. If unset, the default list will be used.
**                     Some platforms may add additional certificates.
**                     Checking your platform behaviour is required if the
**                     exact contents of the CA root is critical for your
**                     application.
**
**    ssl-identity     The full pathname to a file containing a certificate
**                     and private key in PEM format. Create by concatenating
**                     the certificate and private key files.
**                     This identity will be presented to SSL servers to
**                     authenticate this client, in addition to the normal
**                     password authentication.
**
**    tcl              If enabled (and Fossil was compiled with Tcl support),
**                     Tcl integration commands will be added to the TH1
**                     interpreter, allowing arbitrary Tcl expressions and
**                     scripts to be evaluated from TH1.  Additionally, the Tcl
**                     interpreter will be able to evaluate arbitrary TH1
**                     expressions and scripts. Default: off.
**
**    tcl-setup        This is the setup script to be evaluated after creating
**     (versionable)   and initializing the Tcl interpreter.  By default, this
**                     is empty and no extra setup is performed.
**
**    th1-docs         WARNING: If enabled (and Fossil was compiled with TH1
**                     support for embedded documentation files), this allows
**                     embedded documentation files to contain arbitrary TH1
**                     scripts that are evaluated on the server.  If native
**                     Tcl integration is also enabled, this setting has the
**                     potential to allow anybody with check-in privileges to
**                     do almost anything that the associated operating system
**                     user account could do.  Extreme caution should be used
**                     when enabling this setting.  Default: off.
**
**    th1-hooks        If enabled (and Fossil was compiled with support for TH1
**                     hooks), special TH1 commands will be called before and
**                     after any Fossil command or web page. Default: off.
**
**    th1-setup        This is the setup script to be evaluated after creating
**     (versionable)   and initializing the TH1 interpreter.  By default, this
**                     is empty and no extra setup is performed.
**
**    th1-uri-regexp   Specify which URI's are allowed in HTTP requests from
**     (versionable)   TH1 scripts.  If empty, no HTTP requests are allowed
**                     whatsoever.  The default is an empty string.
**
**    uv-sync          If true, automatically send unversioned files as part
**                     of a "fossil clone" or "fossil sync" command.  The
**                     default is false, in which case the -u option is
**                     needed to clone or sync unversioned files.
**
**    web-browser      A shell command used to launch your preferred
**                     web browser when given a URL as an argument.
**                     Defaults to "start" on windows, "open" on Mac,
**                     and "firefox" on Unix.
**
** Options:
**   --global   set or unset the given property globally instead of
**              setting or unsetting it for the open repository only.
**
**   --exact    only consider exact name matches.
**
................................................................................
** See also: configuration
*/
void setting_cmd(void){
  int i;
  int globalFlag = find_option("global","g",0)!=0;
  int exactFlag = find_option("exact",0,0)!=0;
  int unsetFlag = g.argv[1][0]=='u';


  find_repository_option();
  verify_all_options();
  db_open_config(1, 0);
  if( !globalFlag ){
    db_find_and_open_repository(OPEN_ANY_SCHEMA | OPEN_OK_NOT_FOUND, 0);
  }
  if( !g.repositoryOpen ){
    globalFlag = 1;
  }
  if( unsetFlag && g.argc!=3 ){
    usage("PROPERTY ?-global?");
  }

  /* Verify that the aSetting[] entries are in sorted order.  This is
  ** necessary for the binary search in db_find_setting() to work correctly.
  */
  for(i=1; aSetting[i].name; i++){
    if( fossil_strcmp(aSetting[i-1].name, aSetting[i].name)>=0 ){
      fossil_panic("Internal Error: aSetting[] entries for \"%s\""
                   " and \"%s\" are out of order.",
                   aSetting[i-1].name, aSetting[i].name);
    }
  }

  if( g.argc==2 ){
    for(i=0; aSetting[i].name; i++){

      print_setting(&aSetting[i]);
    }
  }else if( g.argc==3 || g.argc==4 ){
    const char *zName = g.argv[2];
    int n = (int)strlen(zName);
    const Setting *pSetting = db_find_setting(zName, !exactFlag);
    if( pSetting==0 ){

  return 1;
#endif
}

/*
** Returns non-zero if support for symlinks is currently enabled.
*/
int db_allow_symlinks(void){




  return g.allowSymlinks;

}

/*
** Open the repository database given by zDbName.  If zDbName==NULL then
** get the name from the already open local database.
*/
void db_open_repository(const char *zDbName){
................................................................................
** Return a pointer to a string that contains the RHS of an IN operator
** that will select CONFIG table names that are in the list of control
** settings.
*/
const char *db_setting_inop_rhs(){
  Blob x;
  int i;
  int nSetting;
  const Setting *aSetting = setting_info(&nSetting);
  const char *zSep = "";

  blob_zero(&x);
  blob_append_sql(&x, "(");
  for(i=0; i<nSetting; i++){
    blob_append_sql(&x, "%s%Q", zSep/*safe-for-%s*/, aSetting[i].name);
    zSep = ",";
  }
  blob_append_sql(&x, ")");
  return blob_sql_text(&x);
}

................................................................................
  char *zDate;
  Blob hash;
  Blob manifest;

  db_set("content-schema", CONTENT_SCHEMA, 0);
  db_set("aux-schema", AUX_SCHEMA_MAX, 0);
  db_set("rebuilt", get_version(), 0);
  db_set("admin-log", "1", 0);
  db_set("access-log", "1", 0);
  db_multi_exec(
      "INSERT INTO config(name,value,mtime)"
      " VALUES('server-code', lower(hex(randomblob(20))),now());"
      "INSERT INTO config(name,value,mtime)"
      " VALUES('project-code', lower(hex(randomblob(20))),now());"
  );
  if( !db_is_global("autosync") ) db_set_int("autosync", 1, 0);
................................................................................
  if( zTemplate ){
    /*
    ** Copy all settings from the supplied template repository.
    */
    db_multi_exec(
      "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO config"
      " SELECT name,value,mtime FROM settingSrc.config"
      "  WHERE (name IN %s OR name IN %s OR name GLOB 'walias:/*')"
      "    AND name NOT GLOB 'project-*'"
      "    AND name NOT GLOB 'short-project-*';",
      configure_inop_rhs(CONFIGSET_ALL),
      db_setting_inop_rhs()
    );
    g.eHashPolicy = db_get_int("hash-policy", g.eHashPolicy);
    db_multi_exec(
................................................................................
      fossil_print("  (overridden by contents of file .fossil-settings/%s)\n",
                   pSetting->name);
    }
  }
  db_finalize(&q);
}


#if INTERFACE
/*
** Define all settings, which can be controlled via the set/unset
** command.
**
** var is the name of the internal configuration name for db_(un)set.
** If var is 0, the settings name is used.
................................................................................
  int width;            /* Width of display.  0 for boolean values. */
  int versionable;      /* Is this setting versionable? */
  int forceTextArea;    /* Force using a text area for display? */
  const char *def;      /* Default value */
};
#endif /* INTERFACE */


/*
** SETTING: access-log      boolean default=off

**
** When the access-log setting is enabled, all login attempts (successful
** and unsuccessful) on the web interface are recorded in the "access" table
** of the repository.
*/
/*
** SETTING: admin-log       boolean default=off
**
** When the admin-log setting is enabled, configuration changes are recorded
** in the "admin_log" table of the repository.
*/
#if defined(_WIN32)



/*
** SETTING: allow-symlinks  boolean default=off versionable
** Allows symbolic links in the repository when enabled.
*/
#endif







#if !defined(_WIN32)

/*
** SETTING: allow-symlinks  boolean default=on versionable
** Allows symbolic links in the repository when enabled.
*/
#endif

/*
** SETTING: auto-captcha    boolean default=on variable=autocaptcha
** If enabled, the /login page provides a button that will automatically
** fill in the captcha password.  This makes things easier for human users,
** at the expense of also making logins easier for malecious robots.
*/
/*
** SETTING: auto-hyperlink  boolean default=on
** Use javascript to enable hyperlinks on web pages
** for all users (regardless of the "h" privilege) if the
** User-Agent string in the HTTP header look like it came
** from real person, not a spider or bot.
*/
/*
** SETTING: auto-shun       boolean default=on
** If enabled, automatically pull the shunning list
** from a server to which the client autosyncs.
*/
/*
** SETTING: autosync        width=16 default=on
** This setting can take either a boolean value or "pullonly"
** If enabled, automatically pull prior to commit
** or update and automatically push after commit or
** tag or branch creation.  If the value is "pullonly"
** then only pull operations occur automatically.
*/
/*
** SETTING: autosync-tries  width=16 default=1
** If autosync is enabled setting this to a value greater
** than zero will cause autosync to try no more than this
** number of attempts if there is a sync failure.
*/
/*
** SETTING: binary-glob     width=40 versionable block-text
** The VALUE of this setting is a comma or newline-separated list of
** GLOB patterns that should be treated as binary files
** for committing and merging purposes.  Example: *.jpg
*/
#if defined(_WIN32)||defined(__CYGWIN__)||defined(__DARWIN__)
/*
** SETTING: case-sensitive  boolean default=off
** If TRUE, the files whose names differ only in case
** are considered distinct.  If FALSE files whose names
** differ only in case are the same file.  Defaults to
** TRUE for unix and FALSE for Cygwin, Mac and Windows.
*/
#endif












#if !(defined(_WIN32)||defined(__CYGWIN__)||defined(__DARWIN__))
/*
** SETTING: case-sensitive  boolean default=on
** If TRUE, the files whose names differ only in case
** are considered distinct.  If FALSE files whose names
** differ only in case are the same file.  Defaults to
** TRUE for unix and FALSE for Cygwin, Mac and Windows.
*/
#endif
/*
** SETTING: clean-glob      width=40 versionable block-text
** The VALUE of this setting is a comma or newline-separated list of GLOB
** patterns specifying files that the "clean" command will
** delete without prompting or allowing undo.
** Example: *.a,*.lib,*.o
*/
/*
** SETTING: clearsign       boolean default=off
** When enabled, fossil will attempt to sign all commits
** with gpg.  When disabled, commits will be unsigned.
*/
/*
** SETTING: crlf-glob       width=40 versionable block-text
** The value is a comma or newline-separated list of GLOB patterns for
** text files in which it is ok to have CR, CR+LF or mixed
** line endings. Set to "*" to disable CR+LF checking.
** The crnl-glob setting is a compatibility alias.
*/
/*
** SETTING: crnl-glob       width=40 versionable block-text
** This is an alias for the crlf-glob setting
*/
/*
** SETTING: default-perms   width=16 default=u
** Permissions given automatically to new users.  For more
** information on permissions see the Users page in Server
** Administration of the HTTP UI.
*/
/*
** SETTING: diff-binary     boolean default=on
** If enabled, permit files that may be binary
** or that match the "binary-glob" setting to be used with
** external diff programs.  If disabled, skip these files.
*/
/*
** SETTING: diff-command    width=40
** The value is an external command to run when performing a diff.
** If undefined, the internal text diff will be used.
*/
/*
** SETTING: dont-push       boolean default=off
** If enabled, prevent this repository from pushing from client to
** server.  This can be used as an extra precaution to prevent
** accidental pushes to a public server from a private clone.
*/
/*
** SETTING: dotfiles        boolean versionable default=off
** If enabled, include --dotfiles option for all compatible commands.
*/
/*
** SETTING: editor          width=32
** The value is an external command that will launch the
** text editor command used for check-in comments.
*/
/*
** SETTING: empty-dirs      width=40 versionable block-text
** The value is a comma or newline-separated list of pathnames. On
** update and checkout commands, if no file or directory
** exists with that name, an empty directory will be
** created.
*/
/*
** SETTING: encoding-glob   width=40 versionable block-text
** The value is a comma or newline-separated list of GLOB
** patterns specifying files that the "commit" command will
** ignore when issuing warnings about text files that may
** use another encoding than ASCII or UTF-8. Set to "*"
** to disable encoding checking.
*/
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS)

/*
** SETTING: exec-rel-paths   boolean default=on
** When executing certain external commands (e.g. diff and
** gdiff), use relative paths.
*/
#endif

#if !defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS)
/*
** SETTING: exec-rel-paths   boolean default=off
** When executing certain external commands (e.g. diff and
** gdiff), use relative paths.
*/
#endif













/*
** SETTING: gdiff-command    width=40 default=gdiff
** The value is an external command to run when performing a graphical
** diff. If undefined, text diff will be used.
*/
/*
** SETTING: gmerge-command   width=40
** The value is a graphical merge conflict resolver command operating
** on four files.  Examples:
**
**     kdiff3 "%baseline" "%original" "%merge" -o "%output"
**     xxdiff "%original" "%baseline" "%merge" -M "%output"
**     meld "%baseline" "%original" "%merge" "%output"
*/
/*
** SETTING: hash-digits      width=5 default=10
** The number of hexadecimal digits of the SHA3 hash to display.
*/
/*
** SETTING: http-port        width=16 default=8080
** The default TCP/IP port number to use by the "server"
** and "ui" commands.
*/
/*
** SETTING: https-login      boolean default=off
** If true, then the Fossil web server will redirect unencrypted
** login screeen requests to HTTPS.
*/
/*
** SETTING: ignore-glob      width=40 versionable block-text
** The value is a comma or newline-separated list of GLOB
** patterns specifying files that the "add", "addremove",
** "clean", and "extras" commands will ignore.
**
** Example:  *.log customCode.c notes.txt
*/
/*
** SETTING: keep-glob        width=40 versionable block-text
** The value is a comma or newline-separated list of GLOB
** patterns specifying files that the "clean" command will keep
*/
/*
** SETTING: localauth        boolean default=off
** If enabled, require that HTTP connections from
** 127.0.0.1 be authenticated by password.  If
** false, all HTTP requests from localhost have
** unrestricted access to the repository.
*/
/*
** SETTING: main-branch      width=40 default=trunk
** The value is the primary branch for the project.
*/
/*
** SETTING: manifest         width=5 versionable
** If enabled, automatically create files "manifest" and "manifest.uuid"
** in every checkout.
**
** Optionally use combinations of characters 'r' for "manifest",
** 'u' for "manifest.uuid" and 't' for "manifest.tags".  The SQLite
** and Fossil repositories both require manifests.
*/
/*
** SETTING: max-loadavg      width=25 default=0.0
** Some CPU-intensive web pages (ex: /zip, /tarball, /blame)
** are disallowed if the system load average goes above this
** value.  "0.0" means no limit.  This only works on unix.
** Only local settings of this value make a difference since
** when running as a web-server, Fossil does not open the
** global configuration database.
*/
/*
** SETTING: max-upload       width=25 default=250000
** A limit on the size of uplink HTTP requests.
*/
/*
** SETTING: mtime-changes    boolean default=on
** Use file modification times (mtimes) to detect when
** files have been modified.  If disabled, all managed files
** are hashed to detect changes, which can be slow for large
** projects.
*/
#if FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM

/*
** SETTING: mv-rm-files      boolean default=off
** If enabled, the "mv" and "rename" commands will also move
** the associated files within the checkout -AND- the "rm"
** and "delete" commands will also remove the associated
** files from within the checkout.
*/
#endif








/*
** SETTING: pgp-command      width=40
** Command used to clear-sign manifests at check-in.
** Default value is "gpg --clearsign -o"
*/
/*
** SETTING: proxy            width=32 default=off
** URL of the HTTP proxy.  If undefined or "off" then
** the "http_proxy" environment variable is consulted.
** If the http_proxy environment variable is undefined
** then a direct HTTP connection is used.
*/
/*
** SETTING: relative-paths   boolean default=on
** When showing changes and extras, report paths relative
** to the current working directory.
*/
/*
** SETTING: repo-cksum       boolean default=on
** Compute checksums over all files in each checkout as a double-check
** of correctness.  Disable this on large repositories for a performance
** improvement.
*/
/*
** SETTING: self-register    boolean default=off
** Allow users to register themselves through the HTTP UI.
** This is useful if you want to see other names than
** "Anonymous" in e.g. ticketing system. On the other hand
** users can not be deleted.
*/
/*
** SETTING: ssh-command      width=40
** The command used to talk to a remote machine with  the "ssh://" protocol.
*/
/*
** SETTING: ssl-ca-location  width=40
** The full pathname to a file containing PEM encoded
** CA root certificates, or a directory of certificates
** with filenames formed from the certificate hashes as
** required by OpenSSL.
**
** If set, this will override the OS default list of
** OpenSSL CAs. If unset, the default list will be used.
** Some platforms may add additional certificates.
** Checking your platform behaviour is required if the
** exact contents of the CA root is critical for your
** application.
*/
/*
** SETTING: ssl-identity     width=40
** The full pathname to a file containing a certificate
** and private key in PEM format. Create by concatenating
** the certificate and private key files.
**
** This identity will be presented to SSL servers to
** authenticate this client, in addition to the normal
** password authentication.
*/
#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL



/*
** SETTING: tcl              boolean default=off
** If enabled Tcl integration commands will be added to the TH1
** interpreter, allowing arbitrary Tcl expressions and
** scripts to be evaluated from TH1.  Additionally, the Tcl
** interpreter will be able to evaluate arbitrary TH1
** expressions and scripts.
*/
/*
** SETTING: tcl-setup        width=40 versionable block-text
** This is the setup script to be evaluated after creating
** and initializing the Tcl interpreter.  By default, this
** is empty and no extra setup is performed.
*/
#endif /* FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL */
#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS

/*
** SETTING: th1-docs         boolean default=off
** If enabled, this allows embedded documentation files to contain
** arbitrary TH1 scripts that are evaluated on the server.  If native
** Tcl integration is also enabled, this setting has the
** potential to allow anybody with check-in privileges to
** do almost anything that the associated operating system
** user account could do.  Extreme caution should be used
** when enabling this setting.
*/
#endif
#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_HOOKS

/*
** SETTING: th1-hooks        boolean default=off
** If enabled, special TH1 commands will be called before and
** after any Fossil command or web page.
*/
#endif






/*
** SETTING: th1-setup        width=40 versionable block-text
** This is the setup script to be evaluated after creating
** and initializing the TH1 interpreter.  By default, this
** is empty and no extra setup is performed.
*/
/*
** SETTING: th1-uri-regexp   width=40 versionable block-text
** Specify which URI's are allowed in HTTP requests from
** TH1 scripts.  If empty, no HTTP requests are allowed
** whatsoever.
*/
/*
** SETTING: uv-sync          boolean default=off
** If true, automatically send unversioned files as part
** of a "fossil clone" or "fossil sync" command.  The
** default is false, in which case the -u option is
** needed to clone or sync unversioned files.
*/
/*
** SETTING: web-browser      width=30
** A shell command used to launch your preferred
** web browser when given a URL as an argument.
** Defaults to "start" on windows, "open" on Mac,
** and "firefox" on Unix.
*/

/*
** Look up a control setting by its name.  Return a pointer to the Setting
** object, or NULL if there is no such setting.
**
** If allowPrefix is true, then the Setting returned is the first one for
** which zName is a prefix of the Setting name.
*/
Setting *db_find_setting(const char *zName, int allowPrefix){
  int lwr, mid, upr, c;
  int n = (int)strlen(zName) + !allowPrefix;
  int nSetting;
  const Setting *aSetting = setting_info(&nSetting);
  lwr = 0;

  upr = nSetting - 1;
  while( upr>=lwr ){
    mid = (upr+lwr)/2;
    c = fossil_strncmp(zName, aSetting[mid].name, n);
    if( c<0 ){
      upr = mid - 1;
    }else if( c>0 ){
      lwr = mid + 1;
    }else{
      if( allowPrefix ){
        while( mid>lwr && fossil_strncmp(zName, aSetting[mid-1].name, n)==0 ){
          mid--;
        }
      }
      return (Setting*)&aSetting[mid];
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** COMMAND: settings
** COMMAND: unset*
**
** Usage: %fossil settings ?SETTING? ?VALUE? ?OPTIONS?
**    or: %fossil unset SETTING ?OPTIONS?
**
** The "settings" command with no arguments lists all settings and their
** values.  With just a SETTING name it shows the current value of that setting.
** With a VALUE argument it changes the property for the current repository.
**
** Settings marked as versionable are overridden by the contents of the
** file named .fossil-settings/PROPERTY in the check-out root, if that
** file exists.
**
** The "unset" command clears a setting.
**
** Settings can have both a "local" repository-only value and "global" value
** that applies to all repositories.  The local values are stored in the
** "config" table of the repository and the global values are stored in the
** $HOME/.fossil file on unix or in the %LOCALAPPDATA%/_fossil file on Windows.
** If both a local and a global value exists for a setting, the local value
** takes precedence.  This command normally operates on the local settings.
** Use the --global option to change global settings.





































































































































































































































**
** Options:
**   --global   set or unset the given property globally instead of
**              setting or unsetting it for the open repository only.
**
**   --exact    only consider exact name matches.
**
................................................................................
** See also: configuration
*/
void setting_cmd(void){
  int i;
  int globalFlag = find_option("global","g",0)!=0;
  int exactFlag = find_option("exact",0,0)!=0;
  int unsetFlag = g.argv[1][0]=='u';
  int nSetting;
  const Setting *aSetting = setting_info(&nSetting);
  find_repository_option();
  verify_all_options();
  db_open_config(1, 0);
  if( !globalFlag ){
    db_find_and_open_repository(OPEN_ANY_SCHEMA | OPEN_OK_NOT_FOUND, 0);
  }
  if( !g.repositoryOpen ){
    globalFlag = 1;
  }
  if( unsetFlag && g.argc!=3 ){
    usage("PROPERTY ?-global?");
  }












  if( g.argc==2 ){

    for(i=0; i<nSetting; i++){
      print_setting(&aSetting[i]);
    }
  }else if( g.argc==3 || g.argc==4 ){
    const char *zName = g.argv[2];
    int n = (int)strlen(zName);
    const Setting *pSetting = db_find_setting(zName, !exactFlag);
    if( pSetting==0 ){

  int lenSrc,            /* Length of the source file */
  const char *zDelta,    /* Delta to apply to the pattern */
  int lenDelta,          /* Length of the delta */
  char *zOut             /* Write the output into this preallocated buffer */
){
  unsigned int limit;
  unsigned int total = 0;
#ifndef FOSSIL_OMIT_DELTA_CKSUM_TEST
  char *zOrigOut = zOut;
#endif

  limit = getInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta);
  if( *zDelta!='\n' ){
    /* ERROR: size integer not terminated by "\n" */
    return -1;
................................................................................
        zDelta += cnt;
        lenDelta -= cnt;
        break;
      }
      case ';': {
        zDelta++; lenDelta--;
        zOut[0] = 0;
#ifndef FOSSIL_OMIT_DELTA_CKSUM_TEST
        if( cnt!=checksum(zOrigOut, total) ){
          /* ERROR:  bad checksum */
          return -1;
        }
#endif
        if( total!=limit ){
          /* ERROR: generated size does not match predicted size */

  int lenSrc,            /* Length of the source file */
  const char *zDelta,    /* Delta to apply to the pattern */
  int lenDelta,          /* Length of the delta */
  char *zOut             /* Write the output into this preallocated buffer */
){
  unsigned int limit;
  unsigned int total = 0;
#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_DELTA_CKSUM_TEST
  char *zOrigOut = zOut;
#endif

  limit = getInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta);
  if( *zDelta!='\n' ){
    /* ERROR: size integer not terminated by "\n" */
    return -1;
................................................................................
        zDelta += cnt;
        lenDelta -= cnt;
        break;
      }
      case ';': {
        zDelta++; lenDelta--;
        zOut[0] = 0;
#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_DELTA_CKSUM_TEST
        if( cnt!=checksum(zOrigOut, total) ){
          /* ERROR:  bad checksum */
          return -1;
        }
#endif
        if( total!=limit ){
          /* ERROR: generated size does not match predicted size */

#define DIFF_LINENO       ((u64)0x40000000) /* Show line numbers */
#define DIFF_NUMSTAT      ((u64)0x80000000) /* Show line count of changes */
#define DIFF_NOOPT        (((u64)0x01)<<32) /* Suppress optimizations (debug) */
#define DIFF_INVERT       (((u64)0x02)<<32) /* Invert the diff (debug) */
#define DIFF_CONTEXT_EX   (((u64)0x04)<<32) /* Use context even if zero */
#define DIFF_NOTTOOBIG    (((u64)0x08)<<32) /* Only display if not too big */
#define DIFF_STRIP_EOLCR  (((u64)0x10)<<32) /* Strip trailing CR */
#define DIFF_SLOW_SBS     (((u64)0x20)<<32) /* Better, but slower side-by-side */

/*
** These error messages are shared in multiple locations.  They are defined
** here for consistency.
*/
#define DIFF_CANNOT_COMPUTE_BINARY \
    "cannot compute difference between binary files\n"
................................................................................
  struct AnnLine {  /* Lines of the original files... */
    const char *z;       /* The text of the line */
    short int n;         /* Number of bytes (omitting trailing \n) */
    short int iVers;     /* Level at which tag was set */
  } *aOrig;
  int nOrig;        /* Number of elements in aOrig[] */
  int nVers;        /* Number of versions analyzed */
  int bLimit;       /* True if the iLimit was reached */


  struct AnnVers {
    const char *zFUuid;   /* File being analyzed */
    const char *zMUuid;   /* Check-in containing the file */
    const char *zDate;    /* Date of the check-in */
    const char *zBgColor; /* Suggested background color */
    const char *zUser;    /* Name of user who did the check-in */
    unsigned cnt;         /* Number of lines contributed by this check-in */
................................................................................
  /* Clear out the from file */
  free(p->c.aFrom);

  /* Return no errors */
  return 0;
}













/* Annotation flags (any DIFF flag can be used as Annotation flag as well) */
#define ANN_FILE_VERS   (((u64)0x20)<<32) /* File vers not commit vers */
#define ANN_FILE_ANCEST (((u64)0x40)<<32) /* Prefer checkins in the ANCESTOR */



/*
** Compute a complete annotation on a file.  The file is identified
** by its filename number (filename.fnid) and check-in (mlink.mid).

*/
static void annotate_file(
  Annotator *p,        /* The annotator */
  int fnid,            /* The name of the file to be annotated */
  int mid,             /* Use the version of the file in this check-in */
  int iLimit,          /* Limit the number of levels if greater than zero */


  u64 annFlags         /* Flags to alter the annotation */
){
  Blob toAnnotate;     /* Text of the final (mid) version of the file */
  Blob step;           /* Text of previous revision */



  int rid;             /* Artifact ID of the file being annotated */

  Stmt q;              /* Query returning all ancestor versions */
  Stmt ins;            /* Inserts into the temporary VSEEN table */
  int cnt = 0;         /* Number of versions examined */



  /* Initialize the annotation */
  rid = db_int(0, "SELECT fid FROM mlink WHERE mid=%d AND fnid=%d",mid,fnid);
  if( rid==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("file #%d is unchanged in manifest #%d", fnid, mid);











  }
  if( !content_get(rid, &toAnnotate) ){
    fossil_fatal("unable to retrieve content of artifact #%d", rid);




  }
  if( iLimit<=0 ) iLimit = 1000000000;
  blob_to_utf8_no_bom(&toAnnotate, 0);
  annotation_start(p, &toAnnotate, annFlags);
  db_begin_transaction();
  db_multi_exec(
     "CREATE TEMP TABLE IF NOT EXISTS vseen(rid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);"
     "DELETE FROM vseen;"
  );

  db_prepare(&ins, "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO vseen(rid) VALUES(:rid)");






















  db_prepare(&q,

    "SELECT (SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=mlink.fid),"
    "       (SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=mlink.mid),"
    "       date(event.mtime),"
    "       coalesce(event.euser,event.user),"
    "       mlink.pid"
    "  FROM mlink, event"
    " WHERE mlink.fid=:rid"

    "   AND event.objid=mlink.mid"
    "   AND mlink.pid NOT IN vseen"
    " ORDER BY %s event.mtime",
    (annFlags & ANN_FILE_ANCEST)!=0 ?
         "(mlink.mid IN (SELECT rid FROM ancestor)) DESC,":""

  );

  db_bind_int(&q, ":rid", rid);
  if( iLimit==0 ) iLimit = 1000000000;
  while( rid && iLimit>cnt && db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){








    int prevId = db_column_int(&q, 4);










    p->aVers = fossil_realloc(p->aVers, (p->nVers+1)*sizeof(p->aVers[0]));
    p->aVers[p->nVers].zFUuid = fossil_strdup(db_column_text(&q, 0));
    p->aVers[p->nVers].zMUuid = fossil_strdup(db_column_text(&q, 1));
    p->aVers[p->nVers].zDate = fossil_strdup(db_column_text(&q, 2));
    p->aVers[p->nVers].zUser = fossil_strdup(db_column_text(&q, 3));
    if( p->nVers ){

      content_get(rid, &step);
      blob_to_utf8_no_bom(&step, 0);
      annotation_step(p, &step, p->nVers-1, annFlags);
      blob_reset(&step);
    }
    p->nVers++;
    db_bind_int(&ins, ":rid", rid);
    db_step(&ins);
    db_reset(&ins);
    db_reset(&q);
    rid = prevId;
    db_bind_int(&q, ":rid", prevId);
    cnt++;
  }
  p->bLimit = iLimit==cnt;
  db_finalize(&q);
  db_finalize(&ins);
  db_end_transaction(0);
}

/*
** Return a color from a gradient.
*/
unsigned gradient_color(unsigned c1, unsigned c2, int n, int i){
................................................................................
** URL: /blame?checkin=ID&filename=FILENAME
** URL: /praise?checkin=ID&filename=FILENAME
**
** Show the most recent change to each line of a text file.  /annotate shows
** the date of the changes and the check-in hash (with a link to the
** check-in).  /blame and /praise also show the user who made the check-in.
**








** Query parameters:
**
**    checkin=ID          The manifest ID at which to start the annotation
**    filename=FILENAME   The filename.
**    filevers            Show file versions rather than check-in versions
**    limit=N             Limit the search depth to N ancestors




**    log=BOOLEAN         Show a log of versions analyzed



**    w                   Ignore whitespace

**
*/
void annotation_page(void){
  int mid;
  int fnid;
  int i;
  int iLimit;            /* Depth limit */
  u64 annFlags = (ANN_FILE_ANCEST|DIFF_STRIP_EOLCR);
  int showLog = 0;       /* True to display the log */

  int ignoreWs = 0;      /* Ignore whitespace */
  const char *zFilename; /* Name of file to annotate */

  const char *zCI;       /* The check-in containing zFilename */



  Annotator ann;
  HQuery url;
  struct AnnVers *p;
  unsigned clr1, clr2, clr;
  int bBlame = g.zPath[0]!='a';/* True for BLAME output.  False for ANNOTATE. */

  /* Gather query parameters */
  showLog = atoi(PD("log","1"));
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  if( exclude_spiders() ) return;
  load_control();
  mid = name_to_typed_rid(PD("checkin","0"),"ci");
  zFilename = P("filename");

  fnid = db_int(0, "SELECT fnid FROM filename WHERE name=%Q", zFilename);
  if( mid==0 || fnid==0 ){ fossil_redirect_home(); }
  iLimit = atoi(PD("limit","20"));
  if( P("filevers") ) annFlags |= ANN_FILE_VERS;
  ignoreWs = P("w")!=0;
  if( ignoreWs ) annFlags |= DIFF_IGNORE_ALLWS;
  if( !db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM mlink WHERE mid=%d AND fnid=%d",mid,fnid) ){
    fossil_redirect_home();
  }

  /* compute the annotation */
  compute_direct_ancestors(mid);
  annotate_file(&ann, fnid, mid, iLimit, annFlags);

  zCI = ann.aVers[0].zMUuid;

  /* generate the web page */
  style_header("Annotation For %h", zFilename);
  if( bBlame ){
    url_initialize(&url, "blame");
  }else{
    url_initialize(&url, "annotate");
  }
  url_add_parameter(&url, "checkin", P("checkin"));
  url_add_parameter(&url, "filename", zFilename);
  if( iLimit!=20 ){
    url_add_parameter(&url, "limit", sqlite3_mprintf("%d", iLimit));
  }

  url_add_parameter(&url, "log", showLog ? "1" : "0");
  if( ignoreWs ){
    url_add_parameter(&url, "w", "");
    style_submenu_element("Show Whitespace Changes", "%s",
        url_render(&url, "w", 0, 0, 0));
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Ignore Whitespace", "%s",
        url_render(&url, "w", "", 0, 0));
  }
  if( showLog ){
    style_submenu_element("Hide Log", "%s", url_render(&url, "log", "0", 0, 0));
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Show Log", "%s", url_render(&url, "log", "1", 0, 0));
  }


  if( ann.bLimit ){
    char *z1, *z2;
    style_submenu_element("All Ancestors", "%s",
       url_render(&url, "limit", "-1", 0, 0));
    z1 = sqlite3_mprintf("%d Ancestors", iLimit+20);
    z2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%d", iLimit+20);
    style_submenu_element(z1, "%s", url_render(&url, "limit", z2, 0, 0));
  }
  if( iLimit>20 ){
    style_submenu_element("20 Ancestors", "%s",
       url_render(&url, "limit", "20", 0, 0));
  }
  if( skin_detail_boolean("white-foreground") ){
    clr1 = 0xa04040;
    clr2 = 0x4059a0;
  }else{
    clr1 = 0xffb5b5;  /* Recent changes: red (hot) */
    clr2 = 0xb5e0ff;  /* Older changes: blue (cold) */
  }
  for(p=ann.aVers, i=0; i<ann.nVers; i++, p++){
    clr = gradient_color(clr1, clr2, ann.nVers-1, i);
    ann.aVers[i].zBgColor = mprintf("#%06x", clr);
  }

  if( showLog ){



    char *zLink = href("%R/finfo?name=%t&ci=%!S",zFilename,zCI);

    @ <h2>Ancestors of %z(zLink)%h(zFilename)</a> analyzed:</h2>
    @ <ol>
    for(p=ann.aVers, i=0; i<ann.nVers; i++, p++){
      @ <li><span style='background-color:%s(p->zBgColor);'>%s(p->zDate)
      @ check-in %z(href("%R/info/%!S",p->zMUuid))%S(p->zMUuid)</a>
      @ artifact %z(href("%R/artifact/%!S",p->zFUuid))%S(p->zFUuid)</a>
      @ </span>
#if 0
      if( i>0 ){
        char *zLink = xhref("target='infowindow'",
                            "%R/fdiff?v1=%S&v2=%S&sbs=1",
                            p->zFUuid,ann.aVers[0].zFUuid);
        @ %z(zLink)[diff-to-top]</a>
        if( i>1 ){
           zLink = xhref("target='infowindow'",
                         "%R/fdiff?v1=%S&v2=%S&sbs=1",
                         p->zFUuid,p[-1].zFUuid);
           @ %z(zLink)[diff-to-previous]</a>
        }
      }
#endif
    }
    @ </ol>
    @ <hr />








  }
  if( !ann.bLimit ){

    @ <h2>Origin for each line in
    @ %z(href("%R/finfo?name=%h&ci=%!S", zFilename, zCI))%h(zFilename)</a>
    @ from check-in %z(href("%R/info/%!S",zCI))%S(zCI)</a>:</h2>
    iLimit = ann.nVers+10;





  }else{
    @ <h2>Lines added by the %d(iLimit) most recent ancestors of
    @ %z(href("%R/finfo?name=%h&ci=%!S", zFilename, zCI))%h(zFilename)</a>
    @ from check-in %z(href("%R/info/%!S",zCI))%S(zCI)</a>:</h2>
  }
  @ <pre>

  for(i=0; i<ann.nOrig; i++){
    int iVers = ann.aOrig[i].iVers;
    char *z = (char*)ann.aOrig[i].z;
    int n = ann.aOrig[i].n;
    char zPrefix[300];
    z[n] = 0;
    if( iLimit>ann.nVers && iVers<0 ) iVers = ann.nVers-1;

    if( bBlame ){
      if( iVers>=0 ){
        struct AnnVers *p = ann.aVers+iVers;

        char *zLink = xhref("target='infowindow'", "%R/info/%!S", p->zMUuid);
        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zPrefix), zPrefix,
             "<span style='background-color:%s'>"
             "%s%.10s</a> %s</span> %13.13s:",
             p->zBgColor, zLink, p->zMUuid, p->zDate, p->zUser);
        fossil_free(zLink);
      }else{
        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zPrefix), zPrefix, "%36s", "");
      }
    }else{
      if( iVers>=0 ){
        struct AnnVers *p = ann.aVers+iVers;

        char *zLink = xhref("target='infowindow'", "%R/info/%!S", p->zMUuid);
        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zPrefix), zPrefix,
             "<span style='background-color:%s'>"
             "%s%.10s</a> %s</span> %4d:",
             p->zBgColor, zLink, p->zMUuid, p->zDate, i+1);
        fossil_free(zLink);
      }else{
        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zPrefix), zPrefix, "%22s%4d:", "", i+1);
      }
    }
    @ %s(zPrefix) %h(z)

  }
  @ </pre>
  style_footer();
................................................................................
}

/*
** COMMAND: annotate
** COMMAND: blame
** COMMAND: praise
**
** Usage: %fossil (annotate|blame|praise) ?OPTIONS? FILENAME
**
** Output the text of a file with markings to show when each line of
** the file was last modified.  The "annotate" command shows line numbers

** and omits the username.  The "blame" and "praise" commands show the user
** who made each check-in and omits the line number.









**
** Options:
**   --filevers                  Show file version numbers rather than
**                               check-in versions

**   -l|--log                    List all versions analyzed
**   -n|--limit N                Only look backwards in time by N versions







**   -w|--ignore-all-space       Ignore white space when comparing lines
**   -Z|--ignore-trailing-space  Ignore whitespace at line end
**
** See also: info, finfo, timeline
*/
void annotate_cmd(void){
  int fnid;         /* Filename ID */
  int fid;          /* File instance ID */
  int mid;          /* Manifest where file was checked in */
  int cid;          /* Checkout ID */
  Blob treename;    /* FILENAME translated to canonical form */
  char *zFilename;  /* Canonical filename */
  Annotator ann;    /* The annotation of the file */
  int i;            /* Loop counter */
  const char *zLimit; /* The value to the -n|--limit option */
  int iLimit;       /* How far back in time to look */

  int showLog;      /* True to show the log */
  int fileVers;     /* Show file version instead of check-in versions */
  u64 annFlags = 0; /* Flags to control annotation properties */
  int bBlame = 0;   /* True for BLAME output.  False for ANNOTATE. */


  bBlame = g.argv[1][0]!='a';

  zLimit = find_option("limit","n",1);
  if( zLimit==0 || zLimit[0]==0 ) zLimit = "-1";
  iLimit = atoi(zLimit);

  showLog = find_option("log","l",0)!=0;
  if( find_option("ignore-trailing-space","Z",0)!=0 ){
    annFlags = DIFF_IGNORE_EOLWS;
  }
  if( find_option("ignore-all-space","w",0)!=0 ){
    annFlags = DIFF_IGNORE_ALLWS; /* stronger than DIFF_IGNORE_EOLWS */
  }
................................................................................

  /* We should be done with options.. */
  verify_all_options();

  if( g.argc<3 ) {
    usage("FILENAME");
  }
  file_tree_name(g.argv[2], &treename, 0, 1);
  zFilename = blob_str(&treename);
  fnid = db_int(0, "SELECT fnid FROM filename WHERE name=%Q", zFilename);
  if( fnid==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("no such file: %s", zFilename);
  }
  fid = db_int(0, "SELECT rid FROM vfile WHERE pathname=%Q", zFilename);
  if( fid==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("not part of current checkout: %s", zFilename);
  }
  cid = db_lget_int("checkout", 0);
  if( cid == 0 ){
    fossil_fatal("Not in a checkout");
  }
  if( iLimit<=0 ) iLimit = 1000000000;
  compute_direct_ancestors(cid);
  mid = db_int(0, "SELECT mlink.mid FROM mlink, ancestor "
          " WHERE mlink.fid=%d AND mlink.fnid=%d AND mlink.mid=ancestor.rid"
          " ORDER BY ancestor.generation ASC LIMIT 1",
          fid, fnid);
  if( mid==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("unable to find manifest");
  }
  annFlags |= (ANN_FILE_ANCEST|DIFF_STRIP_EOLCR);
  annotate_file(&ann, fnid, mid, iLimit, annFlags);

  if( showLog ){
    struct AnnVers *p;
    for(p=ann.aVers, i=0; i<ann.nVers; i++, p++){
      fossil_print("version %3d: %s %S file %S\n",
                   i+1, p->zDate, p->zMUuid, p->zFUuid);
    }
    fossil_print("---------------------------------------------------\n");
  }

  for(i=0; i<ann.nOrig; i++){
    int iVers = ann.aOrig[i].iVers;
    char *z = (char*)ann.aOrig[i].z;
    int n = ann.aOrig[i].n;
    struct AnnVers *p;
    if( iLimit>ann.nVers && iVers<0 ) iVers = ann.nVers-1;
    p = ann.aVers + iVers;
    if( bBlame ){
      if( iVers>=0 ){

        fossil_print("%S %s %13.13s: %.*s\n",
             fileVers ? p->zFUuid : p->zMUuid, p->zDate, p->zUser, n, z);
      }else{
        fossil_print("%35s  %.*s\n", "", n, z);
      }
    }else{
      if( iVers>=0 ){

        fossil_print("%S %s %5d: %.*s\n",
             fileVers ? p->zFUuid : p->zMUuid, p->zDate, i+1, n, z);
      }else{
        fossil_print("%21s %5d: %.*s\n",
             "", i+1, n, z);
      }
    }
  }
}

#define DIFF_LINENO       ((u64)0x40000000) /* Show line numbers */
#define DIFF_NUMSTAT      ((u64)0x80000000) /* Show line count of changes */
#define DIFF_NOOPT        (((u64)0x01)<<32) /* Suppress optimizations (debug) */
#define DIFF_INVERT       (((u64)0x02)<<32) /* Invert the diff (debug) */
#define DIFF_CONTEXT_EX   (((u64)0x04)<<32) /* Use context even if zero */
#define DIFF_NOTTOOBIG    (((u64)0x08)<<32) /* Only display if not too big */
#define DIFF_STRIP_EOLCR  (((u64)0x10)<<32) /* Strip trailing CR */
#define DIFF_SLOW_SBS     (((u64)0x20)<<32) /* Better but slower side-by-side */

/*
** These error messages are shared in multiple locations.  They are defined
** here for consistency.
*/
#define DIFF_CANNOT_COMPUTE_BINARY \
    "cannot compute difference between binary files\n"
................................................................................
  struct AnnLine {  /* Lines of the original files... */
    const char *z;       /* The text of the line */
    short int n;         /* Number of bytes (omitting trailing \n) */
    short int iVers;     /* Level at which tag was set */
  } *aOrig;
  int nOrig;        /* Number of elements in aOrig[] */
  int nVers;        /* Number of versions analyzed */
  int bMoreToDo;    /* True if the limit was reached */
  int origId;       /* RID for the zOrigin version */
  int showId;       /* RID for the version being analyzed */
  struct AnnVers {
    const char *zFUuid;   /* File being analyzed */
    const char *zMUuid;   /* Check-in containing the file */
    const char *zDate;    /* Date of the check-in */
    const char *zBgColor; /* Suggested background color */
    const char *zUser;    /* Name of user who did the check-in */
    unsigned cnt;         /* Number of lines contributed by this check-in */
................................................................................
  /* Clear out the from file */
  free(p->c.aFrom);

  /* Return no errors */
  return 0;
}

/* Return the current time as milliseconds since the Julian epoch */
static sqlite3_int64 current_time_in_milliseconds(void){
  static sqlite3_vfs *clockVfs = 0;
  sqlite3_int64 t;
  if( clockVfs==0 ) clockVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
  if( clockVfs->iVersion>=2 && clockVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64!=0 ){
    clockVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(clockVfs, &t);
  }else{
    double r;
    clockVfs->xCurrentTime(clockVfs, &r);
    t = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0);
  }



  return t;
}

/*
** Compute a complete annotation on a file.  The file is identified by its

** filename and check-in name (NULL for current check-in).
*/
static void annotate_file(
  Annotator *p,          /* The annotator */
  const char *zFilename, /* The name of the file to be annotated */
  const char *zRevision, /* Use the version of the file in this check-in */

  const char *zLimit,    /* Limit the number of versions analyzed */
  const char *zOrigin,   /* The origin check-in, or NULL for root-of-tree */
  u64 annFlags           /* Flags to alter the annotation */
){
  Blob toAnnotate;       /* Text of the final (mid) version of the file */
  Blob step;             /* Text of previous revision */
  Blob treename;         /* FILENAME translated to canonical form */
  int cid;               /* Selected check-in ID */
  int origid = 0;        /* The origin ID or zero */
  int rid;               /* Artifact ID of the file being annotated */
  int fnid;              /* Filename ID */
  Stmt q;                /* Query returning all ancestor versions */

  int cnt = 0;           /* Number of versions analyzed */
  int iLimit;            /* Maximum number of versions to analyze */
  sqlite3_int64 mxTime;  /* Halt at this time if not already complete */





  if( zLimit ){
    if( strcmp(zLimit,"none")==0 ){
      iLimit = 0;
      mxTime = 0;
    }else if( sqlite3_strglob("*[0-9]s", zLimit)==0 ){
      iLimit = 0;
      mxTime = current_time_in_milliseconds() + 1000.0*atof(zLimit);
    }else{
      iLimit = atoi(zLimit);
      if( iLimit<=0 ) iLimit = 30;
      mxTime = 0;
    }


  }else{
    /* Default limit is as much as we can do in 1.000 seconds */
    iLimit = 0;
    mxTime = current_time_in_milliseconds()+1000;
  }



  db_begin_transaction();






  /* Get the artificate ID for the check-in begin analyzed */
  if( zRevision ){
    cid = name_to_typed_rid(zRevision, "ci");
  }else{
    db_must_be_within_tree();
    cid = db_lget_int("checkout", 0);
  }
  origid = zOrigin ? name_to_typed_rid(zOrigin, "ci") : 0;

  /* Compute all direct ancestors of the check-in being analyzed into
  ** the "ancestor" table. */
  if( origid ){
    path_shortest_stored_in_ancestor_table(origid, cid);
  }else{
    compute_direct_ancestors(cid);
  }

  /* Get filename ID */
  file_tree_name(zFilename, &treename, 0, 1);
  zFilename = blob_str(&treename);
  fnid = db_int(0, "SELECT fnid FROM filename WHERE name=%Q", zFilename);

  db_prepare(&q,
    "SELECT DISTINCT"
    "   (SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=mlink.fid),"
    "   (SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=mlink.mid),"
    "   date(event.mtime),"
    "   coalesce(event.euser,event.user),"
    "   mlink.fid"
    "  FROM mlink, event, ancestor"
    " WHERE mlink.fnid=%d"
    "   AND ancestor.rid=mlink.mid"
    "   AND event.objid=mlink.mid"
    "   AND mlink.mid!=mlink.pid"
    " ORDER BY ancestor.generation;",


    fnid
  );



  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    if( cnt>=3 ){  /* Process at least 3 rows before imposing limits */
      if( (iLimit>0 && cnt>=iLimit)
       || (cnt>0 && mxTime>0 && current_time_in_milliseconds()>mxTime)
      ){
        p->bMoreToDo = 1;
        break;
      }
    }
    rid = db_column_int(&q, 4);
    if( cnt==0 ){
      if( !content_get(rid, &toAnnotate) ){
        fossil_fatal("unable to retrieve content of artifact #%d", rid);
      }
      blob_to_utf8_no_bom(&toAnnotate, 0);
      annotation_start(p, &toAnnotate, annFlags);
      p->bMoreToDo = origid!=0;
      p->origId = origid;
      p->showId = cid;
    }
    p->aVers = fossil_realloc(p->aVers, (p->nVers+1)*sizeof(p->aVers[0]));
    p->aVers[p->nVers].zFUuid = fossil_strdup(db_column_text(&q, 0));
    p->aVers[p->nVers].zMUuid = fossil_strdup(db_column_text(&q, 1));
    p->aVers[p->nVers].zDate = fossil_strdup(db_column_text(&q, 2));
    p->aVers[p->nVers].zUser = fossil_strdup(db_column_text(&q, 3));

    if( cnt>0 ){
      content_get(rid, &step);
      blob_to_utf8_no_bom(&step, 0);
      annotation_step(p, &step, p->nVers-1, annFlags);
      blob_reset(&step);
    }
    p->nVers++;






    cnt++;
  }

  db_finalize(&q);

  db_end_transaction(0);
}

/*
** Return a color from a gradient.
*/
unsigned gradient_color(unsigned c1, unsigned c2, int n, int i){
................................................................................
** URL: /blame?checkin=ID&filename=FILENAME
** URL: /praise?checkin=ID&filename=FILENAME
**
** Show the most recent change to each line of a text file.  /annotate shows
** the date of the changes and the check-in hash (with a link to the
** check-in).  /blame and /praise also show the user who made the check-in.
**
** Reverse Annotations:  Normally, these web pages look at versions of
** FILENAME moving backwards in time back toward the root check-in.  However,
** if the origin= query parameter is used to specify some future check-in
** (example: "origin=trunk") then these pages show changes moving towards
** that alternative origin.  Thus using "origin=trunk" on an historical
** version of the file shows the first time each line in the file was been
** changed in subsequent check-ins.
**
** Query parameters:
**
**    checkin=ID          The check-in at which to start the annotation
**    filename=FILENAME   The filename.
**    filevers=BOOLEAN    Show file versions rather than check-in versions

**    limit=LIMIT         Limit the amount of analysis:
**                           "none"  No limit
**                           "Xs"    As much as can be computed in X seconds
**                           "N"     N versions
**    log=BOOLEAN         Show a log of versions analyzed
**    origin=ID           The origin checkin.  If unspecified, the root
**                           check-in over the entire repository is used.
**                           Specify "origin=trunk" or similar for a reverse
**                           annotation
**    w=BOOLEAN           Ignore whitespace
**
*/
void annotation_page(void){


  int i;
  const char *zLimit;    /* Depth limit */
  u64 annFlags = DIFF_STRIP_EOLCR;
  int showLog;           /* True to display the log */
  int fileVers;          /* Show file version instead of check-in versions */
  int ignoreWs;          /* Ignore whitespace */
  const char *zFilename; /* Name of file to annotate */
  const char *zRevision; /* Name of check-in from which to start annotation */
  const char *zCI;       /* The check-in containing zFilename */
  const char *zOrigin;   /* The origin of the analysis */
  int szHash;            /* Number of characters in %S display */
  char *zLink;
  Annotator ann;
  HQuery url;
  struct AnnVers *p;
  unsigned clr1, clr2, clr;
  int bBlame = g.zPath[0]!='a';/* True for BLAME output.  False for ANNOTATE. */

  /* Gather query parameters */

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  if( exclude_spiders() ) return;
  load_control();

  zFilename = P("filename");
  zRevision = PD("checkin",0);
  zOrigin = P("origin");
  zLimit = P("limit");
  showLog = PB("log");
  fileVers = PB("filevers");
  ignoreWs = PB("w");
  if( ignoreWs ) annFlags |= DIFF_IGNORE_ALLWS;




  /* compute the annotation */


  annotate_file(&ann, zFilename, zRevision, zLimit, zOrigin, annFlags);
  zCI = ann.aVers[0].zMUuid;

  /* generate the web page */
  style_header("Annotation For %h", zFilename);
  if( bBlame ){
    url_initialize(&url, "blame");
  }else{
    url_initialize(&url, "annotate");
  }
  url_add_parameter(&url, "checkin", P("checkin"));
  url_add_parameter(&url, "filename", zFilename);
  if( zLimit ){
    url_add_parameter(&url, "limit", zLimit);
  }
  url_add_parameter(&url, "w", ignoreWs ? "1" : "0");
  url_add_parameter(&url, "log", showLog ? "1" : "0");

  url_add_parameter(&url, "filevers", fileVers ? "1" : "0");



  style_submenu_checkbox("w", "Ignore Whitespace", 0, 0);







  style_submenu_checkbox("log", "Log", 0, "toggle_annotation_log()");
  style_submenu_checkbox("filevers", "Link to Files", 0, 0);
  if( ann.bMoreToDo ){

    style_submenu_element("All Ancestors", "%s",
       url_render(&url, "limit", "none", 0, 0));







  }
  if( skin_detail_boolean("white-foreground") ){
    clr1 = 0xa04040;
    clr2 = 0x4059a0;
  }else{
    clr1 = 0xffb5b5;  /* Recent changes: red (hot) */
    clr2 = 0xb5e0ff;  /* Older changes: blue (cold) */
  }
  for(p=ann.aVers, i=0; i<ann.nVers; i++, p++){
    clr = gradient_color(clr1, clr2, ann.nVers-1, i);
    ann.aVers[i].zBgColor = mprintf("#%06x", clr);
  }

  @ <div id="annotation_log" style='display:%s(showLog?"block":"none");'>
  if( zOrigin ){
    zLink = href("%R/finfo?name=%t&ci=%!S&orig=%!S",zFilename,zCI,zOrigin);
  }else{
    zLink = href("%R/finfo?name=%t&ci=%!S",zFilename,zCI);
  }
  @ <h2>Versions of %z(zLink)%h(zFilename)</a> analyzed:</h2>
  @ <ol>
  for(p=ann.aVers, i=0; i<ann.nVers; i++, p++){
    @ <li><span style='background-color:%s(p->zBgColor);'>%s(p->zDate)
    @ check-in %z(href("%R/info/%!S",p->zMUuid))%S(p->zMUuid)</a>
    @ artifact %z(href("%R/artifact/%!S",p->zFUuid))%S(p->zFUuid)</a>
    @ </span>











  }



  @ </ol>
  @ <hr />
  @ </div>
  @ <script>
  @ function toggle_annotation_log(){
  @   var w = gebi("annotation_log");
  @   var x = document.forms["f01"].elements["log"].checked
  @   w.style.display = x ? "block" : "none";
  @ }
  @ </script>

  if( !ann.bMoreToDo ){
    assert( ann.origId==0 );  /* bMoreToDo always set for a point-to-point */
    @ <h2>Origin for each line in
    @ %z(href("%R/finfo?name=%h&ci=%!S", zFilename, zCI))%h(zFilename)</a>
    @ from check-in %z(href("%R/info/%!S",zCI))%S(zCI)</a>:</h2>
  }else if( ann.origId>0 ){
    @ <h2>Lines of
    @ %z(href("%R/finfo?name=%h&ci=%!S", zFilename, zCI))%h(zFilename)</a>
    @ from check-in %z(href("%R/info/%!S",zCI))%S(zCI)</a>
    @ that are changed by the sequence of edits moving toward
    @ check-in %z(href("%R/info/%!S",zOrigin))%S(zOrigin)</a>:</h2>
  }else{
    @ <h2>Lines added by the %d(ann.nVers) most recent ancestors of
    @ %z(href("%R/finfo?name=%h&ci=%!S", zFilename, zCI))%h(zFilename)</a>
    @ from check-in %z(href("%R/info/%!S",zCI))%S(zCI)</a>:</h2>
  }
  @ <pre>
  szHash = 10;
  for(i=0; i<ann.nOrig; i++){
    int iVers = ann.aOrig[i].iVers;
    char *z = (char*)ann.aOrig[i].z;
    int n = ann.aOrig[i].n;
    char zPrefix[300];
    z[n] = 0;
    if( iVers<0 && !ann.bMoreToDo ) iVers = ann.nVers-1;

    if( bBlame ){
      if( iVers>=0 ){
        struct AnnVers *p = ann.aVers+iVers;
        const char *zUuid = fileVers ? p->zFUuid : p->zMUuid;
        char *zLink = xhref("target='infowindow'", "%R/info/%!S", zUuid);
        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zPrefix), zPrefix,
             "<span style='background-color:%s'>"
             "%s%.10s</a> %s</span> %13.13s:",
             p->zBgColor, zLink, zUuid, p->zDate, p->zUser);
        fossil_free(zLink);
      }else{
        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zPrefix), zPrefix, "%*s", szHash+26, "");
      }
    }else{
      if( iVers>=0 ){
        struct AnnVers *p = ann.aVers+iVers;
        const char *zUuid = fileVers ? p->zFUuid : p->zMUuid;
        char *zLink = xhref("target='infowindow'", "%R/info/%!S", zUuid);
        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zPrefix), zPrefix,
             "<span style='background-color:%s'>"
             "%s%.10s</a> %s</span> %4d:",
             p->zBgColor, zLink, zUuid, p->zDate, i+1);
        fossil_free(zLink);
      }else{
        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zPrefix), zPrefix, "%*s%4d:",szHash+12,"",i+1);
      }
    }
    @ %s(zPrefix) %h(z)

  }
  @ </pre>
  style_footer();
................................................................................
}

/*
** COMMAND: annotate
** COMMAND: blame
** COMMAND: praise
**
** Usage: %fossil annotate|blame|praise ?OPTIONS? FILENAME
**
** Output the text of a file with markings to show when each line of the file
** was last modified.  The version currently checked out is shown by default.
** Other versions may be specified using the -r option.  The "annotate" command
** shows line numbers and omits the username.  The "blame" and "praise" commands
** show the user who made each check-in.
**
** Reverse Annotations:  Normally, these commands look at versions of
** FILENAME moving backwards in time back toward the root check-in, and
** thus the output shows the most recent change to each line.  However,
** if the -o|--origin option is used to specify some future check-in
** (example: "-o trunk") then these commands show changes moving towards
** that alternative origin.  Thus using "-o trunk" on an historical version
** of the file shows the first time each line in the file was been changed
** by subsequent check-ins.
**
** Options:
**   --filevers                  Show file version numbers rather than
**                               check-in versions
**   -r|--revision VERSION       The specific check-in containing the file
**   -l|--log                    List all versions analyzed

**   -n|--limit LIMIT            Limit the amount of analysis:
**                                 N      Up to N versions
**                                 Xs     As much as possible in X seconds
**                                 none   No limit
**   -o|--origin VERSION         The origin check-in. By default this is the
**                                 root of the repository. Set to "trunk" or
**                                 similar for a reverse annotation.
**   -w|--ignore-all-space       Ignore white space when comparing lines
**   -Z|--ignore-trailing-space  Ignore whitespace at line end
**
** See also: info, finfo, timeline
*/
void annotate_cmd(void){
  const char *zRevision; /* Revision name, or NULL for current check-in */





  Annotator ann;         /* The annotation of the file */
  int i;                 /* Loop counter */
  const char *zLimit;    /* The value to the -n|--limit option */

  const char *zOrig;     /* The value for -o|--origin */
  int showLog;           /* True to show the log */
  int fileVers;          /* Show file version instead of check-in versions */
  u64 annFlags = 0;      /* Flags to control annotation properties */
  int bBlame = 0;        /* True for BLAME output.  False for ANNOTATE. */
  int szHash;            /* Display size of a version hash */

  bBlame = g.argv[1][0]!='a';
  zRevision = find_option("r","revision",1);
  zLimit = find_option("limit","n",1);


  zOrig = find_option("origin","o",1);
  showLog = find_option("log","l",0)!=0;
  if( find_option("ignore-trailing-space","Z",0)!=0 ){
    annFlags = DIFF_IGNORE_EOLWS;
  }
  if( find_option("ignore-all-space","w",0)!=0 ){
    annFlags = DIFF_IGNORE_ALLWS; /* stronger than DIFF_IGNORE_EOLWS */
  }
................................................................................

  /* We should be done with options.. */
  verify_all_options();

  if( g.argc<3 ) {
    usage("FILENAME");
  }























  annFlags |= DIFF_STRIP_EOLCR;

  annotate_file(&ann, g.argv[2], zRevision, zLimit, zOrig, annFlags);
  if( showLog ){
    struct AnnVers *p;
    for(p=ann.aVers, i=0; i<ann.nVers; i++, p++){
      fossil_print("version %3d: %s %S file %S\n",
                   i+1, p->zDate, p->zMUuid, p->zFUuid);
    }
    fossil_print("---------------------------------------------------\n");
  }
  szHash = length_of_S_display();
  for(i=0; i<ann.nOrig; i++){
    int iVers = ann.aOrig[i].iVers;
    char *z = (char*)ann.aOrig[i].z;
    int n = ann.aOrig[i].n;
    struct AnnVers *p;
    if( iVers<0 && !ann.bMoreToDo ) iVers = ann.nVers-1;

    if( bBlame ){
      if( iVers>=0 ){
        p = ann.aVers + iVers;
        fossil_print("%S %s %13.13s: %.*s\n",
             fileVers ? p->zFUuid : p->zMUuid, p->zDate, p->zUser, n, z);
      }else{
        fossil_print("%*s %.*s\n", szHash+26, "", n, z);
      }
    }else{
      if( iVers>=0 ){
        p = ann.aVers + iVers;
        fossil_print("%S %s %5d: %.*s\n",
             fileVers ? p->zFUuid : p->zMUuid, p->zDate, i+1, n, z);
      }else{

        fossil_print("%*s %5d: %.*s\n", szHash+11, "", i+1, n, z);
      }
    }
  }
}

      blob_reset(&nameFile1);
      blob_appendf(&nameFile1, "%s~%d", zFile2, cnt++);
    }while( file_access(blob_str(&nameFile1),F_OK)==0 );
    blob_write_to_file(pFile1, blob_str(&nameFile1));

    /* Construct the external diff command */
    blob_zero(&cmd);
    blob_appendf(&cmd, "%s ", zDiffCmd);
    if( fSwapDiff ){
      shell_escape(&cmd, zFile2);
      blob_append(&cmd, " ", 1);
      shell_escape(&cmd, blob_str(&nameFile1));
    }else{
      shell_escape(&cmd, blob_str(&nameFile1));
      blob_append(&cmd, " ", 1);
      shell_escape(&cmd, zFile2);
    }

    /* Run the external diff command */
    fossil_system(blob_str(&cmd));

    /* Delete the temporary file and clean up memory used */
    file_delete(blob_str(&nameFile1));
................................................................................
    file_tempname(&temp1, blob_str(&prefix1));
    file_tempname(&temp2, blob_str(&prefix2));
    blob_write_to_file(pFile1, blob_str(&temp1));
    blob_write_to_file(pFile2, blob_str(&temp2));

    /* Construct the external diff command */
    blob_zero(&cmd);
    blob_appendf(&cmd, "%s ", zDiffCmd);
    shell_escape(&cmd, blob_str(&temp1));
    blob_append(&cmd, " ", 1);
    shell_escape(&cmd, blob_str(&temp2));

    /* Run the external diff command */
    fossil_system(blob_str(&cmd));

    /* Delete the temporary file and clean up memory used */
    file_delete(blob_str(&temp1));
    file_delete(blob_str(&temp2));

      blob_reset(&nameFile1);
      blob_appendf(&nameFile1, "%s~%d", zFile2, cnt++);
    }while( file_access(blob_str(&nameFile1),F_OK)==0 );
    blob_write_to_file(pFile1, blob_str(&nameFile1));

    /* Construct the external diff command */
    blob_zero(&cmd);
    blob_append(&cmd, zDiffCmd, -1);
    if( fSwapDiff ){
      blob_append_escaped_arg(&cmd, zFile2);

      blob_append_escaped_arg(&cmd, blob_str(&nameFile1));
    }else{
      blob_append_escaped_arg(&cmd, blob_str(&nameFile1));

      blob_append_escaped_arg(&cmd, zFile2);
    }

    /* Run the external diff command */
    fossil_system(blob_str(&cmd));

    /* Delete the temporary file and clean up memory used */
    file_delete(blob_str(&nameFile1));
................................................................................
    file_tempname(&temp1, blob_str(&prefix1));
    file_tempname(&temp2, blob_str(&prefix2));
    blob_write_to_file(pFile1, blob_str(&temp1));
    blob_write_to_file(pFile2, blob_str(&temp2));

    /* Construct the external diff command */
    blob_zero(&cmd);
    blob_append(&cmd, zDiffCmd, -1);
    blob_append_escaped_arg(&cmd, blob_str(&temp1));

    blob_append_escaped_arg(&cmd, blob_str(&temp2));

    /* Run the external diff command */
    fossil_system(blob_str(&cmd));

    /* Delete the temporary file and clean up memory used */
    file_delete(blob_str(&temp1));
    file_delete(blob_str(&temp2));

** that implement those commands and web pages and their associated help
** text.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <assert.h>
#include "dispatch.h"


#if INTERFACE
/*
** An instance of this object defines everything we need to know about an
** individual command or webpage.
*/
struct CmdOrPage {
  const char *zName;       /* Name.  Webpages start with "/". Commands do not */
  void (*xFunc)(void);     /* Function that implements the command or webpage */
  const char *zHelp;       /* Raw help text */
  unsigned int eCmdFlags;  /* Flags */
};

/***************************************************************************
** These macros must match similar macros in mkindex.c
** Allowed values for CmdOrPage.eCmdFlags.
*/
#define CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER  0x0001      /* Most important commands */
#define CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER  0x0002      /* Obscure and seldom used commands */
#define CMDFLAG_TEST      0x0004      /* Commands for testing only */
#define CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE   0x0008      /* Web pages */
#define CMDFLAG_COMMAND   0x0010      /* A command */




/**************************************************************************/

/* Values for the 2nd parameter to dispatch_name_search() */
#define CMDFLAG_ANY       0x0018      /* Match anything */
#define CMDFLAG_PREFIX    0x0020      /* Prefix match is ok */

#endif /* INTERFACE */

/*
** The page_index.h file contains the definition for aCommand[] - an array
** of CmdOrPage objects that defines all available commands and webpages
** known to Fossil.
................................................................................
** source code files looking for header comments on the functions that
** implement command and webpages.
*/
#include "page_index.h"
#define MX_COMMAND count(aCommand)

/*
** Given a command or webpage name in zName, find the corresponding CmdOrPage
** object and return a pointer to that object in *ppCmd.
**
** The eType field is CMDFLAG_COMMAND to lookup commands or CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE
** to look up webpages or CMDFLAG_ANY to look for either.  If the CMDFLAG_PREFIX
** flag is set, then a prefix match is allowed.
**
** Return values:
**    0:     Success.  *ppCmd is set to the appropriate CmdOrPage
**    1:     Not found.
**    2:     Ambiguous.  Two or more entries match.
*/
int dispatch_name_search(
................................................................................
      lwr = mid + 1;
    }
  }
  if( (eType & CMDFLAG_PREFIX)!=0
   && lwr<MX_COMMAND
   && strncmp(zName, aCommand[lwr].zName, nName)==0
  ){



    if( lwr<MX_COMMAND-1 && strncmp(zName, aCommand[lwr+1].zName, nName)==0 ){


      return 2;  /* Ambiguous prefix */
    }else{





      *ppCmd = &aCommand[lwr];
      return 0;  /* Prefix match */
    }
  }
  return 1;  /* Not found */
}



































































/*
** Fill Blob with a space-separated list of all command names that
** match the prefix zPrefix.
*/
void dispatch_matching_names(const char *zPrefix, Blob *pList){
  int i;
................................................................................
** Defaults to just the CLI commands.  Specify --www to see only the
** web pages, or --everything to see both commands and pages.
**
** Options:
**    -e|--everything   Show all commands and pages.
**    -t|--test         Include test- commands
**    -w|--www          Show WWW pages.

**    -h|--html         Transform output to HTML.
*/
void test_all_help_cmd(void){
  int i;
  int mask = CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER | CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER;
  int useHtml = find_option("html","h",0)!=0;

  if( find_option("www","w",0) ){
    mask = CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE;
  }
  if( find_option("everything","e",0) ){
    mask = CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER | CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER | CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE;



  }
  if( find_option("test","t",0) ){
    mask |= CMDFLAG_TEST;
  }
  if( useHtml ) fossil_print("<!--\n");
  fossil_print("Help text for:\n");
  if( mask & CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER ) fossil_print(" * Commands\n");
  if( mask & CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER ) fossil_print(" * Auxiliary commands\n");
  if( mask & CMDFLAG_TEST )     fossil_print(" * Test commands\n");
  if( mask & CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE )  fossil_print(" * Web pages\n");

  if( useHtml ){
    fossil_print("-->\n");
    fossil_print("<!-- start_all_help -->\n");
  }else{
    fossil_print("---\n");
  }
  for(i=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
................................................................................
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: help
** URL: /help?name=CMD
**
** Show the built-in help text for CMD.  CMD can be a command-line interface
** command or a page name from the web interface.
*/
void help_page(void){
  const char *zCmd = P("cmd");

  if( zCmd==0 ) zCmd = P("name");
  if( zCmd && *zCmd ){
    int rc;
    const CmdOrPage *pCmd = 0;

    style_header("Help: %s", zCmd);

    style_submenu_element("Command-List", "%s/help", g.zTop);

    if( *zCmd=='/' ){
      /* Some of the webpages require query parameters in order to work.
      ** @ <h1>The "<a href='%R%s(zCmd)'>%s(zCmd)</a>" page:</h1> */
      @ <h1>The "%h(zCmd)" page:</h1>


    }else{
      @ <h1>The "%h(zCmd)" command:</h1>
    }
    rc = dispatch_name_search(zCmd, CMDFLAG_ANY, &pCmd);
    if( rc==1 ){
      @ unknown command: %h(zCmd)
    }else if( rc==2 ){
      @ ambiguous command prefix: %h(zCmd)
    }else{
      if( pCmd->zHelp[0]==0 ){
        @ no help available for the %h(pCmd->zName) command
      }else{
        @ <blockquote>
        help_to_html(pCmd->zHelp, cgi_output_blob());
        @ </blockquote>
      }
    }
  }else{
    int i, j, n;

    style_header("Help");


    @ <h1>Available commands:</h1>
    @ <table border="0"><tr>
    for(i=j=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
      const char *z = aCommand[i].zName;
      if( '/'==*z || strncmp(z,"test",4)==0 ) continue;
      j++;
    }
................................................................................
      }
    }
    if( j>0 ){
      @ </ul></td>
    }
    @ </tr></table>


    @ <h1>Available web UI pages:</h1>
    @ <table border="0"><tr>
    for(i=j=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
      const char *z = aCommand[i].zName;
      if( '/'!=*z ) continue;
      j++;
    }
................................................................................
      }
    }
    if( j>0 ){
      @ </ul></td>
    }
    @ </tr></table>


    @ <h1>Unsupported commands:</h1>
    @ <table border="0"><tr>
    for(i=j=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
      const char *z = aCommand[i].zName;
      if( strncmp(z,"test",4)!=0 ) continue;
      j++;
    }
    n = (j+3)/4;
    for(i=j=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
      const char *z = aCommand[i].zName;
      if( strncmp(z,"test",4)!=0 ) continue;
      if( j==0 ){
        @ <td valign="top"><ul>






























      }
      if( aCommand[i].zHelp[0] ){
        @ <li><a href="%R/help?cmd=%s(z)">%s(z)</a></li>
      }else{
        @ <li>%s(z)</li>
      }
      j++;
................................................................................
  }
  multi_column_list(aCmd, nCmd);
}

/*
** COMMAND: help
**
** Usage: %fossil help COMMAND
**    or: %fossil COMMAND --help
**
** Display information on how to use COMMAND.  To display a list of

** available commands use one of:
**
**    %fossil help              Show common commands
**    %fossil help -a|--all     Show both common and auxiliary commands

**    %fossil help -t|--test    Show test commands only
**    %fossil help -x|--aux     Show auxiliary commands only
**    %fossil help -w|--www     Show list of WWW pages
*/
void help_cmd(void){
  int rc;
  int isPage = 0;
  const char *z;
  const char *zCmdOrPage;
  const char *zCmdOrPagePlural;
  const CmdOrPage *pCmd = 0;
  if( g.argc<3 ){
    z = g.argv[0];
    fossil_print(
      "Usage: %s help COMMAND\n"
      "Common COMMANDs:  (use \"%s help -a|--all\" for a complete list)\n",
      z, z);
    command_list(0, CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER);
    version_cmd();
    return;
  }
  if( find_option("all","a",0) ){
    command_list(0, CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER | CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER);
................................................................................
  else if( find_option("aux","x",0) ){
    command_list(0, CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER);
    return;
  }
  else if( find_option("test","t",0) ){
    command_list(0, CMDFLAG_TEST);
    return;




  }
  isPage = ('/' == *g.argv[2]) ? 1 : 0;
  if(isPage){
    zCmdOrPage = "page";
    zCmdOrPagePlural = "pages";
  }else{
    zCmdOrPage = "command";
    zCmdOrPagePlural = "commands";
  }
  rc = dispatch_name_search(g.argv[2], CMDFLAG_ANY|CMDFLAG_PREFIX, &pCmd);
  if( rc==1 ){
    fossil_print("unknown %s: %s\nAvailable %s:\n",
                 zCmdOrPage, g.argv[2], zCmdOrPagePlural);
    command_list(0, isPage ? CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE : (0xff & ~CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE));

    fossil_exit(1);
  }else if( rc==2 ){
    fossil_print("ambiguous %s prefix: %s\nMatching %s:\n",
                 zCmdOrPage, g.argv[2], zCmdOrPagePlural);
    command_list(g.argv[2], 0xff);
    fossil_exit(1);
  }
  z = pCmd->zHelp;
  if( z==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("no help available for the %s %s",
                 pCmd->zName, zCmdOrPage);






  }
  while( *z ){
    if( *z=='%' && strncmp(z, "%fossil", 7)==0 ){
      fossil_print("%s", g.argv[0]);
      z += 7;
    }else{
      putchar(*z);
      z++;
    }
  }
  putchar('\n');
}

** that implement those commands and web pages and their associated help
** text.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <assert.h>
#include "dispatch.h"


#if INTERFACE
/*
** An instance of this object defines everything we need to know about an
** individual command, webpage, or setting.
*/
struct CmdOrPage {
  const char *zName;       /* Name.  Webpages start with "/". Commands do not */
  void (*xFunc)(void);     /* Implementation function, or NULL for settings */
  const char *zHelp;       /* Raw help text */
  unsigned int eCmdFlags;  /* Flags */
};

/***************************************************************************
** These macros must match similar macros in mkindex.c
** Allowed values for CmdOrPage.eCmdFlags.
*/
#define CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER    0x0001      /* Most important commands */
#define CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER    0x0002      /* Obscure and seldom used commands */
#define CMDFLAG_TEST        0x0004      /* Commands for testing only */
#define CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE     0x0008      /* Web pages */
#define CMDFLAG_COMMAND     0x0010      /* A command */
#define CMDFLAG_SETTING     0x0020      /* A setting */
#define CMDFLAG_VERSIONABLE 0x0040      /* A versionable setting */
#define CMDFLAG_BLOCKTEXT   0x0080      /* Multi-line text setting */
#define CMDFLAG_BOOLEAN     0x0100      /* A boolean setting */
/**************************************************************************/

/* Values for the 2nd parameter to dispatch_name_search() */
#define CMDFLAG_ANY         0x0038      /* Match anything */
#define CMDFLAG_PREFIX      0x0200      /* Prefix match is ok */

#endif /* INTERFACE */

/*
** The page_index.h file contains the definition for aCommand[] - an array
** of CmdOrPage objects that defines all available commands and webpages
** known to Fossil.
................................................................................
** source code files looking for header comments on the functions that
** implement command and webpages.
*/
#include "page_index.h"
#define MX_COMMAND count(aCommand)

/*
** Given a command, webpage, or setting name in zName, find the corresponding
** CmdOrPage object and return a pointer to that object in *ppCmd.
**
** The eType field is CMDFLAG_COMMAND to look up commands, CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE to
** look up webpages, CMDFLAG_SETTING to look up settings, or CMDFLAG_ANY to look
** for any.  If the CMDFLAG_PREFIX bit is set, then a prefix match is allowed.
**
** Return values:
**    0:     Success.  *ppCmd is set to the appropriate CmdOrPage
**    1:     Not found.
**    2:     Ambiguous.  Two or more entries match.
*/
int dispatch_name_search(
................................................................................
      lwr = mid + 1;
    }
  }
  if( (eType & CMDFLAG_PREFIX)!=0
   && lwr<MX_COMMAND
   && strncmp(zName, aCommand[lwr].zName, nName)==0
  ){
    /* An inexact prefix match was found.  Scan the name table to try to find
     * exactly one entry with this prefix and the requested type. */
    for( mid=-1; lwr<MX_COMMAND
              && strncmp(zName, aCommand[lwr].zName, nName)==0; ++lwr ){
      if( aCommand[lwr].eCmdFlags & eType ){
        if( mid<0 ){
          mid = lwr;  /* Potential ambiguous prefix */
        }else{
          return 2;  /* Confirmed ambiguous prefix */
        }
      }
    }
    if( mid>=0 ){
      *ppCmd = &aCommand[mid];
      return 0;  /* Prefix match */
    }
  }
  return 1;  /* Not found */
}

/*
** zName is the name of a webpage (eType==CMDFLAGS_WEBPAGE) that does not
** exist in the dispatch table.  Check to see if this webpage name exists
** as an alias in the CONFIG table of the repository.  If it is, then make
** appropriate changes to the CGI environment and set *ppCmd to point to the
** aliased command.
**
** Return 0 if the command is successfully aliased.  Return 1 if there
** is not alias for zName.  Any kind of error in the alias value causes a
** error to be thrown.
**
** Alias entries in the CONFIG table have a "name" value of "walias:NAME"
** where NAME is the input page name.  The value is a string of the form
** "NEWNAME?QUERYPARAMS".  The ?QUERYPARAMS is optional.  If present (and it
** usually is), then all query parameters are added to the CGI environment.
** Except, query parameters of the form "X!" cause any CGI X variable to be
** removed.
*/
int dispatch_alias(const char *zName, const CmdOrPage **ppCmd){
  char *z;
  char *zQ;
  int i;

  z = db_text(0, "SELECT value FROM config WHERE name='walias:%q'",zName);
  if( z==0 ) return 1;
  for(i=0; z[i] && z[i]!='?'; i++){}
  if( z[i]=='?' ){
    z[i] = 0;
    zQ = &z[i+1];
  }else{
    zQ = &z[i];
  }
  if( dispatch_name_search(z, CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE, ppCmd) ){
    fossil_fatal("\"%s\" aliased to \"%s\" but \"%s\" does not exist",
                 zName, z, z);
  }
  z = zQ;
  while( *z ){
    char *zName = z;
    char *zValue = 0;
    while( *z && *z!='=' && *z!='&' && *z!='!' ){ z++; }
    if( *z=='=' ){
      *z = 0;
      z++;
      zValue = z;
      while( *z && *z!='&' ){ z++; }
      if( *z ){
        *z = 0;
        z++;
      }
      dehttpize(zValue);
    }else if( *z=='!' ){
      *(z++) = 0;
      cgi_delete_query_parameter(zName);
      zName = "";
    }else{
      if( *z ){ *z++ = 0; }
      zValue = "";
    }
    if( fossil_islower(zName[0]) ){
      cgi_replace_query_parameter(zName, zValue);
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Fill Blob with a space-separated list of all command names that
** match the prefix zPrefix.
*/
void dispatch_matching_names(const char *zPrefix, Blob *pList){
  int i;
................................................................................
** Defaults to just the CLI commands.  Specify --www to see only the
** web pages, or --everything to see both commands and pages.
**
** Options:
**    -e|--everything   Show all commands and pages.
**    -t|--test         Include test- commands
**    -w|--www          Show WWW pages.
**    -s|--settings     Show settings.
**    -h|--html         Transform output to HTML.
*/
void test_all_help_cmd(void){
  int i;
  int mask = CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER | CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER;
  int useHtml = find_option("html","h",0)!=0;

  if( find_option("www","w",0) ){
    mask = CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE;
  }
  if( find_option("everything","e",0) ){
    mask = CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER | CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER | CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE;
  }
  if( find_option("settings","s",0) ){
    mask = CMDFLAG_SETTING;
  }
  if( find_option("test","t",0) ){
    mask |= CMDFLAG_TEST;
  }
  if( useHtml ) fossil_print("<!--\n");
  fossil_print("Help text for:\n");
  if( mask & CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER ) fossil_print(" * Commands\n");
  if( mask & CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER ) fossil_print(" * Auxiliary commands\n");
  if( mask & CMDFLAG_TEST )     fossil_print(" * Test commands\n");
  if( mask & CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE )  fossil_print(" * Web pages\n");
  if( mask & CMDFLAG_SETTING )  fossil_print(" * Settings\n");
  if( useHtml ){
    fossil_print("-->\n");
    fossil_print("<!-- start_all_help -->\n");
  }else{
    fossil_print("---\n");
  }
  for(i=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
................................................................................
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: help
** URL: /help?name=CMD
**
** Show the built-in help text for CMD.  CMD can be a command-line interface
** command or a page name from the web interface or a setting.
*/
void help_page(void){
  const char *zCmd = P("cmd");

  if( zCmd==0 ) zCmd = P("name");
  if( zCmd && *zCmd ){
    int rc;
    const CmdOrPage *pCmd = 0;

    style_header("Help: %s", zCmd);

    style_submenu_element("Command-List", "%s/help", g.zTop);
    rc = dispatch_name_search(zCmd, CMDFLAG_ANY, &pCmd);
    if( *zCmd=='/' ){
      /* Some of the webpages require query parameters in order to work.
      ** @ <h1>The "<a href='%R%s(zCmd)'>%s(zCmd)</a>" page:</h1> */
      @ <h1>The "%h(zCmd)" page:</h1>
    }else if( rc==0 && (pCmd->eCmdFlags & CMDFLAG_SETTING)!=0 ){
      @ <h1>The "%h(pCmd->zName)" setting:</h1>
    }else{
      @ <h1>The "%h(zCmd)" command:</h1>
    }

    if( rc==1 ){
      @ unknown command: %h(zCmd)
    }else if( rc==2 ){
      @ ambiguous command prefix: %h(zCmd)
    }else{
      if( pCmd->zHelp[0]==0 ){
        @ No help available for "%h(pCmd->zName)"
      }else{
        @ <blockquote>
        help_to_html(pCmd->zHelp, cgi_output_blob());
        @ </blockquote>
      }
    }
  }else{
    int i, j, n;

    style_header("Help");

    @ <a name='commands'></a>
    @ <h1>Available commands:</h1>
    @ <table border="0"><tr>
    for(i=j=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
      const char *z = aCommand[i].zName;
      if( '/'==*z || strncmp(z,"test",4)==0 ) continue;
      j++;
    }
................................................................................
      }
    }
    if( j>0 ){
      @ </ul></td>
    }
    @ </tr></table>

    @ <a name='webpages'></a>
    @ <h1>Available web UI pages:</h1>
    @ <table border="0"><tr>
    for(i=j=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
      const char *z = aCommand[i].zName;
      if( '/'!=*z ) continue;
      j++;
    }
................................................................................
      }
    }
    if( j>0 ){
      @ </ul></td>
    }
    @ </tr></table>

    @ <a name='unsupported'></a>
    @ <h1>Unsupported commands:</h1>
    @ <table border="0"><tr>
    for(i=j=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
      const char *z = aCommand[i].zName;
      if( strncmp(z,"test",4)!=0 ) continue;
      j++;
    }
    n = (j+3)/4;
    for(i=j=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
      const char *z = aCommand[i].zName;
      if( strncmp(z,"test",4)!=0 ) continue;
      if( j==0 ){
        @ <td valign="top"><ul>
      }
      if( aCommand[i].zHelp[0] ){
        @ <li><a href="%R/help?cmd=%s(z)">%s(z)</a></li>
      }else{
        @ <li>%s(z)</li>
      }
      j++;
      if( j>=n ){
        @ </ul></td>
        j = 0;
      }
    }
    if( j>0 ){
      @ </ul></td>
    }
    @ </tr></table>

    @ <a name='settings'></a>
    @ <h1>Settings:</h1>
    @ <table border="0"><tr>
    for(i=j=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
      if( (aCommand[i].eCmdFlags & CMDFLAG_SETTING)==0 ) continue;
      j++;
    }
    n = (j+4)/5;
    for(i=j=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
      const char *z = aCommand[i].zName;
      if( (aCommand[i].eCmdFlags & CMDFLAG_SETTING)==0 ) continue;
      if( j==0 ){
        @ <td valign="top"><ul>
      }
      if( aCommand[i].zHelp[0] ){
        @ <li><a href="%R/help?cmd=%s(z)">%s(z)</a></li>
      }else{
        @ <li>%s(z)</li>
      }
      j++;
................................................................................
  }
  multi_column_list(aCmd, nCmd);
}

/*
** COMMAND: help
**
** Usage: %fossil help TOPIC
**    or: %fossil TOPIC --help
**
** Display information on how to use TOPIC, which may be a command, webpage, or
** setting.  Webpage names begin with "/".  To display a list of available
** topics, use one of:
**
**    %fossil help                Show common commands
**    %fossil help -a|--all       Show both common and auxiliary commands
**    %fossil help -s|--settings  Show setting names
**    %fossil help -t|--test      Show test commands only
**    %fossil help -x|--aux       Show auxiliary commands only
**    %fossil help -w|--www       Show list of webpages
*/
void help_cmd(void){
  int rc;
  int isPage = 0;
  const char *z;
  const char *zCmdOrPage;
  const char *zCmdOrPagePlural;
  const CmdOrPage *pCmd = 0;
  if( g.argc<3 ){
    z = g.argv[0];
    fossil_print(
      "Usage: %s help TOPIC\n"
      "Common commands:  (use \"%s help -a|--all\" for a complete list)\n",
      z, z);
    command_list(0, CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER);
    version_cmd();
    return;
  }
  if( find_option("all","a",0) ){
    command_list(0, CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER | CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER);
................................................................................
  else if( find_option("aux","x",0) ){
    command_list(0, CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER);
    return;
  }
  else if( find_option("test","t",0) ){
    command_list(0, CMDFLAG_TEST);
    return;
  }
  else if( find_option("setting","s",0) ){
    command_list(0, CMDFLAG_SETTING);
    return;
  }
  isPage = ('/' == *g.argv[2]) ? 1 : 0;
  if(isPage){
    zCmdOrPage = "page";
    zCmdOrPagePlural = "pages";
  }else{
    zCmdOrPage = "command or setting";
    zCmdOrPagePlural = "commands and settings";
  }
  rc = dispatch_name_search(g.argv[2], CMDFLAG_ANY|CMDFLAG_PREFIX, &pCmd);
  if( rc==1 ){
    fossil_print("unknown %s: %s\nConsider using:\n", zCmdOrPage, g.argv[2]);
    fossil_print("   fossil help -a     ;# show all commands\n");
    fossil_print("   fossil help -w     ;# show all web-pages\n");
    fossil_print("   fossil help -s     ;# show all settings\n");
    fossil_exit(1);
  }else if( rc==2 ){
    fossil_print("ambiguous %s prefix: %s\nMatching %s:\n",
                 zCmdOrPage, g.argv[2], zCmdOrPagePlural);
    command_list(g.argv[2], 0xff);
    fossil_exit(1);
  }
  z = pCmd->zHelp;
  if( z==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("no help available for the %s %s",
                 pCmd->zName, zCmdOrPage);
  }
  if( pCmd->eCmdFlags & CMDFLAG_SETTING ){
    fossil_print("Setting: \"%s\"%s\n\n",
         pCmd->zName,
         (pCmd->eCmdFlags & CMDFLAG_VERSIONABLE)!=0 ? " (versionable)" : ""
    );
  }
  while( *z ){
    if( *z=='%' && strncmp(z, "%fossil", 7)==0 ){
      fossil_print("%s", g.argv[0]);
      z += 7;
    }else{
      putchar(*z);
      z++;
    }
  }
  putchar('\n');
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the setting information array.
**
** This routine provides access to the aSetting2[] array which is created
** by the mkindex utility program and included with <page_index.h>.
*/
const Setting *setting_info(int *pnCount){
  if( pnCount ) *pnCount = (int)(sizeof(aSetting)/sizeof(aSetting[0])) - 1;
  return aSetting;
}

/*
** Look for a file named zName in the check-in with RID=vid.  Load the content
** of that file into pContent and return the RID for the file.  Or return 0
** if the file is not found or could not be loaded.
*/
int doc_load_content(int vid, const char *zName, Blob *pContent){

  int rid;   /* The RID of the file being loaded */
  if( !db_table_exists("repository","vcache") ){
    db_multi_exec(
      "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS vcache(\n"
      "  vid INTEGER,         -- check-in ID\n"
      "  fname TEXT,          -- filename\n"
      "  rid INTEGER,         -- artifact ID\n"
      "  PRIMARY KEY(vid,fname)\n"
      ") WITHOUT ROWID"
    );
  }
  if( !db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM vcache WHERE vid=%d", vid) ){
    db_multi_exec(
      "DELETE FROM vcache;\n"
      "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE IF NOT EXISTS temp.foci USING files_of_checkin;\n"
      "INSERT INTO vcache(vid,fname,rid)"
................................................................................
    rid = 0;
  }
  return rid;
}

/*
** Transfer content to the output.  During the transfer, when text of
** the followign form is seen:
**
**       href="$ROOT/
**       action="$ROOT/
**
** Convert $ROOT to the root URI of the repository.  Allow ' in place of "
** and any case for href.
*/
static void convert_href_and_output(Blob *pIn){
  int i, base;
  int n = blob_size(pIn);
  char *z = blob_buffer(pIn);
  for(base=0, i=7; i<n; i++){
    if( z[i]=='$'
................................................................................
** specifies the title of the document in that case.
**
** For fossil-doc documents and for markdown documents, text of the
** form:  "href='$ROOT/" or "action='$ROOT" has the $ROOT name expanded
** to the top-level of the repository.
*/
void doc_page(void){
  const char *zName;                /* Argument to the /doc page */
  const char *zOrigName = "?";      /* Original document name */
  const char *zMime;                /* Document MIME type */
  char *zCheckin = "tip";           /* The check-in holding the document */
  char *zPathSuffix = "";           /* Text to append to g.zPath */
  int vid = 0;                      /* Artifact of check-in */
  int rid = 0;                      /* Artifact of file */
  int i;                            /* Loop counter */

/*
** Look for a file named zName in the check-in with RID=vid.  Load the content
** of that file into pContent and return the RID for the file.  Or return 0
** if the file is not found or could not be loaded.
*/
int doc_load_content(int vid, const char *zName, Blob *pContent){
  int writable = db_is_writeable("repository");
  int rid;   /* The RID of the file being loaded */
  if( !db_table_exists("repository", "vcache") || !writable ){
    db_multi_exec(
      "CREATE %s TABLE IF NOT EXISTS vcache(\n"
      "  vid INTEGER,         -- check-in ID\n"
      "  fname TEXT,          -- filename\n"
      "  rid INTEGER,         -- artifact ID\n"
      "  PRIMARY KEY(vid,fname)\n"
      ") WITHOUT ROWID", writable ? "" : "TEMPORARY"
    );
  }
  if( !db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM vcache WHERE vid=%d", vid) ){
    db_multi_exec(
      "DELETE FROM vcache;\n"
      "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE IF NOT EXISTS temp.foci USING files_of_checkin;\n"
      "INSERT INTO vcache(vid,fname,rid)"
................................................................................
    rid = 0;
  }
  return rid;
}

/*
** Transfer content to the output.  During the transfer, when text of
** the following form is seen:
**
**       href="$ROOT/
**       action="$ROOT/
**
** Convert $ROOT to the root URI of the repository.  Allow ' in place of "
** and any case for href or action.
*/
static void convert_href_and_output(Blob *pIn){
  int i, base;
  int n = blob_size(pIn);
  char *z = blob_buffer(pIn);
  for(base=0, i=7; i<n; i++){
    if( z[i]=='$'
................................................................................
** specifies the title of the document in that case.
**
** For fossil-doc documents and for markdown documents, text of the
** form:  "href='$ROOT/" or "action='$ROOT" has the $ROOT name expanded
** to the top-level of the repository.
*/
void doc_page(void){
  const char *zName = 0;            /* Argument to the /doc page */
  const char *zOrigName = "?";      /* Original document name */
  const char *zMime;                /* Document MIME type */
  char *zCheckin = "tip";           /* The check-in holding the document */
  char *zPathSuffix = "";           /* Text to append to g.zPath */
  int vid = 0;                      /* Artifact of check-in */
  int rid = 0;                      /* Artifact of file */
  int i;                            /* Loop counter */

  nrid = content_put(&event);
  db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d)", nrid);
  if( manifest_crosslink(nrid, &event, MC_NONE)==0 ){
    db_end_transaction(1);
    return 0;
  }
  assert( blob_is_reset(&event) );
  content_deltify(rid, nrid, 0);
  db_end_transaction(0);
  return 1;
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: technoteedit
** WEBPAGE: eventedit

  nrid = content_put(&event);
  db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d)", nrid);
  if( manifest_crosslink(nrid, &event, MC_NONE)==0 ){
    db_end_transaction(1);
    return 0;
  }
  assert( blob_is_reset(&event) );
  content_deltify(rid, &nrid, 1, 0);
  db_end_transaction(0);
  return 1;
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: technoteedit
** WEBPAGE: eventedit

** Fill stat buf with information received from stat() or lstat().
** lstat() is called on Unix if isWd is TRUE and allow-symlinks setting is on.
**
*/
static int fossil_stat(
  const char *zFilename,  /* name of file or directory to inspect. */
  struct fossilStat *buf, /* pointer to buffer where info should go. */
  int isWd,               /* non-zero to consider look at symlink itself. */
  int forceWd             /* non-zero to force look at symlink itself. */
){
  int rc;
  void *zMbcs = fossil_utf8_to_path(zFilename, 0);
#if !defined(_WIN32)
  if( isWd && (forceWd || db_allow_symlinks(0)) ){
    rc = lstat(zMbcs, buf);
  }else{
    rc = stat(zMbcs, buf);
  }
#else
  rc = win32_stat(zMbcs, buf, isWd);
#endif
................................................................................
** Return the number of errors.  No error messages are generated.
*/
static int getStat(const char *zFilename, int isWd){
  int rc = 0;
  if( zFilename==0 ){
    if( fileStatValid==0 ) rc = 1;
  }else{
    if( fossil_stat(zFilename, &fileStat, isWd, 0)!=0 ){
      fileStatValid = 0;
      rc = 1;
    }else{
      fileStatValid = 1;
      rc = 0;
    }
  }
................................................................................
** Create symlink to file on Unix, or plain-text file with
** symlink target if "allow-symlinks" is off or we're on Windows.
**
** Arguments: target file (symlink will point to it), link file
**/
void symlink_create(const char *zTargetFile, const char *zLinkFile){
#if !defined(_WIN32)
  if( db_allow_symlinks(0) ){
    int i, nName;
    char *zName, zBuf[1000];

    nName = strlen(zLinkFile);
    if( nName>=sizeof(zBuf) ){
      zName = mprintf("%s", zLinkFile);
    }else{
................................................................................
**   - PERM_REG for all other cases (regular file, directory, fifo, etc).
*/
int file_wd_perm(const char *zFilename){
#if !defined(_WIN32)
  if( !getStat(zFilename, 1) ){
     if( S_ISREG(fileStat.st_mode) && ((S_IXUSR)&fileStat.st_mode)!=0 )
      return PERM_EXE;
    else if( db_allow_symlinks(0) && S_ISLNK(fileStat.st_mode) )
      return PERM_LNK;
  }
#endif
  return PERM_REG;
}

/*
................................................................................
** zFilename is a directory -OR- a symlink that points to a directory.
** Return 0 if zFilename does not exist.  Return 2 if zFilename exists
** but is something other than a directory.
*/
int file_wd_isdir(const char *zFilename){
  int rc;
  char *zFN;
  struct fossilStat dirFileStat;

  zFN = mprintf("%s", zFilename);
  file_simplify_name(zFN, -1, 0);
  memset(&dirFileStat, 0, sizeof(struct fossilStat));
  rc = fossil_stat(zFN, &dirFileStat, 1, 1);
  if( rc ){
    rc = 0; /* It does not exist at all. */
  }else if( S_ISDIR(dirFileStat.st_mode) ){
    rc = 1; /* It exists and is a real directory. */
  }else if( !db_allow_symlinks(1) && S_ISLNK(dirFileStat.st_mode) ){

    Blob content;
    blob_read_link(&content, zFN); /* It exists and is a link. */
    rc = file_wd_isdir(blob_str(&content)); /* Points to directory? */
    blob_reset(&content);
  }else{
    rc = 2; /* It exists and is something else. */
  }
................................................................................
** Set or clear the execute bit on a file.  Return true if a change
** occurred and false if this routine is a no-op.
*/
int file_wd_setexe(const char *zFilename, int onoff){
  int rc = 0;
#if !defined(_WIN32)
  struct stat buf;
  if( fossil_stat(zFilename, &buf, 1, 0)!=0 || S_ISLNK(buf.st_mode) ) return 0;
  if( onoff ){
    int targetMode = (buf.st_mode & 0444)>>2;
    if( (buf.st_mode & 0100)==0 ){
      chmod(zFilename, buf.st_mode | targetMode);
      rc = 1;
    }
  }else{
................................................................................
** Create the tree of directories in which zFilename belongs, if that sequence
** of directories does not already exist.
**
** On success, return zero.  On error, return errorReturn if positive, otherwise
** print an error message and abort.
*/
int file_mkfolder(const char *zFilename, int forceFlag, int errorReturn){
  int i, nName, rc = 0;
  char *zName;

  nName = strlen(zFilename);
  zName = mprintf("%s", zFilename);
  nName = file_simplify_name(zName, nName, 0);
  for(i=1; i<nName; i++){
    if( zName[i]=='/' ){
      zName[i] = 0;
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
      /*

      ** On Windows, local path looks like: C:/develop/project/file.txt
      ** The if stops us from trying to create a directory of a drive letter
      ** C: in this example.
      */
      if( !(i==2 && zName[1]==':') ){
#endif
        if( file_mkdir(zName, forceFlag) && file_wd_isdir(zName)!=1 ){
          if (errorReturn <= 0) {
            fossil_fatal_recursive("unable to create directory %s", zName);
          }
          rc = errorReturn;
          break;
        }
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
      }
#endif
      zName[i] = '/';
    }
  }
  free(zName);
  return rc;
}

/*
................................................................................
  file_canonical_name(zPath, &x, slash);
  fossil_print("%s[%s] -> [%s]\n", raw ? "RAW " : "", zPath, blob_buffer(&x));
  blob_reset(&x);
  if( raw ){
    int rc;
    struct fossilStat testFileStat;
    memset(&testFileStat, 0, sizeof(struct fossilStat));
    rc = fossil_stat(zPath, &testFileStat, 0, 0);
    fossil_print("  stat_rc      = %d\n", rc);
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%lld", testFileStat.st_size);
    fossil_print("  stat_size    = %s\n", zBuf);
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%lld", testFileStat.st_mtime);
    fossil_print("  stat_mtime   = %s\n", zBuf);
    fossil_print("  stat_mode    = %d\n", testFileStat.st_mode);
    memset(&testFileStat, 0, sizeof(struct fossilStat));
    rc = fossil_stat(zPath, &testFileStat, 1, 1);
    fossil_print("  l_stat_rc    = %d\n", rc);
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%lld", testFileStat.st_size);
    fossil_print("  l_stat_size  = %s\n", zBuf);
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%lld", testFileStat.st_mtime);
    fossil_print("  l_stat_mtime = %s\n", zBuf);
    fossil_print("  l_stat_mode  = %d\n", testFileStat.st_mode);
  }else{
................................................................................
** display file system information about the files specified, if any.
**
** Options:
**
**     --open-config        Open the configuration database first.
**     --slash              Trailing slashes, if any, are retained.
**     --reset              Reset cached stat() info for each file.
**     --symlinks BOOLEAN   Force allow-symlinks on or off
*/
void cmd_test_file_environment(void){
  int i;
  int slashFlag = find_option("slash",0,0)!=0;
  int resetFlag = find_option("reset",0,0)!=0;
  const char *forceSymlinks = find_option("symlinks",0,1);
  if( find_option("open-config", 0, 0)!=0 ){
    Th_OpenConfig(1);
  }
  if( forceSymlinks ){
    if( is_truth(forceSymlinks) ) g.allowSymlinks = 1;
    if( is_false(forceSymlinks) ) g.allowSymlinks = 0;
  }
  fossil_print("Th_IsLocalOpen() = %d\n", Th_IsLocalOpen());
  fossil_print("Th_IsRepositoryOpen() = %d\n", Th_IsRepositoryOpen());
  fossil_print("Th_IsConfigOpen() = %d\n", Th_IsConfigOpen());
  fossil_print("filenames_are_case_sensitive() = %d\n",
               filenames_are_case_sensitive());
  fossil_print("db_allow_symlinks_by_default() = %d\n",
               db_allow_symlinks_by_default());
  fossil_print("db_allow_symlinks(0) = %d\n", db_allow_symlinks(0));
  fossil_print("db_allow_symlinks(1) = %d\n", db_allow_symlinks(1));
  for(i=2; i<g.argc; i++){
    emitFileStat(g.argv[i], 1, slashFlag, resetFlag);
    emitFileStat(g.argv[i], 0, slashFlag, resetFlag);
  }
}

/*
** COMMAND: test-canonical-name
**
** Usage: %fossil test-canonical-name FILENAME...
**
** Test the operation of the canonical name generator.
** Also test Fossil's ability to measure attributes of a file.
**
** Options:
**
**     --open-config        Open the configuration database first.
**     --slash              Trailing slashes, if any, are retained.
**     --reset              Reset cached stat() info for each file.
*/
void cmd_test_canonical_name(void){
  int i;

  int slashFlag = find_option("slash",0,0)!=0;
  int resetFlag = find_option("reset",0,0)!=0;
  if( find_option("open-config", 0, 0)!=0 ){
    Th_OpenConfig(1);
  }
  for(i=2; i<g.argc; i++){


    emitFileStat(g.argv[i], 0, slashFlag, resetFlag);











  }
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the given filename is canonical.
**
** Canonical names are full pathnames using "/" not "\" and which
................................................................................
  }
}

/*
** COMMAND: test-relative-name
**
** Test the operation of the relative name generator.
**
** Options:
**
**     --slash              Trailing slashes, if any, are retained.
*/
void cmd_test_relative_name(void){
  int i;
  Blob x;
  int slashFlag = find_option("slash",0,0)!=0;
  blob_zero(&x);
  for(i=2; i<g.argc; i++){
................................................................................
**
** Test the operation of the tree name generator.
**
** Options:
**   --absolute           Return an absolute path instead of a relative one.
**   --case-sensitive B   Enable or disable case-sensitive filenames.  B is
**                        a boolean: "yes", "no", "true", "false", etc.
**   --no-dir-symlinks    Disables support for directory symlinks.
*/
void cmd_test_tree_name(void){
  int i;
  Blob x;
  int absoluteFlag = find_option("absolute",0,0)!=0;
  db_find_and_open_repository(0,0);
  blob_zero(&x);
................................................................................
#if defined(_WIN32)
  const char *azDirs[] = {
     0, /* GetTempPath */
     0, /* TEMP */
     0, /* TMP */
     ".",
  };

#else
  static const char *azDirs[] = {
     0, /* TMPDIR */
     "/var/tmp",
     "/usr/tmp",
     "/tmp",
     "/temp",
................................................................................
  char zRand[16];

#if defined(_WIN32)
  wchar_t zTmpPath[MAX_PATH];

  if( GetTempPathW(MAX_PATH, zTmpPath) ){
    azDirs[0] = fossil_path_to_utf8(zTmpPath);




  }

  azDirs[1] = fossil_getenv("TEMP");
  azDirs[2] = fossil_getenv("TMP");
#else
  azDirs[0] = fossil_getenv("TMPDIR");
#endif
................................................................................
    blob_appendf(pBuf, "%s/%s-%s.txt", zDir, zPrefix ? zPrefix : "", zRand);
  }while( file_size(blob_str(pBuf))>=0 );

#if defined(_WIN32)
  fossil_path_free((char *)azDirs[0]);
  fossil_path_free((char *)azDirs[1]);
  fossil_path_free((char *)azDirs[2]);




#else
  fossil_path_free((char *)azDirs[0]);
#endif
}



















/*
** Return true if a file named zName exists and has identical content
** to the blob pContent.  If zName does not exist or if the content is
** different in any way, then return false.
*/
int file_is_the_same(Blob *pContent, const char *zName){

** Fill stat buf with information received from stat() or lstat().
** lstat() is called on Unix if isWd is TRUE and allow-symlinks setting is on.
**
*/
static int fossil_stat(
  const char *zFilename,  /* name of file or directory to inspect. */
  struct fossilStat *buf, /* pointer to buffer where info should go. */
  int isWd                /* non-zero to consider look at symlink itself. */

){
  int rc;
  void *zMbcs = fossil_utf8_to_path(zFilename, 0);
#if !defined(_WIN32)
  if( isWd && db_allow_symlinks() ){
    rc = lstat(zMbcs, buf);
  }else{
    rc = stat(zMbcs, buf);
  }
#else
  rc = win32_stat(zMbcs, buf, isWd);
#endif
................................................................................
** Return the number of errors.  No error messages are generated.
*/
static int getStat(const char *zFilename, int isWd){
  int rc = 0;
  if( zFilename==0 ){
    if( fileStatValid==0 ) rc = 1;
  }else{
    if( fossil_stat(zFilename, &fileStat, isWd)!=0 ){
      fileStatValid = 0;
      rc = 1;
    }else{
      fileStatValid = 1;
      rc = 0;
    }
  }
................................................................................
** Create symlink to file on Unix, or plain-text file with
** symlink target if "allow-symlinks" is off or we're on Windows.
**
** Arguments: target file (symlink will point to it), link file
**/
void symlink_create(const char *zTargetFile, const char *zLinkFile){
#if !defined(_WIN32)
  if( db_allow_symlinks() ){
    int i, nName;
    char *zName, zBuf[1000];

    nName = strlen(zLinkFile);
    if( nName>=sizeof(zBuf) ){
      zName = mprintf("%s", zLinkFile);
    }else{
................................................................................
**   - PERM_REG for all other cases (regular file, directory, fifo, etc).
*/
int file_wd_perm(const char *zFilename){
#if !defined(_WIN32)
  if( !getStat(zFilename, 1) ){
     if( S_ISREG(fileStat.st_mode) && ((S_IXUSR)&fileStat.st_mode)!=0 )
      return PERM_EXE;
    else if( db_allow_symlinks() && S_ISLNK(fileStat.st_mode) )
      return PERM_LNK;
  }
#endif
  return PERM_REG;
}

/*
................................................................................
** zFilename is a directory -OR- a symlink that points to a directory.
** Return 0 if zFilename does not exist.  Return 2 if zFilename exists
** but is something other than a directory.
*/
int file_wd_isdir(const char *zFilename){
  int rc;
  char *zFN;


  zFN = mprintf("%s", zFilename);
  file_simplify_name(zFN, -1, 0);
  rc = getStat(zFN, 1);

  if( rc ){
    rc = 0; /* It does not exist at all. */
  }else if( S_ISDIR(fileStat.st_mode) ){
    rc = 1; /* It exists and is a real directory. */

  }else if( S_ISLNK(fileStat.st_mode) ){
    Blob content;
    blob_read_link(&content, zFN); /* It exists and is a link. */
    rc = file_wd_isdir(blob_str(&content)); /* Points to directory? */
    blob_reset(&content);
  }else{
    rc = 2; /* It exists and is something else. */
  }
................................................................................
** Set or clear the execute bit on a file.  Return true if a change
** occurred and false if this routine is a no-op.
*/
int file_wd_setexe(const char *zFilename, int onoff){
  int rc = 0;
#if !defined(_WIN32)
  struct stat buf;
  if( fossil_stat(zFilename, &buf, 1)!=0 || S_ISLNK(buf.st_mode) ) return 0;
  if( onoff ){
    int targetMode = (buf.st_mode & 0444)>>2;
    if( (buf.st_mode & 0100)==0 ){
      chmod(zFilename, buf.st_mode | targetMode);
      rc = 1;
    }
  }else{
................................................................................
** Create the tree of directories in which zFilename belongs, if that sequence
** of directories does not already exist.
**
** On success, return zero.  On error, return errorReturn if positive, otherwise
** print an error message and abort.
*/
int file_mkfolder(const char *zFilename, int forceFlag, int errorReturn){
  int nName, rc = 0;
  char *zName;

  nName = strlen(zFilename);
  zName = mprintf("%s", zFilename);
  nName = file_simplify_name(zName, nName, 0);
  while( nName>0 && zName[nName-1]!='/' ){ nName--; }
  if( nName ){
    zName[nName-1] = 0;
    if( file_wd_isdir(zName)!=1 ){

      rc = file_mkfolder(zName, forceFlag, errorReturn);
      if( rc==0 ){





        if( file_mkdir(zName, forceFlag) && file_wd_isdir(zName)!=1 ){
          if( errorReturn <= 0 ){
            fossil_fatal_recursive("unable to create directory %s", zName);
          }
          rc = errorReturn;

        }

      }


    }
  }
  free(zName);
  return rc;
}

/*
................................................................................
  file_canonical_name(zPath, &x, slash);
  fossil_print("%s[%s] -> [%s]\n", raw ? "RAW " : "", zPath, blob_buffer(&x));
  blob_reset(&x);
  if( raw ){
    int rc;
    struct fossilStat testFileStat;
    memset(&testFileStat, 0, sizeof(struct fossilStat));
    rc = fossil_stat(zPath, &testFileStat, 0);
    fossil_print("  stat_rc      = %d\n", rc);
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%lld", testFileStat.st_size);
    fossil_print("  stat_size    = %s\n", zBuf);
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%lld", testFileStat.st_mtime);
    fossil_print("  stat_mtime   = %s\n", zBuf);
    fossil_print("  stat_mode    = %d\n", testFileStat.st_mode);
    memset(&testFileStat, 0, sizeof(struct fossilStat));
    rc = fossil_stat(zPath, &testFileStat, 1);
    fossil_print("  l_stat_rc    = %d\n", rc);
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%lld", testFileStat.st_size);
    fossil_print("  l_stat_size  = %s\n", zBuf);
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%lld", testFileStat.st_mtime);
    fossil_print("  l_stat_mtime = %s\n", zBuf);
    fossil_print("  l_stat_mode  = %d\n", testFileStat.st_mode);
  }else{
................................................................................
** display file system information about the files specified, if any.
**
** Options:
**
**     --open-config        Open the configuration database first.
**     --slash              Trailing slashes, if any, are retained.
**     --reset              Reset cached stat() info for each file.

*/
void cmd_test_file_environment(void){
  int i;
  int slashFlag = find_option("slash",0,0)!=0;
  int resetFlag = find_option("reset",0,0)!=0;

  if( find_option("open-config", 0, 0)!=0 ){
    Th_OpenConfig(1);
  }







  fossil_print("filenames_are_case_sensitive() = %d\n",
               filenames_are_case_sensitive());
  fossil_print("db_allow_symlinks_by_default() = %d\n",
               db_allow_symlinks_by_default());
  fossil_print("db_allow_symlinks() = %d\n", db_allow_symlinks());

  for(i=2; i<g.argc; i++){
    emitFileStat(g.argv[i], 1, slashFlag, resetFlag);
    emitFileStat(g.argv[i], 0, slashFlag, resetFlag);
  }
}

/*
** COMMAND: test-canonical-name
**
** Usage: %fossil test-canonical-name FILENAME...
**
** Test the operation of the canonical name generator.
** Also test Fossil's ability to measure attributes of a file.






*/
void cmd_test_canonical_name(void){
  int i;
  Blob x;
  int slashFlag = find_option("slash",0,0)!=0;

  blob_zero(&x);


  for(i=2; i<g.argc; i++){
    char zBuf[100];
    const char *zName = g.argv[i];
    file_canonical_name(zName, &x, slashFlag);
    fossil_print("[%s] -> [%s]\n", zName, blob_buffer(&x));
    blob_reset(&x);
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%lld", file_wd_size(zName));
    fossil_print("  file_size   = %s\n", zBuf);
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%lld", file_wd_mtime(zName));
    fossil_print("  file_mtime  = %s\n", zBuf);
    fossil_print("  file_isfile = %d\n", file_wd_isfile(zName));
    fossil_print("  file_isfile_or_link = %d\n",file_wd_isfile_or_link(zName));
    fossil_print("  file_islink = %d\n", file_wd_islink(zName));
    fossil_print("  file_isexe  = %d\n", file_wd_isexe(zName));
    fossil_print("  file_isdir  = %d\n", file_wd_isdir(zName));
  }
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the given filename is canonical.
**
** Canonical names are full pathnames using "/" not "\" and which
................................................................................
  }
}

/*
** COMMAND: test-relative-name
**
** Test the operation of the relative name generator.




*/
void cmd_test_relative_name(void){
  int i;
  Blob x;
  int slashFlag = find_option("slash",0,0)!=0;
  blob_zero(&x);
  for(i=2; i<g.argc; i++){
................................................................................
**
** Test the operation of the tree name generator.
**
** Options:
**   --absolute           Return an absolute path instead of a relative one.
**   --case-sensitive B   Enable or disable case-sensitive filenames.  B is
**                        a boolean: "yes", "no", "true", "false", etc.

*/
void cmd_test_tree_name(void){
  int i;
  Blob x;
  int absoluteFlag = find_option("absolute",0,0)!=0;
  db_find_and_open_repository(0,0);
  blob_zero(&x);
................................................................................
#if defined(_WIN32)
  const char *azDirs[] = {
     0, /* GetTempPath */
     0, /* TEMP */
     0, /* TMP */
     ".",
  };
  char *z;
#else
  static const char *azDirs[] = {
     0, /* TMPDIR */
     "/var/tmp",
     "/usr/tmp",
     "/tmp",
     "/temp",
................................................................................
  char zRand[16];

#if defined(_WIN32)
  wchar_t zTmpPath[MAX_PATH];

  if( GetTempPathW(MAX_PATH, zTmpPath) ){
    azDirs[0] = fossil_path_to_utf8(zTmpPath);
    /* Removing trailing \ from the temp path */
    z = (char*)azDirs[0];
    i = (int)strlen(z)-1;
    if( i>0 && z[i]=='\\' ) z[i] = 0;
  }

  azDirs[1] = fossil_getenv("TEMP");
  azDirs[2] = fossil_getenv("TMP");
#else
  azDirs[0] = fossil_getenv("TMPDIR");
#endif
................................................................................
    blob_appendf(pBuf, "%s/%s-%s.txt", zDir, zPrefix ? zPrefix : "", zRand);
  }while( file_size(blob_str(pBuf))>=0 );

#if defined(_WIN32)
  fossil_path_free((char *)azDirs[0]);
  fossil_path_free((char *)azDirs[1]);
  fossil_path_free((char *)azDirs[2]);
  /* Change all \ characters in the windows path into / so that they can
  ** be safely passed to a subcommand, such as by gdiff */
  z = blob_buffer(pBuf);
  for(i=0; z[i]; i++) if( z[i]=='\\' ) z[i] = '/';
#else
  fossil_path_free((char *)azDirs[0]);
#endif
}


/*
** COMMAND: test-tempname
** Usage:  fossil test-name BASENAME ...
**
** Generate temporary filenames derived from BASENAME
*/
void file_test_tempname(void){
  int i;
  Blob x = BLOB_INITIALIZER;
  for(i=2; i<g.argc; i++){
    file_tempname(&x, g.argv[i]);
    fossil_print("%s\n", blob_str(&x));
    blob_reset(&x);
  }
}


/*
** Return true if a file named zName exists and has identical content
** to the blob pContent.  If zName does not exist or if the content is
** different in any way, then return false.
*/
int file_is_the_same(Blob *pContent, const char *zName){

** Options:
**   -b|--brief           display a brief (one line / revision) summary
**   --case-sensitive B   Enable or disable case-sensitive filenames.  B is a
**                        boolean: "yes", "no", "true", "false", etc.
**   -l|--log             select log mode (the default)
**   -n|--limit N         Display the first N changes (default unlimited).
**                        N<=0 means no limit.
**   --no-dir-symlinks    Disables support for directory symlinks.
**   --offset P           skip P changes
**   -p|--print           select print mode
**   -r|--revision R      print the given revision (or ckout, if none is given)
**                        to stdout (only in print mode)
**   -s|--status          select status mode (print a status indicator for FILE)
**   -W|--width <num>     Width of lines (default is to auto-detect). Must be
**                        >22 or 0 (= no limit, resulting in a single line per
................................................................................
**
**    a=DATETIME Only show changes after DATETIME
**    b=DATETIME Only show changes before DATETIME
**    n=NUM      Show the first NUM changes only
**    brbg       Background color by branch name
**    ubg        Background color by user name
**    ci=UUID    Ancestors of a particular check-in


**    showid     Show RID values for debugging
**
** DATETIME may be "now" or "YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.SSS". If in
** year-month-day form, it may be truncated, and it may also name a
** timezone offset from UTC as "-HH:MM" (westward) or "+HH:MM"
** (eastward). Either no timezone suffix or "Z" means UTC.
*/
................................................................................
  Stmt q;
  const char *zFilename;
  char zPrevDate[20];
  const char *zA;
  const char *zB;
  int n;
  int baseCheckin;

  int fnid;
  Blob title;
  Blob sql;
  HQuery url;
  GraphContext *pGraph;
  int brBg = P("brbg")!=0;
  int uBg = P("ubg")!=0;
................................................................................
    style_footer();
    return;
  }
  if( g.perm.Admin ){
    style_submenu_element("MLink Table", "%R/mlink?name=%t", zFilename);
  }
  if( baseCheckin ){




    compute_direct_ancestors(baseCheckin);

  }
  url_add_parameter(&url, "name", zFilename);
  blob_zero(&sql);
  blob_append_sql(&sql,
    "SELECT"
    " datetime(min(event.mtime),toLocal()),"         /* Date of change */
    " coalesce(event.ecomment, event.comment),"      /* Check-in comment */
    " coalesce(event.euser, event.user),"            /* User who made chng */
    " mlink.pid,"                                    /* Parent file rid */
    " mlink.fid,"                                    /* File rid */
    " (SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=mlink.pid),"  /* Parent file uuid */
    " (SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=mlink.fid),"  /* Current file uuid */
    " (SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=mlink.mid),"  /* Check-in uuid */
    " event.bgcolor,"                                /* Background color */
    " (SELECT value FROM tagxref WHERE tagid=%d AND tagtype>0"
                                " AND tagxref.rid=mlink.mid)," /* Branchname */
    " mlink.mid,"                                    /* check-in ID */

    " mlink.pfnid"                                   /* Previous filename */
    "  FROM mlink, event"
    " WHERE mlink.fnid=%d"
    "   AND event.objid=mlink.mid",

    TAG_BRANCH, fnid
  );
  if( (zA = P("a"))!=0 ){
    blob_append_sql(&sql, " AND event.mtime>=julianday('%q')", zA);
    url_add_parameter(&url, "a", zA);
  }
  if( (zB = P("b"))!=0 ){
................................................................................
    @ <p>SQL: %h(blob_str(&sql))</p>
  }
  blob_reset(&sql);
  blob_zero(&title);
  if( baseCheckin ){
    char *zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", baseCheckin);
    char *zLink = href("%R/info/%!S", zUuid);


    if( n>0 ){
      blob_appendf(&title, "First %d ancestors of file ", n);
    }else{
      blob_appendf(&title, "Ancestors of file ");
    }
    blob_appendf(&title,"<a href='%R/finfo?name=%T'>%h</a>",
                 zFilename, zFilename);
    if( fShowId ) blob_appendf(&title, " (%d)", fnid);

    blob_appendf(&title, " from check-in %z%S</a>", zLink, zUuid);
    if( fShowId ) blob_appendf(&title, " (%d)", baseCheckin);
    fossil_free(zUuid);






  }else{
    blob_appendf(&title, "History of ");
    hyperlinked_path(zFilename, &title, 0, "tree", "");
    if( fShowId ) blob_appendf(&title, " (%d)", fnid);
  }
  @ <h2>%b(&title)</h2>
  blob_reset(&title);
................................................................................
    const char *zPUuid = db_column_text(&q, 5);
    const char *zUuid = db_column_text(&q, 6);
    const char *zCkin = db_column_text(&q,7);
    const char *zBgClr = db_column_text(&q, 8);
    const char *zBr = db_column_text(&q, 9);
    int fmid = db_column_int(&q, 10);
    int pfnid = db_column_int(&q, 11);

    int gidx;
    char zTime[10];
    int nParent = 0;
    int aParent[GR_MAX_RAIL];

    db_bind_int(&qparent, ":fid", frid);
    db_bind_int(&qparent, ":mid", fmid);
................................................................................
    @ </td>
    if( zBgClr && zBgClr[0] ){
      @ <td class="timelineTableCell" style="background-color: %h(zBgClr);">
    }else{
      @ <td class="timelineTableCell">
    }
    if( zUuid ){

      if( nParent==0 ){
        @ <b>Added</b>
      }else if( pfnid ){
        char *zPrevName = db_text(0, "SELECT name FROM filename WHERE fnid=%d",
                                  pfnid);
        @ <b>Renamed</b> from
        @ %z(href("%R/finfo?name=%t", zPrevName))%h(zPrevName)</a>

      }
      @ %z(href("%R/artifact/%!S",zUuid))[%S(zUuid)]</a>
      if( fShowId ){




        @ (%d(frid))

      }
      @ part of check-in
    }else{
      char *zNewName;
      zNewName = db_text(0,
        "SELECT name FROM filename WHERE fnid = "
        "   (SELECT fnid FROM mlink"
................................................................................
      }
    }
    hyperlink_to_uuid(zCkin);
    if( fShowId ){
      @ (%d(fmid))
    }
    @ %W(zCom) (user:
    hyperlink_to_user(zUser, zDate, "");
    @ branch: %z(href("%R/timeline?t=%T&n=200",zBr))%h(zBr)</a>)

    if( g.perm.Hyperlink && zUuid ){
      const char *z = zFilename;
      @ %z(href("%R/annotate?filename=%h&checkin=%s",z,zCkin))
      @ [annotate]</a>
      @ %z(href("%R/blame?filename=%h&checkin=%s",z,zCkin))
      @ [blame]</a>
      @ %z(href("%R/timeline?n=200&uf=%!S",zUuid))[check-ins&nbsp;using]</a>
................................................................................

/*
** WEBPAGE: mlink
** URL: /mlink?name=FILENAME
** URL: /mlink?ci=NAME
**
** Show all MLINK table entries for a particular file, or for


** a particular check-in.  This screen is intended for use by developers
** in debugging Fossil.




*/
void mlink_page(void){
  const char *zFName = P("name");
  const char *zCI = P("ci");
  Stmt q;

  login_check_credentials();
................................................................................
    @ <h1>MLINK table for file
    @ <a href='%R/finfo?name=%t(zFName)'>%h(zFName)</a></h1>
    @ <div class='brlist'>
    @ <table id='mlinktable'>
    @ <thead><tr>
    @ <th>Date</th>
    @ <th>Check-in</th>
    @ <th>Parent Check-in</th>
    @ <th>Merge?</th>
    @ <th>New</th>
    @ <th>Old</th>
    @ <th>Exe Bit?</th>
    @ <th>Prior Name</th>
    @ </tr></thead>
    @ <tbody>
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      const char *zDate = db_column_text(&q,0);
      const char *zCkin = db_column_text(&q,1);
      const char *zParent = db_column_text(&q,2);
      int isMerge = db_column_int(&q,3);
................................................................................
      const char *zPid = db_column_text(&q,5);
      int isExe = db_column_int(&q,7);
      const char *zPrior = db_column_text(&q,8);
      @ <tr>
      @ <td><a href='%R/timeline?c=%!S(zCkin)'>%s(zDate)</a></td>
      @ <td><a href='%R/info/%!S(zCkin)'>%S(zCkin)</a></td>
      if( zParent ){
        @ <td><a href='%R/info/%!S(zPid)'>%S(zParent)</a></td>
      }else{
        @ <td><i>(New)</i></td>
      }
      @ <td align='center'>%s(isMerge?"&#x2713;":"")</td>
      if( zFid ){
        @ <td><a href='%R/info/%!S(zFid)'>%S(zFid)</a></td>
      }else{
................................................................................
    @ <h1>MLINK table for check-in %h(zCI)</h1>
    render_checkin_context(mid, 1);
    @ <hr />
    @ <div class='brlist'>
    @ <table id='mlinktable'>
    @ <thead><tr>
    @ <th>File</th>
    @ <th>From</th>
    @ <th>Merge?</th>
    @ <th>New</th>
    @ <th>Old</th>
    @ <th>Exe Bit?</th>
    @ <th>Prior Name</th>
    @ </tr></thead>
    @ <tbody>
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      const char *zName = db_column_text(&q,0);
      const char *zFid = db_column_text(&q,1);
      const char *zPid = db_column_text(&q,3);
      const char *zPrior = db_column_text(&q,4);

** Options:
**   -b|--brief           display a brief (one line / revision) summary
**   --case-sensitive B   Enable or disable case-sensitive filenames.  B is a
**                        boolean: "yes", "no", "true", "false", etc.
**   -l|--log             select log mode (the default)
**   -n|--limit N         Display the first N changes (default unlimited).
**                        N<=0 means no limit.

**   --offset P           skip P changes
**   -p|--print           select print mode
**   -r|--revision R      print the given revision (or ckout, if none is given)
**                        to stdout (only in print mode)
**   -s|--status          select status mode (print a status indicator for FILE)
**   -W|--width <num>     Width of lines (default is to auto-detect). Must be
**                        >22 or 0 (= no limit, resulting in a single line per
................................................................................
**
**    a=DATETIME Only show changes after DATETIME
**    b=DATETIME Only show changes before DATETIME
**    n=NUM      Show the first NUM changes only
**    brbg       Background color by branch name
**    ubg        Background color by user name
**    ci=UUID    Ancestors of a particular check-in
**    orig=UUID  If both ci and orig are supplied, only show those
**                 changes on a direct path from orig to ci.
**    showid     Show RID values for debugging
**
** DATETIME may be "now" or "YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.SSS". If in
** year-month-day form, it may be truncated, and it may also name a
** timezone offset from UTC as "-HH:MM" (westward) or "+HH:MM"
** (eastward). Either no timezone suffix or "Z" means UTC.
*/
................................................................................
  Stmt q;
  const char *zFilename;
  char zPrevDate[20];
  const char *zA;
  const char *zB;
  int n;
  int baseCheckin;
  int origCheckin = 0;
  int fnid;
  Blob title;
  Blob sql;
  HQuery url;
  GraphContext *pGraph;
  int brBg = P("brbg")!=0;
  int uBg = P("ubg")!=0;
................................................................................
    style_footer();
    return;
  }
  if( g.perm.Admin ){
    style_submenu_element("MLink Table", "%R/mlink?name=%t", zFilename);
  }
  if( baseCheckin ){
    if( P("orig")!=0 ){
      origCheckin = name_to_typed_rid(P("orig"),"ci");
      path_shortest_stored_in_ancestor_table(origCheckin, baseCheckin);
    }else{
      compute_direct_ancestors(baseCheckin);
    }
  }
  url_add_parameter(&url, "name", zFilename);
  blob_zero(&sql);
  blob_append_sql(&sql,
    "SELECT"
    " datetime(min(event.mtime),toLocal()),"         /* Date of change */
    " coalesce(event.ecomment, event.comment),"      /* Check-in comment */
    " coalesce(event.euser, event.user),"            /* User who made chng */
    " mlink.pid,"                                    /* Parent file rid */
    " mlink.fid,"                                    /* File rid */
    " (SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=mlink.pid),"  /* Parent file uuid */
    " blob.uuid,"                                    /* Current file uuid */
    " (SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=mlink.mid),"  /* Check-in uuid */
    " event.bgcolor,"                                /* Background color */
    " (SELECT value FROM tagxref WHERE tagid=%d AND tagtype>0"
                                " AND tagxref.rid=mlink.mid)," /* Branchname */
    " mlink.mid,"                                    /* check-in ID */
    " mlink.pfnid,"                                  /* Previous filename */
    " blob.size"                                     /* File size */
    "  FROM mlink, event, blob"
    " WHERE mlink.fnid=%d"
    "   AND event.objid=mlink.mid"
    "   AND mlink.fid=blob.rid",
    TAG_BRANCH, fnid
  );
  if( (zA = P("a"))!=0 ){
    blob_append_sql(&sql, " AND event.mtime>=julianday('%q')", zA);
    url_add_parameter(&url, "a", zA);
  }
  if( (zB = P("b"))!=0 ){
................................................................................
    @ <p>SQL: %h(blob_str(&sql))</p>
  }
  blob_reset(&sql);
  blob_zero(&title);
  if( baseCheckin ){
    char *zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", baseCheckin);
    char *zLink = href("%R/info/%!S", zUuid);
    if( origCheckin ){
      blob_appendf(&title, "Changes to file ");
    }else if( n>0 ){
      blob_appendf(&title, "First %d ancestors of file ", n);
    }else{
      blob_appendf(&title, "Ancestors of file ");
    }
    blob_appendf(&title,"<a href='%R/finfo?name=%T'>%h</a>",
                 zFilename, zFilename);
    if( fShowId ) blob_appendf(&title, " (%d)", fnid);
    blob_append(&title, origCheckin ? " between " : " from ", -1);
    blob_appendf(&title, "check-in %z%S</a>", zLink, zUuid);
    if( fShowId ) blob_appendf(&title, " (%d)", baseCheckin);
    fossil_free(zUuid);
    if( origCheckin ){
      zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", origCheckin);
      zLink = href("%R/info/%!S", zUuid);
      blob_appendf(&title, " and check-in %z%S</a>", zLink, zUuid);
      fossil_free(zUuid);
    }
  }else{
    blob_appendf(&title, "History of ");
    hyperlinked_path(zFilename, &title, 0, "tree", "");
    if( fShowId ) blob_appendf(&title, " (%d)", fnid);
  }
  @ <h2>%b(&title)</h2>
  blob_reset(&title);
................................................................................
    const char *zPUuid = db_column_text(&q, 5);
    const char *zUuid = db_column_text(&q, 6);
    const char *zCkin = db_column_text(&q,7);
    const char *zBgClr = db_column_text(&q, 8);
    const char *zBr = db_column_text(&q, 9);
    int fmid = db_column_int(&q, 10);
    int pfnid = db_column_int(&q, 11);
    int szFile = db_column_int(&q, 12);
    int gidx;
    char zTime[10];
    int nParent = 0;
    int aParent[GR_MAX_RAIL];

    db_bind_int(&qparent, ":fid", frid);
    db_bind_int(&qparent, ":mid", fmid);
................................................................................
    @ </td>
    if( zBgClr && zBgClr[0] ){
      @ <td class="timelineTableCell" style="background-color: %h(zBgClr);">
    }else{
      @ <td class="timelineTableCell">
    }
    if( zUuid ){
      if( origCheckin==0 ){
        if( nParent==0 ){
          @ <b>Added</b>
        }else if( pfnid ){
          char *zPrevName = db_text(0,"SELECT name FROM filename WHERE fnid=%d",
                                    pfnid);
          @ <b>Renamed</b> from
          @ %z(href("%R/finfo?name=%t", zPrevName))%h(zPrevName)</a>
        }
      }
      @ %z(href("%R/artifact/%!S",zUuid))[%S(zUuid)]</a>
      if( fShowId ){
        int srcId = delta_source_rid(frid);
        if( srcId>0 ){
          @ (%d(frid)&larr;%d(srcId))
        }else{
          @ (%d(frid))
        }
      }
      @ part of check-in
    }else{
      char *zNewName;
      zNewName = db_text(0,
        "SELECT name FROM filename WHERE fnid = "
        "   (SELECT fnid FROM mlink"
................................................................................
      }
    }
    hyperlink_to_uuid(zCkin);
    if( fShowId ){
      @ (%d(fmid))
    }
    @ %W(zCom) (user:
    hyperlink_to_user(zUser, zDate, ",");
    @ branch: %z(href("%R/timeline?t=%T&n=200",zBr))%h(zBr)</a>,
    @ size: %d(szFile))
    if( g.perm.Hyperlink && zUuid ){
      const char *z = zFilename;
      @ %z(href("%R/annotate?filename=%h&checkin=%s",z,zCkin))
      @ [annotate]</a>
      @ %z(href("%R/blame?filename=%h&checkin=%s",z,zCkin))
      @ [blame]</a>
      @ %z(href("%R/timeline?n=200&uf=%!S",zUuid))[check-ins&nbsp;using]</a>
................................................................................

/*
** WEBPAGE: mlink
** URL: /mlink?name=FILENAME
** URL: /mlink?ci=NAME
**
** Show all MLINK table entries for a particular file, or for
** a particular check-in.
**
** This screen is intended for use by Fossil developers to help
** in debugging Fossil itself.  Ordinary Fossil users are not 
** expected to know what the MLINK table is or why it is important.
**
** To avoid confusing ordinary users, this page is only available
** to adminstrators.
*/
void mlink_page(void){
  const char *zFName = P("name");
  const char *zCI = P("ci");
  Stmt q;

  login_check_credentials();
................................................................................
    @ <h1>MLINK table for file
    @ <a href='%R/finfo?name=%t(zFName)'>%h(zFName)</a></h1>
    @ <div class='brlist'>
    @ <table id='mlinktable'>
    @ <thead><tr>
    @ <th>Date</th>
    @ <th>Check-in</th>
    @ <th>Parent<br>Check-in</th>
    @ <th>Merge?</th>
    @ <th>New</th>
    @ <th>Old</th>
    @ <th>Exe<br>Bit?</th>
    @ <th>Prior<br>Name</th>
    @ </tr></thead>
    @ <tbody>
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      const char *zDate = db_column_text(&q,0);
      const char *zCkin = db_column_text(&q,1);
      const char *zParent = db_column_text(&q,2);
      int isMerge = db_column_int(&q,3);
................................................................................
      const char *zPid = db_column_text(&q,5);
      int isExe = db_column_int(&q,7);
      const char *zPrior = db_column_text(&q,8);
      @ <tr>
      @ <td><a href='%R/timeline?c=%!S(zCkin)'>%s(zDate)</a></td>
      @ <td><a href='%R/info/%!S(zCkin)'>%S(zCkin)</a></td>
      if( zParent ){
        @ <td><a href='%R/info/%!S(zParent)'>%S(zParent)</a></td>
      }else{
        @ <td><i>(New)</i></td>
      }
      @ <td align='center'>%s(isMerge?"&#x2713;":"")</td>
      if( zFid ){
        @ <td><a href='%R/info/%!S(zFid)'>%S(zFid)</a></td>
      }else{
................................................................................
    @ <h1>MLINK table for check-in %h(zCI)</h1>
    render_checkin_context(mid, 1);
    @ <hr />
    @ <div class='brlist'>
    @ <table id='mlinktable'>
    @ <thead><tr>
    @ <th>File</th>
    @ <th>Parent<br>Check-in</th>
    @ <th>Merge?</th>
    @ <th>New</th>
    @ <th>Old</th>
    @ <th>Exe<br>Bit?</th>
    @ <th>Prior<br>Name</th>
    @ </tr></thead>
    @ <tbody>
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      const char *zName = db_column_text(&q,0);
      const char *zFid = db_column_text(&q,1);
      const char *zPid = db_column_text(&q,3);
      const char *zPrior = db_column_text(&q,4);

** if the hash does not match.
*/
int hname_verify_file_hash(const char *zFile, const char *zHash, int nHash){
  int id = HNAME_ERROR;
  switch( nHash ){
    case HNAME_LEN_SHA1: {
      Blob hash;
      sha1sum_file(zFile, &hash);
      if( memcmp(blob_buffer(&hash),zHash,HNAME_LEN_SHA1)==0 ) id = HNAME_SHA1;
      blob_reset(&hash);
      break;
    }
    case HNAME_LEN_K256: {
      Blob hash;
      sha3sum_file(zFile, 256, &hash);
      if( memcmp(blob_buffer(&hash),zHash,64)==0 ) id = HNAME_LEN_K256;
      blob_reset(&hash);
      break;
    }
  }
  return id;
}

** if the hash does not match.
*/
int hname_verify_file_hash(const char *zFile, const char *zHash, int nHash){
  int id = HNAME_ERROR;
  switch( nHash ){
    case HNAME_LEN_SHA1: {
      Blob hash;
      if( sha1sum_file(zFile, &hash) ) break;
      if( memcmp(blob_buffer(&hash),zHash,HNAME_LEN_SHA1)==0 ) id = HNAME_SHA1;
      blob_reset(&hash);
      break;
    }
    case HNAME_LEN_K256: {
      Blob hash;
      if( sha3sum_file(zFile, 256, &hash) ) break;
      if( memcmp(blob_buffer(&hash),zHash,64)==0 ) id = HNAME_LEN_K256;
      blob_reset(&hash);
      break;
    }
  }
  return id;
}

  if( pnSent ) *pnSent = transport.nSent;
  if( pnRcvd ) *pnRcvd = transport.nRcvd;
  if( resetFlag ){
    transport.nSent = 0;
    transport.nRcvd = 0;
  }
}
















/*
** Default SSH command
*/
#ifdef _WIN32
static const char zDefaultSshCmd[] = "plink -ssh -T";
#else
................................................................................
int transport_ssh_open(UrlData *pUrlData){
  /* For SSH we need to create and run SSH fossil http
  ** to talk to the remote machine.
  */
  char *zSsh;        /* The base SSH command */
  Blob zCmd;         /* The SSH command */
  char *zHost;       /* The host name to contact */
  int n;             /* Size of prefix string */

  socket_ssh_resolve_addr(pUrlData);
  zSsh = db_get("ssh-command", zDefaultSshCmd);
  blob_init(&zCmd, zSsh, -1);
  if( pUrlData->port!=pUrlData->dfltPort && pUrlData->port ){
#ifdef _WIN32
    blob_appendf(&zCmd, " -P %d", pUrlData->port);
#else
    blob_appendf(&zCmd, " -p %d", pUrlData->port);
#endif
  }
  if( g.fSshTrace ){
    fossil_force_newline();
    fossil_print("%s", blob_str(&zCmd));  /* Show the base of the SSH command */
  }
  if( pUrlData->user && pUrlData->user[0] ){
    zHost = mprintf("%s@%s", pUrlData->user, pUrlData->name);
  }else{
    zHost = mprintf("%s", pUrlData->name);
  }
  n = blob_size(&zCmd);
  blob_append(&zCmd, " ", 1);
  shell_escape(&zCmd, zHost);
  blob_append(&zCmd, " ", 1);
  shell_escape(&zCmd, mprintf("%s", pUrlData->fossil));
  blob_append(&zCmd, " test-http", 10);
  if( pUrlData->path && pUrlData->path[0] ){
    blob_append(&zCmd, " ", 1);
    shell_escape(&zCmd, mprintf("%s", pUrlData->path));
  }
  if( g.fSshTrace ){
    fossil_print("%s\n", blob_str(&zCmd)+n);  /* Show tail of SSH command */
  }
  free(zHost);
  popen2(blob_str(&zCmd), &sshIn, &sshOut, &sshPid);
  if( sshPid==0 ){
    socket_set_errmsg("cannot start ssh tunnel using [%b]", &zCmd);
  }
  blob_reset(&zCmd);
  return sshPid==0;
}

  if( pnSent ) *pnSent = transport.nSent;
  if( pnRcvd ) *pnRcvd = transport.nRcvd;
  if( resetFlag ){
    transport.nSent = 0;
    transport.nRcvd = 0;
  }
}

/*
** Check zFossil to see if it is a reasonable "fossil" command to
** run on the server.  Do not allow an attacker to substitute something
** like "/bin/rm".
*/
static int is_safe_fossil_command(const char *zFossil){
  static const char *azSafe[] = { "*/fossil", "*/echo" };
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<sizeof(azSafe)/sizeof(azSafe[0]); i++){
    if( sqlite3_strglob(azSafe[i], zFossil)==0 ) return 1;
    if( strcmp(azSafe[i]+2, zFossil)==0 ) return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Default SSH command
*/
#ifdef _WIN32
static const char zDefaultSshCmd[] = "plink -ssh -T";
#else
................................................................................
int transport_ssh_open(UrlData *pUrlData){
  /* For SSH we need to create and run SSH fossil http
  ** to talk to the remote machine.
  */
  char *zSsh;        /* The base SSH command */
  Blob zCmd;         /* The SSH command */
  char *zHost;       /* The host name to contact */


  socket_ssh_resolve_addr(pUrlData);
  zSsh = db_get("ssh-command", zDefaultSshCmd);
  blob_init(&zCmd, zSsh, -1);
  if( pUrlData->port!=pUrlData->dfltPort && pUrlData->port ){
#ifdef _WIN32
    blob_appendf(&zCmd, " -P %d", pUrlData->port);
#else
    blob_appendf(&zCmd, " -p %d", pUrlData->port);
#endif
  }
  if( pUrlData->user && pUrlData->user[0] ){
    zHost = mprintf("%s@%s", pUrlData->user, pUrlData->name);
    blob_append_escaped_arg(&zCmd, zHost);
    fossil_free(zHost);
  }else{
    blob_append_escaped_arg(&zCmd, pUrlData->name);
  }
  if( !is_safe_fossil_command(pUrlData->fossil) ){
    fossil_fatal("the ssh:// URL is asking to run an unsafe command [%s] on "
                 "the server.", pUrlData->fossil);
  }
  blob_append_escaped_arg(&zCmd, pUrlData->fossil);
  blob_append(&zCmd, " test-http", 10);
  if( pUrlData->path && pUrlData->path[0] ){
    blob_append_escaped_arg(&zCmd, pUrlData->path);
  }else{
    fossil_fatal("ssh:// URI does not specify a path to the repository");
  }
  if( g.fSshTrace ){
    fossil_print("%s\n", blob_str(&zCmd));  /* Show the whole SSH command */
  }


  popen2(blob_str(&zCmd), &sshIn, &sshOut, &sshPid);
  if( sshPid==0 ){
    socket_set_errmsg("cannot start ssh tunnel using [%b]", &zCmd);
  }
  blob_reset(&zCmd);
  return sshPid==0;
}

      @ </td></tr>
      @ <tr><th>Other&nbsp;Links:</th>
      @   <td>
      @     %z(href("%R/tree?ci=%!S",zUuid))files</a>
      @   | %z(href("%R/fileage?name=%!S",zUuid))file ages</a>
      @   | %z(href("%R/tree?nofiles&type=tree&ci=%!S",zUuid))folders</a>
      @   | %z(href("%R/artifact/%!S",zUuid))manifest</a>



      if( g.anon.Write ){
        @   | %z(href("%R/ci_edit?r=%!S",zUuid))edit</a>
      }
      @   </td>
      @ </tr>
      blob_reset(&projName);
    }
................................................................................
**   from=TAG        Left side of the comparison
**   to=TAG          Right side of the comparison
**   branch=TAG      Show all changes on a particular branch
**   v=BOOLEAN       Default true.  If false, only list files that have changed
**   sbs=BOOLEAN     Side-by-side diff if true.  Unified diff if false
**   glob=STRING     only diff files matching this glob
**   dc=N            show N lines of context around each diff
**   w               ignore whitespace when computing diffs
**   nohdr           omit the description at the top of the page
**
**
** Show all differences between two check-ins.
*/
void vdiff_page(void){
  int ridFrom, ridTo;
  int verboseFlag = 0;
  int sideBySide = 0;
  u64 diffFlags = 0;
  Manifest *pFrom, *pTo;
  ManifestFile *pFileFrom, *pFileTo;
  const char *zBranch;
  const char *zFrom;
  const char *zTo;
  const char *zRe;
................................................................................
    style_submenu_element("Clear glob",
                          "%R/vdiff?from=%T&to=%T&sbs=%d%s%s", zFrom, zTo,
                          sideBySide, (verboseFlag && !sideBySide)?"&v":"", zW);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Patch", "%R/vpatch?from=%T&to=%T%s", zFrom, zTo, zW);
  }
  if( sideBySide || verboseFlag ){
    if( *zW ){
      style_submenu_element("Show Whitespace Differences",
                            "%R/vdiff?from=%T&to=%T&sbs=%d%s%s%T", zFrom, zTo,
                            sideBySide, (verboseFlag && !sideBySide)?"&v":"",
                            zGlob ? "&glob=" : "", zGlob ? zGlob : "");
    }else{
      style_submenu_element("Ignore Whitespace",
                            "%R/vdiff?from=%T&to=%T&sbs=%d%s%s%T&w", zFrom, zTo,
                            sideBySide, (verboseFlag && !sideBySide)?"&v":"",
                            zGlob ? "&glob=" : "", zGlob ? zGlob : "");
    }
  }
  style_header("Check-in Differences");
  if( P("nohdr")==0 ){
    @ <h2>Difference From:</h2><blockquote>
    checkin_description(ridFrom);
    @ </blockquote><h2>To:</h2><blockquote>
    checkin_description(ridTo);
................................................................................

  db_prepare(&q,
    "SELECT filename.name, datetime(event.mtime,toLocal()),"
    "       coalesce(event.ecomment,event.comment),"
    "       coalesce(event.euser,event.user),"
    "       b.uuid, mlink.mperm,"
    "       coalesce((SELECT value FROM tagxref"
                    "  WHERE tagid=%d AND tagtype>0 AND rid=mlink.mid),'trunk')"

    "  FROM mlink, filename, event, blob a, blob b"
    " WHERE filename.fnid=mlink.fnid"
    "   AND event.objid=mlink.mid"
    "   AND a.rid=mlink.fid"
    "   AND b.rid=mlink.mid"
    "   AND mlink.fid=%d"
    "   ORDER BY filename.name, event.mtime /*sort*/",
................................................................................
    const char *zName = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    const char *zDate = db_column_text(&q, 1);
    const char *zCom = db_column_text(&q, 2);
    const char *zUser = db_column_text(&q, 3);
    const char *zVers = db_column_text(&q, 4);
    int mPerm = db_column_int(&q, 5);
    const char *zBr = db_column_text(&q, 6);

    int sameFilename = prevName!=0 && fossil_strcmp(zName,prevName)==0;
    if( sameFilename && !showDetail ){
      if( cnt==1 ){
        @ %z(href("%R/whatis/%!S",zUuid))[more...]</a>
      }
      cnt++;
      continue;
................................................................................
      @ at
      hyperlink_to_date(zDate,"");
    }
    if( zBr && zBr[0] ){
      @ on branch %z(href("%R/timeline?r=%T",zBr))%h(zBr)</a>
    }
    @ &mdash; %!W(zCom) (user:
    hyperlink_to_user(zUser,zDate,")");

    if( g.perm.Hyperlink ){
      @ %z(href("%R/finfo?name=%T&ci=%!S",zName,zVers))[ancestry]</a>
      @ %z(href("%R/annotate?filename=%T&checkin=%!S",zName,zVers))
      @ [annotate]</a>
      @ %z(href("%R/blame?filename=%T&checkin=%!S",zName,zVers))
      @ [blame]</a>
    }
................................................................................
  }
  return objType;
}


/*
** WEBPAGE: fdiff
** URL: fdiff?v1=UUID&v2=UUID&patch&sbs=BOOLEAN&regex=REGEX
**
** Two arguments, v1 and v2, identify the files to be diffed.  Show the
** difference between the two artifacts.  Show diff side by side unless sbs
** is 0.  Generate plain text if "patch" is present, otherwise generate
** "pretty" HTML.






**
** Additional parameters:
**




**      verbose      Show more detail when describing artifacts
**      dc=N         Show N lines of context around each diff
**      w            Ignore whitespace
*/
void diff_page(void){
  int v1, v2;
  int isPatch;
  int sideBySide;

  char *zV1;
  char *zV2;
  const char *zRe;
  const char *zW;      /* URL param for ignoring whitespace */
  ReCompiled *pRe = 0;
  u64 diffFlags;
  u32 objdescFlags = 0;

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }





  v1 = name_to_rid_www("v1");
  v2 = name_to_rid_www("v2");





























  if( v1==0 || v2==0 ) fossil_redirect_home();
  zRe = P("regex");
  if( zRe ) re_compile(&pRe, zRe, 0);
  if( P("verbose")!=0 ) objdescFlags |= OBJDESC_DETAIL;
  isPatch = P("patch")!=0;
  if( isPatch ){
    Blob c1, c2, *pOut;
    pOut = cgi_output_blob();
    cgi_set_content_type("text/plain");
    diffFlags = 4;
    content_get(v1, &c1);
    content_get(v2, &c2);
    text_diff(&c1, &c2, pOut, pRe, diffFlags);
    blob_reset(&c1);
    blob_reset(&c2);
    return;
  }

  sideBySide = !is_false(PD("sbs","1"));
  zV1 = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", v1);
  zV2 = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", v2);
  diffFlags = construct_diff_flags(1, sideBySide) | DIFF_HTML;

  style_header("Diff");
  zW = (diffFlags&DIFF_IGNORE_ALLWS)?"&w":"";
  if( *zW ){
    style_submenu_element("Show Whitespace Changes",
                          "%s/fdiff?v1=%T&v2=%T&sbs=%d",
                          g.zTop, P("v1"), P("v2"), sideBySide);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Ignore Whitespace",
                          "%s/fdiff?v1=%T&v2=%T&sbs=%d&w",
                          g.zTop, P("v1"), P("v2"), sideBySide);
  }
  style_submenu_element("Patch", "%s/fdiff?v1=%T&v2=%T&patch",
                        g.zTop, P("v1"), P("v2"));
  if( !sideBySide ){
    style_submenu_element("Side-by-Side Diff",
                          "%s/fdiff?v1=%T&v2=%T&sbs=1%s",
                          g.zTop, P("v1"), P("v2"), zW);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Unified Diff",
                          "%s/fdiff?v1=%T&v2=%T&sbs=0%s",
                          g.zTop, P("v1"), P("v2"), zW);
  }

  if( P("smhdr")!=0 ){
    @ <h2>Differences From Artifact
    @ %z(href("%R/artifact/%!S",zV1))[%S(zV1)]</a> To
    @ %z(href("%R/artifact/%!S",zV2))[%S(zV2)]</a>.</h2>
  }else{
    @ <h2>Differences From
................................................................................
void rawartifact_page(void){
  int rid = 0;
  char *zUuid;
  const char *zMime;
  Blob content;

  if( P("ci") && P("filename") ){
    rid = artifact_from_ci_and_filename(0);
  }
  if( rid==0 ){
    rid = name_to_rid_www("name");
  }
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  if( rid==0 ) fossil_redirect_home();
................................................................................
/*
** Look for "ci" and "filename" query parameters.  If found, try to
** use them to extract the record ID of an artifact for the file.
**
** Also look for "fn" as an alias for "filename".  If either "filename"
** or "fn" is present but "ci" is missing, use "tip" as a default value
** for "ci".








*/
int artifact_from_ci_and_filename(HQuery *pUrl){
  const char *zFilename;
  const char *zCI;
  int cirid;
  Manifest *pManifest;
  ManifestFile *pFile;




  zFilename = P("filename");
  if( zFilename==0 ){
    zFilename = P("fn");


    if( zFilename==0 ) return 0;
  }
  zCI = P("ci");
  cirid = name_to_typed_rid(zCI ? zCI : "tip", "ci");
  if( cirid<=0 ) return 0;
  pManifest = manifest_get(cirid, CFTYPE_MANIFEST, 0);
  if( pManifest==0 ) return 0;
  manifest_file_rewind(pManifest);
  while( (pFile = manifest_file_next(pManifest,0))!=0 ){
    if( fossil_strcmp(zFilename, pFile->zName)==0 ){
      int rid = db_int(0, "SELECT rid FROM blob WHERE uuid=%Q", pFile->zUuid);
      manifest_destroy(pManifest);
      if( pUrl ){

        url_add_parameter(pUrl, "fn", zFilename);
        if( zCI ) url_add_parameter(pUrl, "ci", zCI);
      }
      return rid;
    }
  }
  manifest_destroy(pManifest);
................................................................................
  int descOnly = fossil_strcmp(g.zPath,"whatis")==0;
  int isFile = fossil_strcmp(g.zPath,"file")==0;
  const char *zLn = P("ln");
  const char *zName = P("name");
  HQuery url;

  url_initialize(&url, g.zPath);
  rid = artifact_from_ci_and_filename(&url);
  if( rid==0 ){
    url_add_parameter(&url, "name", zName);
    if( isFile ){
      /* Do a top-level directory listing in /file mode if no argument
      ** specified */
      if( zName==0 || zName[0]==0 ){
        if( P("ci")==0 ) cgi_set_query_parameter("ci","tip");
................................................................................
  if( (objType & (OBJTYPE_WIKI|OBJTYPE_TICKET))!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Parsed", "%R/info/%s", zUuid);
  }
  if( descOnly ){
    style_submenu_element("Content", "%R/artifact/%s", zUuid);
  }else{
    if( zLn==0 || atoi(zLn)==0 ){
      style_submenu_checkbox("ln", "Line Numbers", 0);
    }
    @ <hr />
    content_get(rid, &content);
    if( renderAsWiki ){
      wiki_render_by_mimetype(&content, zMime);
    }else if( renderAsHtml ){
      @ <iframe src="%R/raw/%T(blob_str(&downloadName))?name=%s(zUuid)"

      @ </td></tr>
      @ <tr><th>Other&nbsp;Links:</th>
      @   <td>
      @     %z(href("%R/tree?ci=%!S",zUuid))files</a>
      @   | %z(href("%R/fileage?name=%!S",zUuid))file ages</a>
      @   | %z(href("%R/tree?nofiles&type=tree&ci=%!S",zUuid))folders</a>
      @   | %z(href("%R/artifact/%!S",zUuid))manifest</a>
      if( g.perm.Admin ){
        @   | %z(href("%R/mlink?ci=%!S",zUuid))mlink table</a>
      }
      if( g.anon.Write ){
        @   | %z(href("%R/ci_edit?r=%!S",zUuid))edit</a>
      }
      @   </td>
      @ </tr>
      blob_reset(&projName);
    }
................................................................................
**   from=TAG        Left side of the comparison
**   to=TAG          Right side of the comparison
**   branch=TAG      Show all changes on a particular branch
**   v=BOOLEAN       Default true.  If false, only list files that have changed
**   sbs=BOOLEAN     Side-by-side diff if true.  Unified diff if false
**   glob=STRING     only diff files matching this glob
**   dc=N            show N lines of context around each diff
**   w=BOOLEAN       ignore whitespace when computing diffs
**   nohdr           omit the description at the top of the page
**
**
** Show all differences between two check-ins.
*/
void vdiff_page(void){
  int ridFrom, ridTo;
  int verboseFlag;
  int sideBySide;
  u64 diffFlags = 0;
  Manifest *pFrom, *pTo;
  ManifestFile *pFileFrom, *pFileTo;
  const char *zBranch;
  const char *zFrom;
  const char *zTo;
  const char *zRe;
................................................................................
    style_submenu_element("Clear glob",
                          "%R/vdiff?from=%T&to=%T&sbs=%d%s%s", zFrom, zTo,
                          sideBySide, (verboseFlag && !sideBySide)?"&v":"", zW);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Patch", "%R/vpatch?from=%T&to=%T%s", zFrom, zTo, zW);
  }
  if( sideBySide || verboseFlag ){






    style_submenu_checkbox("w", "Ignore Whitespace", 0, 0);




  }
  style_header("Check-in Differences");
  if( P("nohdr")==0 ){
    @ <h2>Difference From:</h2><blockquote>
    checkin_description(ridFrom);
    @ </blockquote><h2>To:</h2><blockquote>
    checkin_description(ridTo);
................................................................................

  db_prepare(&q,
    "SELECT filename.name, datetime(event.mtime,toLocal()),"
    "       coalesce(event.ecomment,event.comment),"
    "       coalesce(event.euser,event.user),"
    "       b.uuid, mlink.mperm,"
    "       coalesce((SELECT value FROM tagxref"
                    "  WHERE tagid=%d AND tagtype>0 AND rid=mlink.mid),'trunk'),"
    "       a.size"
    "  FROM mlink, filename, event, blob a, blob b"
    " WHERE filename.fnid=mlink.fnid"
    "   AND event.objid=mlink.mid"
    "   AND a.rid=mlink.fid"
    "   AND b.rid=mlink.mid"
    "   AND mlink.fid=%d"
    "   ORDER BY filename.name, event.mtime /*sort*/",
................................................................................
    const char *zName = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    const char *zDate = db_column_text(&q, 1);
    const char *zCom = db_column_text(&q, 2);
    const char *zUser = db_column_text(&q, 3);
    const char *zVers = db_column_text(&q, 4);
    int mPerm = db_column_int(&q, 5);
    const char *zBr = db_column_text(&q, 6);
    int szFile = db_column_int(&q,7);
    int sameFilename = prevName!=0 && fossil_strcmp(zName,prevName)==0;
    if( sameFilename && !showDetail ){
      if( cnt==1 ){
        @ %z(href("%R/whatis/%!S",zUuid))[more...]</a>
      }
      cnt++;
      continue;
................................................................................
      @ at
      hyperlink_to_date(zDate,"");
    }
    if( zBr && zBr[0] ){
      @ on branch %z(href("%R/timeline?r=%T",zBr))%h(zBr)</a>
    }
    @ &mdash; %!W(zCom) (user:
    hyperlink_to_user(zUser,zDate,",");
    @ size: %d(szFile))
    if( g.perm.Hyperlink ){
      @ %z(href("%R/finfo?name=%T&ci=%!S",zName,zVers))[ancestry]</a>
      @ %z(href("%R/annotate?filename=%T&checkin=%!S",zName,zVers))
      @ [annotate]</a>
      @ %z(href("%R/blame?filename=%T&checkin=%!S",zName,zVers))
      @ [blame]</a>
    }
................................................................................
  }
  return objType;
}


/*
** WEBPAGE: fdiff
** URL: fdiff?v1=UUID&v2=UUID
**
** Two arguments, v1 and v2, identify the artifacts to be diffed.
** Show diff side by side unless sbs is 0.  Generate plain text if
** "patch" is present, otherwise generate "pretty" HTML.
**
** Alternative URL:  fdiff?from=filename1&to=filename2&ci=checkin
**
** If the "from" and "to" query parameters are both present, then they are
** the names of two files within the check-in "ci" that are diffed.  If the
** "ci" parameter is omitted, then the most recent check-in ("tip") is
** used.
**
** Additional parameters:
**
**      dc=N             Show N lines of context around each diff
**      patch            Use the patch diff format
**      regex=REGEX      Only show differences that match REGEX
**      sbs=BOOLEAN      Turn side-by-side diffs on and off (default: on)
**      verbose=BOOLEAN  Show more detail when describing artifacts

**      w=BOOLEAN        Ignore whitespace
*/
void diff_page(void){
  int v1, v2;
  int isPatch = P("patch")!=0;
  int sideBySide = PB("sbs");
  int verbose = PB("verbose");
  char *zV1;
  char *zV2;
  const char *zRe;

  ReCompiled *pRe = 0;
  u64 diffFlags;
  u32 objdescFlags = 0;

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  if( P("from") && P("to") ){
    v1 = artifact_from_ci_and_filename(0, "from");
    v2 = artifact_from_ci_and_filename(0, "to");
  }else{
    Stmt q;
    v1 = name_to_rid_www("v1");
    v2 = name_to_rid_www("v2");

    /* If the two file versions being compared both have the same
    ** filename, then offer an "Annotate" link that constructs an
    ** annotation between those version. */
    db_prepare(&q,
      "SELECT (SELECT substr(uuid,1,20) FROM blob WHERE rid=a.mid),"
      "       (SELECT substr(uuid,1,20) FROM blob WHERE rid=b.mid),"
      "       (SELECT name FROM filename WHERE filename.fnid=a.fnid)"
      "  FROM mlink a, event ea, mlink b, event eb"
      " WHERE a.fid=%d"
      "   AND b.fid=%d"
      "   AND a.fnid=b.fnid"
      "   AND a.fid!=a.pid"
      "   AND b.fid!=b.pid"
      "   AND ea.objid=a.mid"
      "   AND eb.objid=b.mid"
      " ORDER BY ea.mtime ASC, eb.mtime ASC",
      v1, v2
    );
    if( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      const char *zCkin = db_column_text(&q, 0);
      const char *zOrig = db_column_text(&q, 1);
      const char *zFN = db_column_text(&q, 2);
      style_submenu_element("Annotate",
        "%R/annotate?origin=%s&checkin=%s&filename=%T",
        zOrig, zCkin, zFN);
    }
    db_finalize(&q);
  }
  if( v1==0 || v2==0 ) fossil_redirect_home();
  zRe = P("regex");
  if( zRe ) re_compile(&pRe, zRe, 0);
  if( verbose ) objdescFlags |= OBJDESC_DETAIL;

  if( isPatch ){
    Blob c1, c2, *pOut;
    pOut = cgi_output_blob();
    cgi_set_content_type("text/plain");
    diffFlags = 4;
    content_get(v1, &c1);
    content_get(v2, &c2);
    text_diff(&c1, &c2, pOut, pRe, diffFlags);
    blob_reset(&c1);
    blob_reset(&c2);
    return;
  }


  zV1 = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", v1);
  zV2 = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", v2);
  diffFlags = construct_diff_flags(1, sideBySide) | DIFF_HTML;

  style_header("Diff");
  style_submenu_checkbox("w", "Ignore Whitespace", 0, 0);
  style_submenu_checkbox("sbs", "Side-by-Side Diff", 0, 0);
  style_submenu_checkbox("verbose", "Verbose", 0, 0);







  style_submenu_element("Patch", "%s/fdiff?v1=%T&v2=%T&patch",
                        g.zTop, P("v1"), P("v2"));










  if( P("smhdr")!=0 ){
    @ <h2>Differences From Artifact
    @ %z(href("%R/artifact/%!S",zV1))[%S(zV1)]</a> To
    @ %z(href("%R/artifact/%!S",zV2))[%S(zV2)]</a>.</h2>
  }else{
    @ <h2>Differences From
................................................................................
void rawartifact_page(void){
  int rid = 0;
  char *zUuid;
  const char *zMime;
  Blob content;

  if( P("ci") && P("filename") ){
    rid = artifact_from_ci_and_filename(0, 0);
  }
  if( rid==0 ){
    rid = name_to_rid_www("name");
  }
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  if( rid==0 ) fossil_redirect_home();
................................................................................
/*
** Look for "ci" and "filename" query parameters.  If found, try to
** use them to extract the record ID of an artifact for the file.
**
** Also look for "fn" as an alias for "filename".  If either "filename"
** or "fn" is present but "ci" is missing, use "tip" as a default value
** for "ci".
**
** If zNameParam is not NULL, this use that parameter as the filename
** rather than "fn" or "filename".
**
** If pUrl is not NULL, then record the "ci" and "filename" values in
** pUrl.
**
** At least one of pUrl or zNameParam must be NULL.
*/
int artifact_from_ci_and_filename(HQuery *pUrl, const char *zNameParam){
  const char *zFilename;
  const char *zCI;
  int cirid;
  Manifest *pManifest;
  ManifestFile *pFile;

  if( zNameParam ){
    zFilename = P(zNameParam);
  }else{
    zFilename = P("filename");
    if( zFilename==0 ){
      zFilename = P("fn");
    }
  }
  if( zFilename==0 ) return 0;

  zCI = P("ci");
  cirid = name_to_typed_rid(zCI ? zCI : "tip", "ci");
  if( cirid<=0 ) return 0;
  pManifest = manifest_get(cirid, CFTYPE_MANIFEST, 0);
  if( pManifest==0 ) return 0;
  manifest_file_rewind(pManifest);
  while( (pFile = manifest_file_next(pManifest,0))!=0 ){
    if( fossil_strcmp(zFilename, pFile->zName)==0 ){
      int rid = db_int(0, "SELECT rid FROM blob WHERE uuid=%Q", pFile->zUuid);
      manifest_destroy(pManifest);
      if( pUrl ){
        assert( zNameParam==0 );
        url_add_parameter(pUrl, "fn", zFilename);
        if( zCI ) url_add_parameter(pUrl, "ci", zCI);
      }
      return rid;
    }
  }
  manifest_destroy(pManifest);
................................................................................
  int descOnly = fossil_strcmp(g.zPath,"whatis")==0;
  int isFile = fossil_strcmp(g.zPath,"file")==0;
  const char *zLn = P("ln");
  const char *zName = P("name");
  HQuery url;

  url_initialize(&url, g.zPath);
  rid = artifact_from_ci_and_filename(&url, 0);
  if( rid==0 ){
    url_add_parameter(&url, "name", zName);
    if( isFile ){
      /* Do a top-level directory listing in /file mode if no argument
      ** specified */
      if( zName==0 || zName[0]==0 ){
        if( P("ci")==0 ) cgi_set_query_parameter("ci","tip");
................................................................................
  if( (objType & (OBJTYPE_WIKI|OBJTYPE_TICKET))!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Parsed", "%R/info/%s", zUuid);
  }
  if( descOnly ){
    style_submenu_element("Content", "%R/artifact/%s", zUuid);
  }else{
    if( zLn==0 || atoi(zLn)==0 ){
      style_submenu_checkbox("ln", "Line Numbers", 0, 0);
    }
    @ <hr />
    content_get(rid, &content);
    if( renderAsWiki ){
      wiki_render_by_mimetype(&content, zMime);
    }else if( renderAsHtml ){
      @ <iframe src="%R/raw/%T(blob_str(&downloadName))?name=%s(zUuid)"

  VAL(capabilities, json_cap_value());
  INT(g, argc);
  INT(g, isConst);
  CSTR(g, zConfigDbName);
  INT(g, repositoryOpen);
  INT(g, localOpen);
  INT(g, minPrefix);
  INT(g, fNoDirSymlinks);
  INT(g, fSqlTrace);
  INT(g, fSqlStats);
  INT(g, fSqlPrint);
  INT(g, fQuiet);
  INT(g, fHttpTrace);
  INT(g, fSystemTrace);
  INT(g, fNoSync);

  VAL(capabilities, json_cap_value());
  INT(g, argc);
  INT(g, isConst);
  CSTR(g, zConfigDbName);
  INT(g, repositoryOpen);
  INT(g, localOpen);
  INT(g, minPrefix);

  INT(g, fSqlTrace);
  INT(g, fSqlStats);
  INT(g, fSqlPrint);
  INT(g, fQuiet);
  INT(g, fHttpTrace);
  INT(g, fSystemTrace);
  INT(g, fNoSync);

    fossil_fatal("Problem committing manifest: %s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d)", brid);
  if( manifest_crosslink(brid, &branch, MC_PERMIT_HOOKS)==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("%s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  assert( blob_is_reset(&branch) );
  content_deltify(rootid, brid, 0);
  if( zNewRid ){
    *zNewRid = brid;
  }

  /* Commit */
  db_end_transaction(0);

    fossil_fatal("Problem committing manifest: %s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d)", brid);
  if( manifest_crosslink(brid, &branch, MC_PERMIT_HOOKS)==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("%s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  assert( blob_is_reset(&branch) );
  content_deltify(rootid, &brid, 1, 0);
  if( zNewRid ){
    *zNewRid = brid;
  }

  /* Commit */
  db_end_transaction(0);

  char *zRepositoryName;  /* Name of the repository database file */
  char *zLocalDbName;     /* Name of the local database file */
  char *zOpenRevision;    /* Check-in version to use during database open */
  int localOpen;          /* True if the local database is open */
  char *zLocalRoot;       /* The directory holding the  local database */
  int minPrefix;          /* Number of digits needed for a distinct UUID */
  int eHashPolicy;        /* Current hash policy.  One of HPOLICY_* */
  int fNoDirSymlinks;     /* True if --no-dir-symlinks flag is present */
  int fSqlTrace;          /* True if --sqltrace flag is present */
  int fSqlStats;          /* True if --sqltrace or --sqlstats are present */
  int fSqlPrint;          /* True if -sqlprint flag is present */
  int fQuiet;             /* True if -quiet flag is present */
  int fJail;              /* True if running with a chroot jail */
  int fHttpTrace;         /* Trace outbound HTTP requests */
  int fAnyTrace;          /* Any kind of tracing */
................................................................................
      "another flag and is treated as such. --args FILENAME may be used\n"
      "in conjunction with any other flags.\n");
    fossil_exit(1);
  }else{
    const char *zChdir = find_option("chdir",0,1);
    g.isHTTP = 0;
    g.rcvid = 0;
    g.fNoDirSymlinks = find_option("no-dir-symlinks", 0, 0)!=0;
    g.fQuiet = find_option("quiet", 0, 0)!=0;
    g.fSqlTrace = find_option("sqltrace", 0, 0)!=0;
    g.fSqlStats = find_option("sqlstats", 0, 0)!=0;
    g.fSystemTrace = find_option("systemtrace", 0, 0)!=0;
    g.fSshTrace = find_option("sshtrace", 0, 0)!=0;
    g.fSshClient = 0;
    g.zSshCmd = 0;
................................................................................
  atexit( fossil_atexit );
#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_HOOKS
  /*
  ** The TH1 return codes from the hook will be handled as follows:
  **
  ** TH_OK: The xFunc() and the TH1 notification will both be executed.
  **
  ** TH_ERROR: The xFunc() will be executed, the TH1 notification will be
  **           skipped.  If the xFunc() is being hooked, the error message
  **           will be emitted.
  **
  ** TH_BREAK: The xFunc() and the TH1 notification will both be skipped.
  **
  ** TH_RETURN: The xFunc() will be executed, the TH1 notification will be
  **            skipped.
................................................................................
#if defined(FOSSIL_HAVE_FUSEFS)
  blob_appendf(pOut, "libfuse %s, loaded %s\n", fusefs_inc_version(),
               fusefs_lib_version());
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_DEBUG)
  blob_append(pOut, "FOSSIL_DEBUG\n", -1);
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_OMIT_DELTA_CKSUM_TEST)
  blob_append(pOut, "FOSSIL_OMIT_DELTA_CKSUM_TEST\n", -1);
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM)
  blob_append(pOut, "FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM\n", -1);
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS)
  blob_append(pOut, "FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS\n", -1);
#endif
................................................................................
      if( nName<7 ) continue;
      zUrl = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*s", nName-7, zName);
      if( sqlite3_strglob("*.fossil", zName)!=0 ){
        /* The "fossil server DIRECTORY" and "fossil ui DIRECTORY" commands
        ** do not work for repositories whose names do not end in ".fossil".
        ** So do not hyperlink those cases. */
        @ <li>%h(zName)</li>



      } else if( allRepo && sqlite3_strglob("[a-zA-Z]:/?*", zName)!=0 ){
        @ <li><a href="%R/%T(zUrl)/home" target="_blank">/%h(zName)</a></li>
      }else{
        @ <li><a href="%R/%T(zUrl)/home" target="_blank">%h(zName)</a></li>
      }
      sqlite3_free(zUrl);
    }
................................................................................
    }
#endif
  }

  /* Locate the method specified by the path and execute the function
  ** that implements that method.
  */
  if( dispatch_name_search(g.zPath-1, CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE, &pCmd) ){


#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_JSON
    if(g.json.isJsonMode){
      json_err(FSL_JSON_E_RESOURCE_NOT_FOUND,NULL,0);
    }else
#endif
    {
#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_HOOKS
................................................................................
  }else{
#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_HOOKS
    /*
    ** The TH1 return codes from the hook will be handled as follows:
    **
    ** TH_OK: The xFunc() and the TH1 notification will both be executed.
    **
    ** TH_ERROR: The xFunc() will be executed, the TH1 notification will be
    **           skipped.  If the xFunc() is being hooked, the error message
    **           will be emitted.
    **
    ** TH_BREAK: The xFunc() and the TH1 notification will both be skipped.
    **
    ** TH_RETURN: The xFunc() will be executed, the TH1 notification will be
    **            skipped.

  char *zRepositoryName;  /* Name of the repository database file */
  char *zLocalDbName;     /* Name of the local database file */
  char *zOpenRevision;    /* Check-in version to use during database open */
  int localOpen;          /* True if the local database is open */
  char *zLocalRoot;       /* The directory holding the  local database */
  int minPrefix;          /* Number of digits needed for a distinct UUID */
  int eHashPolicy;        /* Current hash policy.  One of HPOLICY_* */

  int fSqlTrace;          /* True if --sqltrace flag is present */
  int fSqlStats;          /* True if --sqltrace or --sqlstats are present */
  int fSqlPrint;          /* True if -sqlprint flag is present */
  int fQuiet;             /* True if -quiet flag is present */
  int fJail;              /* True if running with a chroot jail */
  int fHttpTrace;         /* Trace outbound HTTP requests */
  int fAnyTrace;          /* Any kind of tracing */
................................................................................
      "another flag and is treated as such. --args FILENAME may be used\n"
      "in conjunction with any other flags.\n");
    fossil_exit(1);
  }else{
    const char *zChdir = find_option("chdir",0,1);
    g.isHTTP = 0;
    g.rcvid = 0;

    g.fQuiet = find_option("quiet", 0, 0)!=0;
    g.fSqlTrace = find_option("sqltrace", 0, 0)!=0;
    g.fSqlStats = find_option("sqlstats", 0, 0)!=0;
    g.fSystemTrace = find_option("systemtrace", 0, 0)!=0;
    g.fSshTrace = find_option("sshtrace", 0, 0)!=0;
    g.fSshClient = 0;
    g.zSshCmd = 0;
................................................................................
  atexit( fossil_atexit );
#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_HOOKS
  /*
  ** The TH1 return codes from the hook will be handled as follows:
  **
  ** TH_OK: The xFunc() and the TH1 notification will both be executed.
  **
  ** TH_ERROR: The xFunc() will be skipped, the TH1 notification will be
  **           skipped.  If the xFunc() is being hooked, the error message
  **           will be emitted.
  **
  ** TH_BREAK: The xFunc() and the TH1 notification will both be skipped.
  **
  ** TH_RETURN: The xFunc() will be executed, the TH1 notification will be
  **            skipped.
................................................................................
#if defined(FOSSIL_HAVE_FUSEFS)
  blob_appendf(pOut, "libfuse %s, loaded %s\n", fusefs_inc_version(),
               fusefs_lib_version());
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_DEBUG)
  blob_append(pOut, "FOSSIL_DEBUG\n", -1);
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_DELTA_CKSUM_TEST)
  blob_append(pOut, "FOSSIL_ENABLE_DELTA_CKSUM_TEST\n", -1);
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM)
  blob_append(pOut, "FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM\n", -1);
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS)
  blob_append(pOut, "FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS\n", -1);
#endif
................................................................................
      if( nName<7 ) continue;
      zUrl = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*s", nName-7, zName);
      if( sqlite3_strglob("*.fossil", zName)!=0 ){
        /* The "fossil server DIRECTORY" and "fossil ui DIRECTORY" commands
        ** do not work for repositories whose names do not end in ".fossil".
        ** So do not hyperlink those cases. */
        @ <li>%h(zName)</li>
      } else if( sqlite3_strglob("*/.*", zName)==0 ){
        /* Do not show hidden repos */
        @ <li>%h(zName) (hidden)</li>
      } else if( allRepo && sqlite3_strglob("[a-zA-Z]:/?*", zName)!=0 ){
        @ <li><a href="%R/%T(zUrl)/home" target="_blank">/%h(zName)</a></li>
      }else{
        @ <li><a href="%R/%T(zUrl)/home" target="_blank">%h(zName)</a></li>
      }
      sqlite3_free(zUrl);
    }
................................................................................
    }
#endif
  }

  /* Locate the method specified by the path and execute the function
  ** that implements that method.
  */
  if( dispatch_name_search(g.zPath-1, CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE, &pCmd)
   && dispatch_alias(g.zPath-1, &pCmd)
  ){
#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_JSON
    if(g.json.isJsonMode){
      json_err(FSL_JSON_E_RESOURCE_NOT_FOUND,NULL,0);
    }else
#endif
    {
#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_HOOKS
................................................................................
  }else{
#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_HOOKS
    /*
    ** The TH1 return codes from the hook will be handled as follows:
    **
    ** TH_OK: The xFunc() and the TH1 notification will both be executed.
    **
    ** TH_ERROR: The xFunc() will be skipped, the TH1 notification will be
    **           skipped.  If the xFunc() is being hooked, the error message
    **           will be emitted.
    **
    ** TH_BREAK: The xFunc() and the TH1 notification will both be skipped.
    **
    ** TH_RETURN: The xFunc() will be executed, the TH1 notification will be
    **            skipped.

  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/footer.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/xekri/css.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/xekri/details.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/xekri/footer.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/xekri/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/diff.tcl \
  $(SRCDIR)/markdown.md


TRANS_SRC = \
  $(OBJDIR)/add_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/allrepo_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/attach_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/bag_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/bisect_.c \

  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/footer.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/xekri/css.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/xekri/details.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/xekri/footer.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/xekri/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/diff.tcl \
  $(SRCDIR)/markdown.md \
  $(SRCDIR)/wiki.wiki

TRANS_SRC = \
  $(OBJDIR)/add_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/allrepo_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/attach_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/bag_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/bisect_.c \

}

# Additional resource files that get built into the executable.
#
set extra_files {
  diff.tcl
  markdown.md

  ../skins/*/*.txt
}

# Options used to compile the included SQLite library.
#
set SQLITE_OPTIONS {
  -DNDEBUG=1
................................................................................
endif

#### The directories where the OpenSSL include and library files are located.
#    The recommended usage here is to use the Sysinternals junction tool
#    to create a hard link between an "openssl-1.x" sub-directory of the
#    Fossil source code directory and the target OpenSSL source directory.
#
OPENSSLDIR = $(SRCDIR)/../compat/openssl-1.1.0f
OPENSSLINCDIR = $(OPENSSLDIR)/include
OPENSSLLIBDIR = $(OPENSSLDIR)

#### Either the directory where the Tcl library is installed or the Tcl
#    source code directory resides (depending on the value of the macro
#    FOSSIL_TCL_SOURCE).  If this points to the Tcl install directory,
#    this directory must have "include" and "lib" sub-directories.  If
................................................................................

# Enable support for the SQLite Encryption Extension?
!ifndef USE_SEE
USE_SEE = 0
!endif

!if $(FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL)!=0
SSLDIR    = $(B)\compat\openssl-1.1.0f
SSLINCDIR = $(SSLDIR)\inc32
!if $(FOSSIL_DYNAMIC_BUILD)!=0
SSLLIBDIR = $(SSLDIR)\out32dll
!else
SSLLIBDIR = $(SSLDIR)\out32
!endif
SSLLFLAGS = /nologo /opt:ref /debug

}

# Additional resource files that get built into the executable.
#
set extra_files {
  diff.tcl
  markdown.md
  wiki.wiki
  ../skins/*/*.txt
}

# Options used to compile the included SQLite library.
#
set SQLITE_OPTIONS {
  -DNDEBUG=1
................................................................................
endif

#### The directories where the OpenSSL include and library files are located.
#    The recommended usage here is to use the Sysinternals junction tool
#    to create a hard link between an "openssl-1.x" sub-directory of the
#    Fossil source code directory and the target OpenSSL source directory.
#
OPENSSLDIR = $(SRCDIR)/../compat/openssl-1.1.0g
OPENSSLINCDIR = $(OPENSSLDIR)/include
OPENSSLLIBDIR = $(OPENSSLDIR)

#### Either the directory where the Tcl library is installed or the Tcl
#    source code directory resides (depending on the value of the macro
#    FOSSIL_TCL_SOURCE).  If this points to the Tcl install directory,
#    this directory must have "include" and "lib" sub-directories.  If
................................................................................

# Enable support for the SQLite Encryption Extension?
!ifndef USE_SEE
USE_SEE = 0
!endif

!if $(FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL)!=0
SSLDIR    = $(B)\compat\openssl-1.1.0g
SSLINCDIR = $(SSLDIR)\inc32
!if $(FOSSIL_DYNAMIC_BUILD)!=0
SSLLIBDIR = $(SSLDIR)\out32dll
!else
SSLLIBDIR = $(SSLDIR)\out32
!endif
SSLLFLAGS = /nologo /opt:ref /debug

    db_bind_int(&s1, ":n", fnid);
    db_bind_int(&s1, ":pfn", pfnid);
    db_bind_int(&s1, ":mp", mperm);
    db_bind_int(&s1, ":isaux", isPrimary==0);
    db_exec(&s1);
  }
  if( pid && fid ){
    content_deltify(pid, fid, 0);
  }
}

/*
** Do a binary search to find a file in the p->aFile[] array.
**
** As an optimization, guess that the file we seek is at index p->iFile.
................................................................................
  }

  /* Try to make the parent manifest a delta from the child, if that
  ** is an appropriate thing to do.  For a new baseline, make the
  ** previous baseline a delta from the current baseline.
  */
  if( (pParent->zBaseline==0)==(pChild->zBaseline==0) ){
    content_deltify(pmid, mid, 0);
  }else if( pChild->zBaseline==0 && pParent->zBaseline!=0 ){
    content_deltify(pParent->pBaseline->rid, mid, 0);
  }

  /* Remember all children less than a few seconds younger than their parent,
  ** as we might want to fudge the times for those children.
  */
  if( pChild->rDate<pParent->rDate+AGE_FUDGE_WINDOW
      && manifest_crosslink_busy
................................................................................
    prior = db_int(0,
      "SELECT rid FROM tagxref"
      " WHERE tagid=%d AND mtime<%.17g"
      " ORDER BY mtime DESC",
      tagid, p->rDate
    );
    if( prior ){
      content_deltify(prior, rid, 0);
    }
    if( nWiki>0 ){
      zComment = mprintf("Changes to wiki page [%h]", p->zWikiTitle);
    }else{
      zComment = mprintf("Deleted wiki page [%h]", p->zWikiTitle);
    }
    search_doc_touch('w',rid,p->zWikiTitle);
................................................................................
    subsequent = db_int(0,
      "SELECT rid FROM tagxref"
      " WHERE tagid=%d AND mtime>=%.17g AND rid!=%d"
      " ORDER BY mtime",
      tagid, p->rDate, rid
    );
    if( prior ){
      content_deltify(prior, rid, 0);
      if( !subsequent ){
        db_multi_exec(
          "DELETE FROM event"
          " WHERE type='e'"
          "   AND tagid=%d"
          "   AND objid IN (SELECT rid FROM tagxref WHERE tagid=%d)",
          tagid, tagid
        );
      }
    }
    if( subsequent ){
      content_deltify(rid, subsequent, 0);
    }else{
      search_doc_touch('e',rid,0);
      db_multi_exec(
        "REPLACE INTO event(type,mtime,objid,tagid,user,comment,bgcolor)"
        "VALUES('e',%.17g,%d,%d,%Q,%Q,"
        "  (SELECT value FROM tagxref WHERE tagid=%d AND rid=%d));",
        p->rEventDate, rid, tagid, p->zUser, p->zComment,

    db_bind_int(&s1, ":n", fnid);
    db_bind_int(&s1, ":pfn", pfnid);
    db_bind_int(&s1, ":mp", mperm);
    db_bind_int(&s1, ":isaux", isPrimary==0);
    db_exec(&s1);
  }
  if( pid && fid ){
    content_deltify(pid, &fid, 1, 0);
  }
}

/*
** Do a binary search to find a file in the p->aFile[] array.
**
** As an optimization, guess that the file we seek is at index p->iFile.
................................................................................
  }

  /* Try to make the parent manifest a delta from the child, if that
  ** is an appropriate thing to do.  For a new baseline, make the
  ** previous baseline a delta from the current baseline.
  */
  if( (pParent->zBaseline==0)==(pChild->zBaseline==0) ){
    content_deltify(pmid, &mid, 1, 0);
  }else if( pChild->zBaseline==0 && pParent->zBaseline!=0 ){
    content_deltify(pParent->pBaseline->rid, &mid, 1, 0);
  }

  /* Remember all children less than a few seconds younger than their parent,
  ** as we might want to fudge the times for those children.
  */
  if( pChild->rDate<pParent->rDate+AGE_FUDGE_WINDOW
      && manifest_crosslink_busy
................................................................................
    prior = db_int(0,
      "SELECT rid FROM tagxref"
      " WHERE tagid=%d AND mtime<%.17g"
      " ORDER BY mtime DESC",
      tagid, p->rDate
    );
    if( prior ){
      content_deltify(prior, &rid, 1, 0);
    }
    if( nWiki>0 ){
      zComment = mprintf("Changes to wiki page [%h]", p->zWikiTitle);
    }else{
      zComment = mprintf("Deleted wiki page [%h]", p->zWikiTitle);
    }
    search_doc_touch('w',rid,p->zWikiTitle);
................................................................................
    subsequent = db_int(0,
      "SELECT rid FROM tagxref"
      " WHERE tagid=%d AND mtime>=%.17g AND rid!=%d"
      " ORDER BY mtime",
      tagid, p->rDate, rid
    );
    if( prior ){
      content_deltify(prior, &rid, 1, 0);
      if( !subsequent ){
        db_multi_exec(
          "DELETE FROM event"
          " WHERE type='e'"
          "   AND tagid=%d"
          "   AND objid IN (SELECT rid FROM tagxref WHERE tagid=%d)",
          tagid, tagid
        );
      }
    }
    if( subsequent ){
      content_deltify(rid, &subsequent, 1, 0);
    }else{
      search_doc_touch('e',rid,0);
      db_multi_exec(
        "REPLACE INTO event(type,mtime,objid,tagid,user,comment,bgcolor)"
        "VALUES('e',%.17g,%d,%d,%Q,%Q,"
        "  (SELECT value FROM tagxref WHERE tagid=%d AND rid=%d));",
        p->rEventDate, rid, tagid, p->zUser, p->zComment,

# Markdown Overview #

## Paragraphs ##

> Paragraphs are divided by blank lines.
> End a line with two or more spaces to force a mid-paragraph line break.

## Headings ##

>
    # Top-level Heading                         Alternative Top Level Heading
    # Top-level Heading Variant #               =============================
>
    ## Second-level Heading                     Alternative 2nd Level Heading
    ## Second-level Heading Variant ##          -----------------------------






## Links ##

> 1.  **\[display text\]\(URL\)**
> 2.  **\[display text\]\(URL "Title"\)**
> 3.  **\[display text\]\(URL 'Title'\)**
> 4.  **\<URL\>**
................................................................................
    > This paragraph is indented
> >
    > > Double-indented paragraph

> Begin each line with at least four spaces or one tab to produce a verbatim
> code block.




















## Miscellaneous ##

> *   In-line images are made using **\!\[alt-text\]\(image-URL\)**.
> *   Use HTML for complex formatting such as tables and forms.


> *   Escape special characters (ex: "\[", "\(", "\*")
>     using backslash (ex: "\\\[", "\\\(", "\\\*").
> *   A line consisting of **---**, **\*\*\***, or **\_\_\_** is a horizontal
>     rule.  Spaces and extra **-**/**\***/**_** are allowed.
> *   See [daringfireball.net][] for additional information.
> *   See this page's [Markdown source](/md_rules?txt=1) for more examples.

## Special Features For Fossil ##

> *  In hyperlinks, if the URL begins with "/" then the root of the Fossil
>    repository is prepended.  This allows for repository-relative hyperlinks.
> *  For documents that begin with a top-level heading (ex: "# heading #"), the
>    heading is omitted from the body of the document and becomes the document
>    title displayed at the top of the Fossil page.

[daringfireball.net]: http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/syntax

# Markdown Overview #

## Paragraphs ##

> Paragraphs are divided by blank lines.  
> End a line with two or more spaces to force a mid-paragraph line break.

## Headings ##

>
    # Top Level Heading                 Alternative Top Level Heading
    # Top Level Heading Variant #       =============================
>
    ## 2nd Level Heading                Alternative 2nd Level Heading
    ## 2nd Level Heading Variant ##     -----------------------------
>
    ### 3rd Level Heading               ### 3rd Level Heading Variant ###
    #### 4th Level Heading              #### 4th Level Heading Variant ####
    ##### 5th Level Heading             ##### 5th Level Heading Variant #####
    ###### 6th Level Heading            ###### 6th Level Heading Variant ######

## Links ##

> 1.  **\[display text\]\(URL\)**
> 2.  **\[display text\]\(URL "Title"\)**
> 3.  **\[display text\]\(URL 'Title'\)**
> 4.  **\<URL\>**
................................................................................
    > This paragraph is indented
> >
    > > Double-indented paragraph

> Begin each line with at least four spaces or one tab to produce a verbatim
> code block.

## Tables ##

>
    | Header 1     | Header 2    | Header 3      |
    ----------------------------------------------
    | Row 1 Col 1  | Row 1 Col 2 | Row 1 Col 3   |
    |:Left-aligned |:Centered   :| Right-aligned:|
    |              | ← Blank   → |               |
    | Row 4 Col 1  | Row 4 Col 2 | Row 4 Col 3   |

> The first row is a header if followed by a horizontal rule or a blank line.

> Placing **:** at the left, both, or right sides of a cell gives left-aligned,
> centered, or right-aligned text, respectively.  By default, header cells are
> centered, and body cells are left-aligned.

> The leftmost **\|** is required if the first column contains at least one
> blank cell.  The rightmost **\|** is optional.

## Miscellaneous ##

> *   In-line images are made using **\!\[alt-text\]\(image-URL\)**.

> *   Use HTML for advanced formatting such as forms.
> *   **\<!--** HTML-style comments **-->** are supported.
> *   Escape special characters (ex: **\[** **\(** **\|** **\***)
>     using backslash (ex: **\\\[** **\\\(** **\\\|** **\\\***).
> *   A line consisting of **---**, **\*\*\***, or **\_\_\_** is a horizontal
>     rule.  Spaces and extra **-**/**\***/**_** are allowed.
> *   See [daringfireball.net][] for additional information.
> *   See this page's [Markdown source](/md_rules?txt=1) for complex examples.

## Special Features For Fossil ##

> *  In hyperlinks, if the URL begins with **/** then the root of the Fossil
>    repository is prepended.  This allows for repository-relative hyperlinks.
> *  For documents that begin with a top-level heading (ex: **# heading #**),
>    the heading is omitted from the body of the document and becomes the
>    document title displayed at the top of the Fossil page.

[daringfireball.net]: http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/syntax

    html_escape(ob, blob_buffer(link), blob_size(link));
  }
  BLOB_APPEND_LITERAL(ob, "</a>");
  return 1;
}

static int html_code_span(struct Blob *ob, struct Blob *text, void *opaque){

  BLOB_APPEND_LITERAL(ob, "<code>");
  html_escape(ob, blob_buffer(text), blob_size(text));
  BLOB_APPEND_LITERAL(ob, "</code>");

  return 1;
}

static int html_double_emphasis(
  struct Blob *ob,
  struct Blob *text,
  char c,

    html_escape(ob, blob_buffer(link), blob_size(link));
  }
  BLOB_APPEND_LITERAL(ob, "</a>");
  return 1;
}

static int html_code_span(struct Blob *ob, struct Blob *text, void *opaque){
  if( text ){
    BLOB_APPEND_LITERAL(ob, "<code>");
    html_escape(ob, blob_buffer(text), blob_size(text));
    BLOB_APPEND_LITERAL(ob, "</code>");
  }
  return 1;
}

static int html_double_emphasis(
  struct Blob *ob,
  struct Blob *text,
  char c,

**
**   -f|--force              Force the merge even if it would be a no-op.
**
**   --force-missing         Force the merge even if there is missing content.
**
**   --integrate             Merged branch will be closed when committing.
**
**   --no-dir-symlinks       Disables support for directory symlinks.
**
**   -n|--dry-run            If given, display instead of run actions
**
**   -v|--verbose            Show additional details of the merge
*/
void merge_cmd(void){
  int vid;              /* Current version "V" */
  int mid;              /* Version we are merging from "M" */

**
**   -f|--force              Force the merge even if it would be a no-op.
**
**   --force-missing         Force the merge even if there is missing content.
**
**   --integrate             Merged branch will be closed when committing.
**


**   -n|--dry-run            If given, display instead of run actions
**
**   -v|--verbose            Show additional details of the merge
*/
void merge_cmd(void){
  int vid;              /* Current version "V" */
  int mid;              /* Version we are merging from "M" */

*******************************************************************************
**
** This is a stand-alone utility program that is part of the Fossil build
** process.  This program reads files named on the command line and converts
** them into ANSI-C static char array variables.  Output is written onto
** standard output.
**
** The makefiles use this utility package various resources (large scripts,
** GIF images, etc) that are separate files in the source code as byte
** arrays in the resulting executable.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>

*******************************************************************************
**
** This is a stand-alone utility program that is part of the Fossil build
** process.  This program reads files named on the command line and converts
** them into ANSI-C static char array variables.  Output is written onto
** standard output.
**
** The makefiles use this utility to package various resources (large scripts,
** GIF images, etc) that are separate files in the source code as byte
** arrays in the resulting executable.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>

**
** Author contact information:
**   drh@hwaci.com
**   http://www.hwaci.com/drh/
**
*******************************************************************************
**
** This program scans Fossil source code files looking for special
** comments that indicate a command-line command or a webpage.  This
** routine collects information about these entry points and then
** generates (on standard output) C code used by Fossil to dispatch
** to those entry points.
**
** The source code is scanned for comment lines of the form:
**
**       WEBPAGE:  /abc/xyz
**       COMMAND:  cmdname

**
** These comment should be followed by a function definition of the
** form:

**
**       void function_name(void){
**
** This routine creates C source code for a constant table that maps
** command and webpage name into pointers to the function.
**
** Command names can divided into three classes:  1st-tier, 2nd-tier,
** and test.  1st-tier commands are the most frequently used and the
** ones that show up with "fossil help".  2nd-tier are seldom-used and/or
** legacy command.  Test commands are unsupported commands used for testing
** and analysis only.
**
** Commands are 1st-tier by default.  If the command name begins with
................................................................................
** a test command.  If the command name has a "2nd-tier" argument or ends
** with a "*" character, it is second tier.  Examples:
**
**        COMMAND:  abcde*
**        COMMAND:  fghij        2nd-tier
**        COMMAND:  test-xyzzy
**        COMMAND:  xyzzy        test






**
** New arguments may be added in future releases that set additional
** bits in the eCmdFlags field.
**
** Additional lines of comment after the COMMAND: or WEBPAGE: become
** the built-in help text for that command or webpage.
**
** Multiple COMMAND: entries can be attached to the same command, thus
** creating multiple aliases for that command.  Similarly, multiple
** WEBPAGE: entries can be attached to the same webpage function, to give
** that page aliases.










*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <string.h>

/***************************************************************************
** These macros must match similar macros in dispatch.c.
**
** Allowed values for CmdOrPage.eCmdFlags. */
#define CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER  0x0001      /* Most important commands */
#define CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER  0x0002      /* Obscure and seldom used commands */
#define CMDFLAG_TEST      0x0004      /* Commands for testing only */
#define CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE   0x0008      /* Web pages */
#define CMDFLAG_COMMAND   0x0010      /* A command */




/**************************************************************************/

/*
** Each entry looks like this:
*/
typedef struct Entry {
  int eType;        /* CMDFLAG_* values */
  char *zIf;        /* Enclose in #if */
  char *zFunc;      /* Name of implementation */
  char *zPath;      /* Webpage or command name */
  char *zHelp;      /* Help text */


  int iHelp;        /* Index of Help text */

} Entry;

/*
** Maximum number of entries
*/
#define N_ENTRY 5000

................................................................................
      aEntry[nUsed].eType |= CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER;
    }else if( j==8 && strncmp(&zLine[i], "2nd-tier", j)==0 ){
      aEntry[nUsed].eType &= ~(CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER|CMDFLAG_TEST);
      aEntry[nUsed].eType |= CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER;
    }else if( j==4 && strncmp(&zLine[i], "test", j)==0 ){
      aEntry[nUsed].eType &= ~(CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER|CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER);
      aEntry[nUsed].eType |= CMDFLAG_TEST;















    }else{
      fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: unknown option: '%.*s'\n",
              zFile, nLine, j, &zLine[i]);
      nErr++;
    }
  }

  nUsed++;

}

/*
** Check to see if the current line is an #if and if it is, add it to
** the zIf[] string.  If the current line is an #endif or #else or #elif
** then cancel the current zIf[] string.
*/
................................................................................
  if( strncmp(&zLine[i],"if",2)==0 ){
    zIf[0] = '#';
    memcpy(&zIf[1], &zLine[i], len+1);
  }else if( zLine[i]=='e' ){
    zIf[0] = 0;
  }
}


















/*
** Scan a line for a function that implements a web page or command.
*/
void scan_for_func(char *zLine){
  int i,j,k;
  char *z;

  if( nUsed<=nFixed ) return;
  if( strncmp(zLine, "**", 2)==0
   && fossil_isspace(zLine[2])
   && strlen(zLine)<sizeof(zHelp)-nHelp-1
   && nUsed>nFixed
   && strncmp(zLine,"** COMMAND:",11)!=0
   && strncmp(zLine,"** WEBPAGE:",11)!=0


  ){
    if( zLine[2]=='\n' ){
      zHelp[nHelp++] = '\n';
    }else{
      if( strncmp(&zLine[3], "Usage: ", 6)==0 ) nHelp = 0;
      strcpy(&zHelp[nHelp], &zLine[3]);
      nHelp += strlen(&zHelp[nHelp]);
    }
    return;
  }
  for(i=0; fossil_isspace(zLine[i]); i++){}
  if( zLine[i]==0 ) return;


  if( strncmp(&zLine[i],"void",4)!=0 ){
    if( zLine[i]!='*' ) goto page_skip;
    return;
  }
  i += 4;
  if( !fossil_isspace(zLine[i]) ) goto page_skip;
  while( fossil_isspace(zLine[i]) ){ i++; }
  for(j=0; fossil_isident(zLine[i+j]); j++){}
  if( j==0 ) goto page_skip;

  for(k=nHelp-1; k>=0 && fossil_isspace(zHelp[k]); k--){}
  nHelp = k+1;
  zHelp[nHelp] = 0;
  for(k=0; k<nHelp && fossil_isspace(zHelp[k]); k++){}
  if( k<nHelp ){
    z = string_dup(&zHelp[k], nHelp-k);
  }else{
    z = "";
  }
  for(k=nFixed; k<nUsed; k++){
    aEntry[k].zIf = zIf[0] ? string_dup(zIf, -1) : 0;
    aEntry[k].zFunc = string_dup(&zLine[i], j);
    aEntry[k].zHelp = z;
    z = 0;
    aEntry[k].iHelp = nFixed;
  }

  i+=j;
  while( fossil_isspace(zLine[i]) ){ i++; }
  if( zLine[i]!='(' ) goto page_skip;

  nFixed = nUsed;
  nHelp = 0;
  return;

page_skip:
   for(i=nFixed; i<nUsed; i++){
      fprintf(stderr,"%s:%d: skipping page \"%s\"\n",
................................................................................
    "** This file was generated by the mkindex.exe program based on\n"
    "** comments in other Fossil source files.\n"
    "*/\n"
  );

  /* Output declarations for all the action functions */
  for(i=0; i<nFixed; i++){

    if( aEntry[i].zIf ) printf("%s", aEntry[i].zIf);
    printf("extern void %s(void);\n", aEntry[i].zFunc);
    if( aEntry[i].zIf ) printf("#endif\n");
  }

  /* Output strings for all the help text */
  for(i=0; i<nFixed; i++){
................................................................................
    const char *z = aEntry[i].zPath;
    int n = strlen(z);
    if( aEntry[i].zIf ){
      printf("%s", aEntry[i].zIf);
    }else if( (aEntry[i].eType & CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE)!=0 ){
      nWeb++;
    }
    printf("  { \"%.*s\",%*s%s,%*szHelp%03d, 0x%02x },\n",
      n, z,
      25-n, "",
      aEntry[i].zFunc,
      (int)(30-strlen(aEntry[i].zFunc)), "",
      aEntry[i].iHelp,
      aEntry[i].eType
    );
    if( aEntry[i].zIf ) printf("#endif\n");
  }
  printf("};\n");
  printf("#define FOSSIL_FIRST_CMD %d\n", nWeb);

































}

/*
** Process a single file of input
*/
void process_file(void){
  FILE *in = fopen(zFile, "r");
................................................................................
  nLine = 0;
  while( fgets(zLine, sizeof(zLine), in) ){
    nLine++;
    scan_for_if(zLine);
    scan_for_label("WEBPAGE:",zLine,CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE);
    scan_for_label("COMMAND:",zLine,CMDFLAG_COMMAND);
    scan_for_func(zLine);


  }
  fclose(in);
  nUsed = nFixed;
}

int main(int argc, char **argv){
  int i;

**
** Author contact information:
**   drh@hwaci.com
**   http://www.hwaci.com/drh/
**
*******************************************************************************
**
** This utility program scans Fossil source text looking for specially
** formatted comments and generates C source code for constant tables
** that define the behavior of commands, webpages, and settings.


**
** The source code is scanned for comment lines of the form:
**
**       WEBPAGE:  /abc/xyz
**       COMMAND:  cmdname
**       SETTING:  access-log
**
** The WEBPAGE and COMMAND comments should be followed by a function that

** implements the webpage or command.  The form of this function is:
**
**       void function_name(void){
**



** Command names can divided into three classes:  1st-tier, 2nd-tier,
** and test.  1st-tier commands are the most frequently used and the
** ones that show up with "fossil help".  2nd-tier are seldom-used and/or
** legacy command.  Test commands are unsupported commands used for testing
** and analysis only.
**
** Commands are 1st-tier by default.  If the command name begins with
................................................................................
** a test command.  If the command name has a "2nd-tier" argument or ends
** with a "*" character, it is second tier.  Examples:
**
**        COMMAND:  abcde*
**        COMMAND:  fghij        2nd-tier
**        COMMAND:  test-xyzzy
**        COMMAND:  xyzzy        test
**
** A SETTING: may be followed by arguments that give additional attributes
** to that setting:
**
**        SETTING:  clean-blob   versionable width=40 block-text
**        SETTING:  auto-shun    boolean default=on
**
** New arguments may be added in future releases that set additional
** bits in the eCmdFlags field.
**
** Additional lines of comment after the COMMAND: or WEBPAGE: or SETTING:
** become the built-in help text for that command or webpage or setting.
**
** Multiple COMMAND: entries can be attached to the same command, thus
** creating multiple aliases for that command.  Similarly, multiple
** WEBPAGE: entries can be attached to the same webpage function, to give
** that page aliases.
**
** For SETTING: entries, the default value for the setting can be specified
** using a default=VALUE argument if the default contains no spaces.  If the
** default value does contain spaces, use a separate line like this:
**
**        SETTING: pgp-command
**        DEFAULT: gpg --clearsign -o
**
** If no default is supplied, the default is assumed to be an empty string
** or "off" in the case of a boolean.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <string.h>

/***************************************************************************
** These macros must match similar macros in dispatch.c.
**
** Allowed values for CmdOrPage.eCmdFlags. */
#define CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER    0x0001      /* Most important commands */
#define CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER    0x0002      /* Obscure and seldom used commands */
#define CMDFLAG_TEST        0x0004      /* Commands for testing only */
#define CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE     0x0008      /* Web pages */
#define CMDFLAG_COMMAND     0x0010      /* A command */
#define CMDFLAG_SETTING     0x0020      /* A setting */
#define CMDFLAG_VERSIONABLE 0x0040      /* A versionable setting */
#define CMDFLAG_BLOCKTEXT   0x0080      /* Multi-line text setting */
#define CMDFLAG_BOOLEAN     0x0100      /* A boolean setting */
/**************************************************************************/

/*
** Each entry looks like this:
*/
typedef struct Entry {
  int eType;        /* CMDFLAG_* values */
  char *zIf;        /* Enclose in #if */
  char *zFunc;      /* Name of implementation */
  char *zPath;      /* Webpage or command name */
  char *zHelp;      /* Help text */
  char *zDflt;      /* Default value for settings */
  char *zVar;       /* config.name for settings, if different from zPath */
  int iHelp;        /* Index of Help text */
  int iWidth;       /* Display width for SETTING: values */
} Entry;

/*
** Maximum number of entries
*/
#define N_ENTRY 5000

................................................................................
      aEntry[nUsed].eType |= CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER;
    }else if( j==8 && strncmp(&zLine[i], "2nd-tier", j)==0 ){
      aEntry[nUsed].eType &= ~(CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER|CMDFLAG_TEST);
      aEntry[nUsed].eType |= CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER;
    }else if( j==4 && strncmp(&zLine[i], "test", j)==0 ){
      aEntry[nUsed].eType &= ~(CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER|CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER);
      aEntry[nUsed].eType |= CMDFLAG_TEST;
    }else if( j==7 && strncmp(&zLine[i], "boolean", j)==0 ){
      aEntry[nUsed].eType &= ~(CMDFLAG_BLOCKTEXT);
      aEntry[nUsed].iWidth = 0;
      aEntry[nUsed].eType |= CMDFLAG_BOOLEAN;
    }else if( j==10 && strncmp(&zLine[i], "block-text", j)==0 ){
      aEntry[nUsed].eType &= ~(CMDFLAG_BOOLEAN);
      aEntry[nUsed].eType |= CMDFLAG_BLOCKTEXT;
    }else if( j==11 && strncmp(&zLine[i], "versionable", j)==0 ){
      aEntry[nUsed].eType |= CMDFLAG_VERSIONABLE;
    }else if( j>6 && strncmp(&zLine[i], "width=", 6)==0 ){
      aEntry[nUsed].iWidth = atoi(&zLine[i+6]);
    }else if( j>8 && strncmp(&zLine[i], "default=", 8)==0 ){
      aEntry[nUsed].zDflt = string_dup(&zLine[i+8], j-8);
    }else if( j>9 && strncmp(&zLine[i], "variable=", 9)==0 ){
      aEntry[nUsed].zVar = string_dup(&zLine[i+9], j-9);
    }else{
      fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: unknown option: '%.*s'\n",
              zFile, nLine, j, &zLine[i]);
      nErr++;
    }
  }

  nUsed++;
  return;
}

/*
** Check to see if the current line is an #if and if it is, add it to
** the zIf[] string.  If the current line is an #endif or #else or #elif
** then cancel the current zIf[] string.
*/
................................................................................
  if( strncmp(&zLine[i],"if",2)==0 ){
    zIf[0] = '#';
    memcpy(&zIf[1], &zLine[i], len+1);
  }else if( zLine[i]=='e' ){
    zIf[0] = 0;
  }
}

/*
** Check to see if the current line is a "** DEFAULT: ..." line for a
** SETTING definition.  If so, remember the default value.
*/
void scan_for_default(const char *zLine){
  int len;
  const char *z;
  if( nUsed<1 ) return;
  if( (aEntry[nUsed-1].eType & CMDFLAG_SETTING)==0 ) return;
  if( strncmp(zLine, "** DEFAULT: ", 12)!=0 ) return;
  z = zLine + 12;
  while( fossil_isspace(z[0]) ) z++;
  len = (int)strlen(z);
  while( len>0 && fossil_isspace(z[len-1]) ){ len--; }
  aEntry[nUsed-1].zDflt = string_dup(z,len);
}

/*
** Scan a line for a function that implements a web page or command.
*/
void scan_for_func(char *zLine){
  int i,j,k;
  char *z;
  int isSetting;
  if( nUsed<=nFixed ) return;
  if( strncmp(zLine, "**", 2)==0
   && fossil_isspace(zLine[2])
   && strlen(zLine)<sizeof(zHelp)-nHelp-1
   && nUsed>nFixed
   && strncmp(zLine,"** COMMAND:",11)!=0
   && strncmp(zLine,"** WEBPAGE:",11)!=0
   && strncmp(zLine,"** SETTING:",11)!=0
   && strncmp(zLine,"** DEFAULT:",11)!=0
  ){
    if( zLine[2]=='\n' ){
      zHelp[nHelp++] = '\n';
    }else{
      if( strncmp(&zLine[3], "Usage: ", 6)==0 ) nHelp = 0;
      strcpy(&zHelp[nHelp], &zLine[3]);
      nHelp += strlen(&zHelp[nHelp]);
    }
    return;
  }
  for(i=0; fossil_isspace(zLine[i]); i++){}
  if( zLine[i]==0 ) return;
  isSetting = (aEntry[nFixed].eType & CMDFLAG_SETTING)!=0;
  if( !isSetting ){
    if( strncmp(&zLine[i],"void",4)!=0 ){
      if( zLine[i]!='*' ) goto page_skip;
      return;
    }
    i += 4;
    if( !fossil_isspace(zLine[i]) ) goto page_skip;
    while( fossil_isspace(zLine[i]) ){ i++; }
    for(j=0; fossil_isident(zLine[i+j]); j++){}
    if( j==0 ) goto page_skip;
  }
  for(k=nHelp-1; k>=0 && fossil_isspace(zHelp[k]); k--){}
  nHelp = k+1;
  zHelp[nHelp] = 0;
  for(k=0; k<nHelp && fossil_isspace(zHelp[k]); k++){}
  if( k<nHelp ){
    z = string_dup(&zHelp[k], nHelp-k);
  }else{
    z = "";
  }
  for(k=nFixed; k<nUsed; k++){
    aEntry[k].zIf = zIf[0] ? string_dup(zIf, -1) : 0;
    aEntry[k].zFunc = isSetting ? "0" : string_dup(&zLine[i], j);
    aEntry[k].zHelp = z;
    z = 0;
    aEntry[k].iHelp = nFixed;
  }
  if( !isSetting ){
    i+=j;
    while( fossil_isspace(zLine[i]) ){ i++; }
    if( zLine[i]!='(' ) goto page_skip;
  }
  nFixed = nUsed;
  nHelp = 0;
  return;

page_skip:
   for(i=nFixed; i<nUsed; i++){
      fprintf(stderr,"%s:%d: skipping page \"%s\"\n",
................................................................................
    "** This file was generated by the mkindex.exe program based on\n"
    "** comments in other Fossil source files.\n"
    "*/\n"
  );

  /* Output declarations for all the action functions */
  for(i=0; i<nFixed; i++){
    if( aEntry[i].eType & CMDFLAG_SETTING ) continue;
    if( aEntry[i].zIf ) printf("%s", aEntry[i].zIf);
    printf("extern void %s(void);\n", aEntry[i].zFunc);
    if( aEntry[i].zIf ) printf("#endif\n");
  }

  /* Output strings for all the help text */
  for(i=0; i<nFixed; i++){
................................................................................
    const char *z = aEntry[i].zPath;
    int n = strlen(z);
    if( aEntry[i].zIf ){
      printf("%s", aEntry[i].zIf);
    }else if( (aEntry[i].eType & CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE)!=0 ){
      nWeb++;
    }
    printf("  { \"%.*s\",%*s%s,%*szHelp%03d, 0x%03x },\n",
      n, z,
      25-n, "",
      aEntry[i].zFunc,
      (int)(29-strlen(aEntry[i].zFunc)), "",
      aEntry[i].iHelp,
      aEntry[i].eType
    );
    if( aEntry[i].zIf ) printf("#endif\n");
  }
  printf("};\n");
  printf("#define FOSSIL_FIRST_CMD %d\n", nWeb);

  /* Generate the aSetting[] table */
  printf("const Setting aSetting[] = {\n");
  for(i=0; i<nFixed; i++){
    const char *z;
    const char *zVar;
    const char *zDef;
    if( (aEntry[i].eType & CMDFLAG_SETTING)==0 ) continue;
    z = aEntry[i].zPath;
    zVar = aEntry[i].zVar;
    zDef = aEntry[i].zDflt;
    if( zDef==0 ) zDef = "";
    if( aEntry[i].zIf ){
      printf("%s", aEntry[i].zIf);
    }
    printf("  { \"%s\",%*s", z, (int)(20-strlen(z)), "");
    if( zVar ){
      printf(" \"%s\",%*s", zVar, (int)(15-strlen(zVar)), "");
    }else{
      printf(" 0,%*s", 16, "");
    }
    printf(" %3d, %d, %d, \"%s\"%*s },\n",
      aEntry[i].iWidth,
      (aEntry[i].eType & CMDFLAG_VERSIONABLE)!=0,
      (aEntry[i].eType & CMDFLAG_BLOCKTEXT)!=0,
      zDef, (int)(10-strlen(zDef)), ""
    );
    if( aEntry[i].zIf ){
      printf("#endif\n");
    }
  }
  printf("{0,0,0,0,0,0}};\n");

}

/*
** Process a single file of input
*/
void process_file(void){
  FILE *in = fopen(zFile, "r");
................................................................................
  nLine = 0;
  while( fgets(zLine, sizeof(zLine), in) ){
    nLine++;
    scan_for_if(zLine);
    scan_for_label("WEBPAGE:",zLine,CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE);
    scan_for_label("COMMAND:",zLine,CMDFLAG_COMMAND);
    scan_for_func(zLine);
    scan_for_label("SETTING:",zLine,CMDFLAG_SETTING);
    scan_for_default(zLine);
  }
  fclose(in);
  nUsed = nFixed;
}

int main(int argc, char **argv){
  int i;

**     ./a.out manifest.uuid manifest VERSION
**
** Note that the manifest.uuid and manifest files are generated by Fossil.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>










int main(int argc, char *argv[]){
    FILE *m,*u,*v;
    char *z;
#if defined(__DMC__)            /* e.g. 0x857 */
    int i = 0;
#endif
    int j = 0, x = 0, d = 0;
    int vn[3];
    char b[1000];
    char vx[1000];




    memset(b,0,sizeof(b));
    memset(vx,0,sizeof(vx));
    u = fopen(argv[1],"r");

    if( fgets(b, sizeof(b)-1,u)==0 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "malformed manifest.uuid file: %s\n", argv[1]);
      exit(1);
    }
    fclose(u);
    for(z=b; z[0] && z[0]!='\r' && z[0]!='\n'; z++){}
    *z = 0;
    printf("#define MANIFEST_UUID \"%s\"\n",b);
    printf("#define MANIFEST_VERSION \"[%10.10s]\"\n",b);
    m = fopen(argv[2],"r");
    while(b ==  fgets(b, sizeof(b)-1,m)){
        if(0 == strncmp("D ",b,2)){
            printf("#define MANIFEST_DATE \"%.10s %.8s\"\n",b+2,b+13);
            printf("#define MANIFEST_YEAR \"%.4s\"\n",b+2);
        }
    }
    fclose(m);
    v = fopen(argv[3],"r");
    if( fgets(b, sizeof(b)-1,v)==0 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "malformed VERSION file: %s\n", argv[3]);
      exit(1);
    }
    fclose(v);
    for(z=b; z[0] && z[0]!='\r' && z[0]!='\n'; z++){}
    *z = 0;

**     ./a.out manifest.uuid manifest VERSION
**
** Note that the manifest.uuid and manifest files are generated by Fossil.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>

static FILE *open_for_reading(const char *zFilename){
  FILE *f = fopen(zFilename, "r");
  if( f==0 ){
    fprintf(stderr, "cannot open \"%s\" for reading\n", zFilename);
    exit(1);
  }
  return f;
}

int main(int argc, char *argv[]){
    FILE *m,*u,*v;
    char *z;
#if defined(__DMC__)            /* e.g. 0x857 */
    int i = 0;
#endif
    int j = 0, x = 0, d = 0;
    int vn[3];
    char b[1000];
    char vx[1000];
    if( argc!=4 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s manifest.uuid manifest VERSION\n", argv[0]);
      exit(1);
    }
    memset(b,0,sizeof(b));
    memset(vx,0,sizeof(vx));

    u = open_for_reading(argv[1]);
    if( fgets(b, sizeof(b)-1,u)==0 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "malformed manifest.uuid file: %s\n", argv[1]);
      exit(1);
    }
    fclose(u);
    for(z=b; z[0] && z[0]!='\r' && z[0]!='\n'; z++){}
    *z = 0;
    printf("#define MANIFEST_UUID \"%s\"\n",b);
    printf("#define MANIFEST_VERSION \"[%10.10s]\"\n",b);
    m = open_for_reading(argv[2]);
    while(b ==  fgets(b, sizeof(b)-1,m)){
        if(0 == strncmp("D ",b,2)){
            printf("#define MANIFEST_DATE \"%.10s %.8s\"\n",b+2,b+13);
            printf("#define MANIFEST_YEAR \"%.4s\"\n",b+2);
        }
    }
    fclose(m);
    v = open_for_reading(argv[3]);
    if( fgets(b, sizeof(b)-1,v)==0 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "malformed VERSION file: %s\n", argv[3]);
      exit(1);
    }
    fclose(v);
    for(z=b; z[0] && z[0]!='\r' && z[0]!='\n'; z++){}
    *z = 0;

  char *zSha1Bg;
  char *zSha3Bg;

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  style_header("List Of Artifacts");
  style_submenu_element("250 Largest", "bigbloblist");



  if( !unpubOnly && mx>n && P("s")==0 ){
    int i;
    @ <p>Select a range of artifacts to view:</p>
    @ <ul>
    for(i=1; i<=mx; i+=n){
      @ <li> %z(href("%R/bloblist?s=%d&n=%d",i,n))
      @ %d(i)..%d(i+n-1<mx?i+n-1:mx)</a>
................................................................................
*/
void bigbloblist_page(void){
  Stmt q;
  int n = atoi(PD("n","250"));

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }




  style_header("%d Largest Artifacts", n);
  db_multi_exec(
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE toshow(rid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);"
    "INSERT INTO toshow(rid)"
    "  SELECT rid FROM blob"
    "   ORDER BY length(content) DESC"
    "   LIMIT %d;", n

  char *zSha1Bg;
  char *zSha3Bg;

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  style_header("List Of Artifacts");
  style_submenu_element("250 Largest", "bigbloblist");
  if( g.perm.Admin ){
    style_submenu_element("Artifact Log", "rcvfromlist");
  }
  if( !unpubOnly && mx>n && P("s")==0 ){
    int i;
    @ <p>Select a range of artifacts to view:</p>
    @ <ul>
    for(i=1; i<=mx; i+=n){
      @ <li> %z(href("%R/bloblist?s=%d&n=%d",i,n))
      @ %d(i)..%d(i+n-1<mx?i+n-1:mx)</a>
................................................................................
*/
void bigbloblist_page(void){
  Stmt q;
  int n = atoi(PD("n","250"));

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  if( g.perm.Admin ){
    style_submenu_element("Artifact Log", "rcvfromlist");
  }
  style_submenu_element("All Artifacts", "bloblist");
  style_header("%d Largest Artifacts", n);
  db_multi_exec(
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE toshow(rid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);"
    "INSERT INTO toshow(rid)"
    "  SELECT rid FROM blob"
    "   ORDER BY length(content) DESC"
    "   LIMIT %d;", n

*/
static struct {
  PathNode *pCurrent;   /* Current generation of nodes */
  PathNode *pAll;       /* All nodes */
  Bag seen;             /* Nodes seen before */
  int nStep;            /* Number of steps from first to last */
  PathNode *pStart;     /* Earliest node */
  PathNode *pPivot;     /* Common ancestor of pStart and pEnd */
  PathNode *pEnd;       /* Most recent */
} path;

/*
** Return the first (last) element of the computed path.
*/
PathNode *path_first(void){ return path.pStart; }
................................................................................
PathNode *path_midpoint(void){
  PathNode *p;
  int i;
  if( path.nStep<2 ) return 0;
  for(p=path.pEnd, i=0; p && i<path.nStep/2; p=p->pFrom, i++){}
  return p;
}

































/*
** COMMAND: test-shortest-path
**
** Usage: %fossil test-shortest-path ?--no-merge? VERSION1 VERSION2
**
** Report the shortest path between two check-ins.  If the --no-merge flag

*/
static struct {
  PathNode *pCurrent;   /* Current generation of nodes */
  PathNode *pAll;       /* All nodes */
  Bag seen;             /* Nodes seen before */
  int nStep;            /* Number of steps from first to last */
  PathNode *pStart;     /* Earliest node */

  PathNode *pEnd;       /* Most recent */
} path;

/*
** Return the first (last) element of the computed path.
*/
PathNode *path_first(void){ return path.pStart; }
................................................................................
PathNode *path_midpoint(void){
  PathNode *p;
  int i;
  if( path.nStep<2 ) return 0;
  for(p=path.pEnd, i=0; p && i<path.nStep/2; p=p->pFrom, i++){}
  return p;
}

/*
** Compute the shortest path between two check-ins and then transfer
** that path into the "ancestor" table.  This is a utility used by
** both /annotate and /finfo.  See also: compute_direct_ancestors().
*/
void path_shortest_stored_in_ancestor_table(
  int origid,     /* RID for check-in at start of the path */
  int cid         /* RID for check-in at the end of the path */
){
  PathNode *pPath;
  int gen = 0;
  Stmt ins;
  pPath = path_shortest(cid, origid, 1, 0);
  db_multi_exec(
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE IF NOT EXISTS ancestor("
    "  rid INT UNIQUE,"
    "  generation INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"
    ");"
    "DELETE FROM ancestor;"
  );
  db_prepare(&ins, "INSERT INTO ancestor(rid, generation) VALUES(:rid,:gen)");
  while( pPath ){
    db_bind_int(&ins, ":rid", pPath->rid);
    db_bind_int(&ins, ":gen", ++gen);
    db_step(&ins);
    db_reset(&ins);
    pPath = pPath->u.pTo;
  }
  db_finalize(&ins);
  path_reset();
}

/*
** COMMAND: test-shortest-path
**
** Usage: %fossil test-shortest-path ?--no-merge? VERSION1 VERSION2
**
** Report the shortest path between two check-ins.  If the --no-merge flag

**
** Options:
**    --ignore-merges       Ignore merges for discovering name pivots
*/
void test_find_pivot(void){
  int i, rid;
  int ignoreMerges = find_option("ignore-merges",0,0)!=0;

  if( g.argc<4 ){
    usage("?options? PRIMARY SECONDARY ...");
  }
  db_must_be_within_tree();
  pivot_set_primary(name_to_rid(g.argv[2]));
  for(i=3; i<g.argc; i++){
    pivot_set_secondary(name_to_rid(g.argv[i]));
  }
  rid = pivot_find(ignoreMerges);
  printf("pivot=%s\n",
         db_text("?","SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d",rid)
  );















}

**
** Options:
**    --ignore-merges       Ignore merges for discovering name pivots
*/
void test_find_pivot(void){
  int i, rid;
  int ignoreMerges = find_option("ignore-merges",0,0)!=0;
  int showDetails = find_option("details",0,0)!=0;
  if( g.argc<4 ){
    usage("?options? PRIMARY SECONDARY ...");
  }
  db_must_be_within_tree();
  pivot_set_primary(name_to_rid(g.argv[2]));
  for(i=3; i<g.argc; i++){
    pivot_set_secondary(name_to_rid(g.argv[i]));
  }
  rid = pivot_find(ignoreMerges);
  printf("pivot=%s\n",
         db_text("?","SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d",rid)
  );
  if( showDetails ){
    Stmt q;
    db_prepare(&q,
      "SELECT substr(uuid,1,12), aqueue.rid, datetime(aqueue.mtime),"
             " aqueue.pending, aqueue.src\n"
      "  FROM aqueue JOIN blob ON aqueue.rid=blob.rid\n"
      " ORDER BY aqueue.mtime DESC"
    );
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      printf("\"%s\",%d,\"%s\",%d,%d\n",
        db_column_text(&q, 0),
        db_column_int(&q, 1),
        db_column_text(&q, 2),
        db_column_int(&q, 3),
        db_column_int(&q, 4));
    }
    db_finalize(&q);
  }
}

    if( nDigitHuman > 40 ) nDigitHuman = 40;
    nDigitUrl = nDigitHuman + 6;
    if( nDigitUrl < FOSSIL_HASH_DIGITS_URL ) nDigitUrl = FOSSIL_HASH_DIGITS_URL;
    if( nDigitUrl > 40 ) nDigitUrl = 40;
  }
  return bForUrl ? nDigitUrl : nDigitHuman;
}








/*
** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
** following enumeration.
*/
#define etRADIX       1 /* Integer types.  %d, %x, %o, and so forth */
#define etFLOAT       2 /* Floating point.  %f */

    if( nDigitHuman > 40 ) nDigitHuman = 40;
    nDigitUrl = nDigitHuman + 6;
    if( nDigitUrl < FOSSIL_HASH_DIGITS_URL ) nDigitUrl = FOSSIL_HASH_DIGITS_URL;
    if( nDigitUrl > 40 ) nDigitUrl = 40;
  }
  return bForUrl ? nDigitUrl : nDigitHuman;
}

/*
** Return the number of characters in a %S output.
*/
int length_of_S_display(void){
  return hashDigits(0);
}

/*
** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
** following enumeration.
*/
#define etRADIX       1 /* Integer types.  %d, %x, %o, and so forth */
#define etFLOAT       2 /* Floating point.  %f */

  if(!g.fQuiet && ttyOutput ){
    percent_complete(1000);
    fossil_print("\n");
  }
  return errCnt;
}






/*
** Attempt to convert more full-text blobs into delta-blobs for
** storage efficiency.
*/
void extra_deltification(void){
  Stmt q;
  int topid, previd, rid;


  int prevfnid, fnid;
  db_begin_transaction();




  db_prepare(&q,
     "SELECT rid FROM event, blob"
     " WHERE blob.rid=event.objid"
     "   AND event.type='ci'"
     "   AND NOT EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM delta WHERE rid=blob.rid)"
     " ORDER BY event.mtime DESC"
  );
  topid = previd = 0;
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    rid = db_column_int(&q, 0);
    if( topid==0 ){
      topid = previd = rid;
    }else{
      if( content_deltify(rid, previd, 0)==0 && previd!=topid ){
        content_deltify(rid, topid, 0);
      }

      previd = rid;




    }
  }
  db_finalize(&q);





  db_prepare(&q,
     "SELECT blob.rid, mlink.fnid FROM blob, mlink, plink"
     " WHERE NOT EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM delta WHERE rid=blob.rid)"
     "   AND mlink.fid=blob.rid"
     "   AND mlink.mid=plink.cid"
     "   AND plink.cid=mlink.mid"
     " ORDER BY mlink.fnid, plink.mtime DESC"
  );
  prevfnid = 0;
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    rid = db_column_int(&q, 0);
    fnid = db_column_int(&q, 1);
    if( prevfnid!=fnid ){
      prevfnid = fnid;
      topid = previd = rid;
    }else{
      if( content_deltify(rid, previd, 0)==0 && previd!=topid ){
        content_deltify(rid, topid, 0);
      }

      previd = rid;




    }
  }
  db_finalize(&q);

  db_end_transaction(0);
}

  if(!g.fQuiet && ttyOutput ){
    percent_complete(1000);
    fossil_print("\n");
  }
  return errCnt;
}

/*
** Number of neighbors to search
*/
#define N_NEIGHBOR 5

/*
** Attempt to convert more full-text blobs into delta-blobs for
** storage efficiency.
*/
void extra_deltification(void){
  Stmt q;
  int aPrev[N_NEIGHBOR];
  int nPrev;
  int rid;
  int prevfnid, fnid;
  db_begin_transaction();

  /* Look for manifests that have not been deltaed and try to make them
  ** children of one of the 5 chronologically subsequent check-ins
  */
  db_prepare(&q,
     "SELECT rid FROM event, blob"
     " WHERE blob.rid=event.objid"
     "   AND event.type='ci'"
     "   AND NOT EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM delta WHERE rid=blob.rid)"
     " ORDER BY event.mtime DESC"
  );
  nPrev = 0;
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    rid = db_column_int(&q, 0);
    if( nPrev>0 ){



      content_deltify(rid, aPrev, nPrev, 0);
    }
    if( nPrev<N_NEIGHBOR ){
      aPrev[nPrev++] = rid;
    }else{
      int i;
      for(i=0; i<N_NEIGHBOR-1; i++) aPrev[i] = aPrev[i+1];
      aPrev[N_NEIGHBOR-1] = rid;
    }
  }
  db_finalize(&q);

  /* For individual files that have not been deltaed, try to find
  ** a parent which is an undeltaed file with the same name in a
  ** more recent branch.
  */
  db_prepare(&q,
     "SELECT DISTINCT blob.rid, mlink.fnid FROM blob, mlink, plink"
     " WHERE NOT EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM delta WHERE rid=blob.rid)"
     "   AND mlink.fid=blob.rid"
     "   AND mlink.mid=plink.cid"
     "   AND plink.cid=mlink.mid"
     " ORDER BY mlink.fnid, plink.mtime DESC"
  );
  prevfnid = 0;
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    rid = db_column_int(&q, 0);
    fnid = db_column_int(&q, 1);
    if( fnid!=prevfnid ) nPrev = 0;
    prevfnid = fnid;
    if( nPrev>0 ){


      content_deltify(rid, aPrev, nPrev, 0);
    }
    if( nPrev<N_NEIGHBOR ){
      aPrev[nPrev++] = rid;
    }else{
      int i;
      for(i=0; i<N_NEIGHBOR-1; i++) aPrev[i] = aPrev[i+1];
      aPrev[N_NEIGHBOR-1] = rid;
    }
  }
  db_finalize(&q);

  db_end_transaction(0);
}

  blob_reset(&sql);
  print_timeline(&q, nLimit, width, 0);
  db_finalize(&q);
}

#if INTERFACE
/* What to search for */
#define SRCH_CKIN   0x0001    /* Search over check-in comments */
#define SRCH_DOC    0x0002    /* Search over embedded documents */
#define SRCH_TKT    0x0004    /* Search over tickets */
#define SRCH_WIKI   0x0008    /* Search over wiki */

#define SRCH_ALL    0x000f    /* Search over everything */
#endif

/*
** Remove bits from srchFlags which are disallowed by either the
** current server configuration or by user permissions.
*/
unsigned int search_restrict(unsigned int srchFlags){
  static unsigned int knownGood = 0;
  static unsigned int knownBad = 0;
  static const struct { unsigned m; const char *zKey; } aSetng[] = {
     { SRCH_CKIN,   "search-ci"   },
     { SRCH_DOC,    "search-doc"  },
     { SRCH_TKT,    "search-tkt"  },
     { SRCH_WIKI,   "search-wiki" },

  };
  int i;
  if( g.perm.Read==0 )   srchFlags &= ~(SRCH_CKIN|SRCH_DOC);
  if( g.perm.RdTkt==0 )  srchFlags &= ~(SRCH_TKT);
  if( g.perm.RdWiki==0 ) srchFlags &= ~(SRCH_WIKI);
  for(i=0; i<count(aSetng); i++){
    unsigned int m = aSetng[i].m;
    if( (srchFlags & m)==0 ) continue;
    if( ((knownGood|knownBad) & m)!=0 ) continue;
    if( db_get_boolean(aSetng[i].zKey,0) ){
................................................................................
      "         search_score(),"
      "         't'||tkt_id,"
      "         datetime(tkt_mtime),"
      "         search_snippet()"
      "    FROM ticket"
      "   WHERE search_match(title('t',tkt_id,NULL),body('t',tkt_id,NULL));"
    );




















  }
}

/*
** Number of significant bits in a u32
*/
static int nbits(u32 x){
................................................................................
    "  WHERE ftsidx MATCH %Q"
    "    AND ftsdocs.rowid=ftsidx.docid",
    zPattern
  );
  if( srchFlags!=SRCH_ALL ){
    const char *zSep = " AND (";
    static const struct { unsigned m; char c; } aMask[] = {
       { SRCH_CKIN,  'c' },
       { SRCH_DOC,   'd' },
       { SRCH_TKT,   't' },
       { SRCH_WIKI,  'w' },

    };
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<count(aMask); i++){
      if( srchFlags & aMask[i].m ){
        blob_appendf(&sql, "%sftsdocs.type='%c'", zSep, aMask[i].c);
        zSep = " OR ";
      }
................................................................................
  const char *zClass = 0;
  const char *zDisable1;
  const char *zDisable2;
  const char *zPattern;
  int fDebug = PB("debug");
  srchFlags = search_restrict(srchFlags);
  switch( srchFlags ){
    case SRCH_CKIN:  zType = " Check-ins";  zClass = "Ckin";  break;
    case SRCH_DOC:   zType = " Docs";       zClass = "Doc";   break;
    case SRCH_TKT:   zType = " Tickets";    zClass = "Tkt";   break;
    case SRCH_WIKI:  zType = " Wiki";       zClass = "Wiki";  break;

  }
  if( srchFlags==0 ){
    zDisable1 = " disabled";
    zDisable2 = " disabled";
    zPattern = "";
  }else{
    zDisable1 = " autofocus";
................................................................................
    @ <div class='searchForm searchForm%s(zClass)'>
  }else{
    @ <div class='searchForm'>
  }
  @ <input type="text" name="s" size="40" value="%h(zPattern)"%s(zDisable1)>
  if( useYparam && (srchFlags & (srchFlags-1))!=0 && useYparam ){
    static const struct { char *z; char *zNm; unsigned m; } aY[] = {
       { "all",  "All",        SRCH_ALL  },
       { "c",    "Check-ins",  SRCH_CKIN },
       { "d",    "Docs",       SRCH_DOC  },
       { "t",    "Tickets",    SRCH_TKT  },
       { "w",    "Wiki",       SRCH_WIKI },

    };
    const char *zY = PD("y","all");
    unsigned newFlags = srchFlags;
    int i;
    @ <select size='1' name='y'>
    for(i=0; i<count(aY); i++){
      if( (aY[i].m & srchFlags)==0 ) continue;
................................................................................
**
**    s=PATTERN       Specify the full-text pattern to search for
**    y=TYPE          What to search.
**                      c -> check-ins
**                      d -> documentation
**                      t -> tickets
**                      w -> wiki

**                    all -> everything
*/
void search_page(void){
  login_check_credentials();
  style_header("Search");
  search_screen(SRCH_ALL, 1);
  style_footer();
................................................................................
** Return "search text" - a reduced version of a document appropriate for
** full text search and/or for constructing a search result snippet.
**
**    cType:            d      Embedded documentation
**                      w      Wiki page
**                      c      Check-in comment
**                      t      Ticket text

**
**    rid               The RID of an artifact that defines the object
**                      being searched.
**
**    zName             Name of the object being searched.  This is used
**                      only to help figure out the mimetype (text/plain,
**                      test/html, test/x-fossil-wiki, or text/x-markdown)
................................................................................
      Blob doc;
      content_get(rid, &doc);
      blob_to_utf8_no_bom(&doc, 0);
      get_stext_by_mimetype(&doc, mimetype_from_name(zName), pOut);
      blob_reset(&doc);
      break;
    }

    case 'w': {   /* Wiki */
      Manifest *pWiki = manifest_get(rid, CFTYPE_WIKI,0);

      Blob wiki;
      if( pWiki==0 ) break;
      blob_init(&wiki, pWiki->zWiki, -1);
      get_stext_by_mimetype(&wiki, wiki_filter_mimetypes(pWiki->zMimetype),
                            pOut);
      blob_reset(&wiki);
      manifest_destroy(pWiki);
................................................................................

/*
** COMMAND: test-search-stext
**
** Usage: fossil test-search-stext TYPE RID NAME
**
** Compute the search text for document TYPE-RID whose name is NAME.
** The TYPE is one of "c", "d", "t", or "w".  The RID is the document
** ID.  The NAME is used to figure out a mimetype to use for formatting
** the raw document text.
*/
void test_search_stext(void){
  Blob out;
  db_find_and_open_repository(0,0);
  if( g.argc!=5 ) usage("TYPE RID NAME");
................................................................................
    ") INSERT OR IGNORE INTO ftsdocs(type,rid,name,idxed)"
    "     SELECT 'w', rid, name, 0 FROM latest_wiki;"
  );
  db_multi_exec(
    "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO ftsdocs(type,rid,idxed)"
    "  SELECT 't', tkt_id, 0 FROM ticket;"
  );




}

/*
** The document described by cType,rid,zName is about to be added or
** updated.  If the document has already been indexed, then unindex it
** now while we still have access to the old content.  Add the document
** to the queue of documents that need to be indexed or reindexed.
................................................................................
       zType, rid
    );
    db_multi_exec(
       "REPLACE INTO ftsdocs(type,rid,name,idxed)"
       " VALUES(%Q,%d,%Q,0)",
       zType, rid, zName
    );
    if( cType=='w' ){
      db_multi_exec(
        "DELETE FROM ftsidx WHERE docid IN"
        "    (SELECT rowid FROM ftsdocs WHERE type='w' AND name=%Q AND idxed)",
        zName
      );
      db_multi_exec(
        "DELETE FROM ftsdocs WHERE type='w' AND name=%Q AND rid!=%d",
        zName, rid
      );
    }
  }
}

/*
** If the doc-glob and doc-br settings are valid for document search
................................................................................
    "            'Wiki: '||ftsdocs.name,"
    "            '/wiki?name='||urlencode(ftsdocs.name),"
    "            tagxref.mtime"
    "       FROM tagxref WHERE tagxref.rid=ftsdocs.rid)"
    " WHERE ftsdocs.type='w' AND NOT ftsdocs.idxed"
  );
}

























/*
** Deal with all of the unindexed entries in the FTSDOCS table - that
** is to say, all the entries with FTSDOCS.IDXED=0.  Add them to the
** index.
*/
void search_update_index(unsigned int srchFlags){
................................................................................
  }
  if( srchFlags & SRCH_TKT ){
    search_update_ticket_index();
  }
  if( srchFlags & SRCH_WIKI ){
    search_update_wiki_index();
  }



}

/*
** Construct, prepopulate, and then update the full-text index.
*/
void search_rebuild_index(void){
  fossil_print("rebuilding the search index...");
................................................................................
** of the repository.  Subcommands:
**
**     reindex            Rebuild the search index.  This is a no-op if
**                        index search is disabled
**
**     index (on|off)     Turn the search index on or off
**
**     enable cdtw        Enable various kinds of search. c=Check-ins,
**                        d=Documents, t=Tickets, w=Wiki.
**
**     disable cdtw       Disable various kinds of search
**
**     stemmer (on|off)   Turn the Porter stemmer on or off for indexed
**                        search.  (Unindexed search is never stemmed.)
**
** The current search settings are displayed after any changes are applied.
** Run this command with no arguments to simply see the settings.
*/
................................................................................
     { 1,  "reindex"  },
     { 2,  "index"    },
     { 3,  "disable"  },
     { 4,  "enable"   },
     { 5,  "stemmer"  },
  };
  static const struct { char *zSetting; char *zName; char *zSw; } aSetng[] = {
     { "search-ckin",   "check-in search:",  "c" },
     { "search-doc",    "document search:",  "d" },
     { "search-tkt",    "ticket search:",    "t" },
     { "search-wiki",   "wiki search:",      "w" },

  };
  char *zSubCmd = 0;
  int i, j, n;
  int iCmd = 0;
  int iAction = 0;
  db_find_and_open_repository(0, 0);
  if( g.argc>2 ){
................................................................................
  }
  if( iAction>=2 ){
    search_rebuild_index();
  }

  /* Always show the status before ending */
  for(i=0; i<count(aSetng); i++){
    fossil_print("%-16s %s\n", aSetng[i].zName,
       db_get_boolean(aSetng[i].zSetting,0) ? "on" : "off");
  }
  fossil_print("%-16s %s\n", "Porter stemmer:",
       db_get_boolean("search-stemmer",0) ? "on" : "off");
  if( search_index_exists() ){
    fossil_print("%-16s enabled\n", "full-text index:");
    fossil_print("%-16s %d\n", "documents:",
       db_int(0, "SELECT count(*) FROM ftsdocs"));
  }else{
    fossil_print("%-16s disabled\n", "full-text index:");
  }
  db_end_transaction(0);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: test-ftsdocs
**

  blob_reset(&sql);
  print_timeline(&q, nLimit, width, 0);
  db_finalize(&q);
}

#if INTERFACE
/* What to search for */
#define SRCH_CKIN     0x0001    /* Search over check-in comments */
#define SRCH_DOC      0x0002    /* Search over embedded documents */
#define SRCH_TKT      0x0004    /* Search over tickets */
#define SRCH_WIKI     0x0008    /* Search over wiki */
#define SRCH_TECHNOTE 0x0010    /* Search over tech notes */
#define SRCH_ALL      0x001f    /* Search over everything */
#endif

/*
** Remove bits from srchFlags which are disallowed by either the
** current server configuration or by user permissions.
*/
unsigned int search_restrict(unsigned int srchFlags){
  static unsigned int knownGood = 0;
  static unsigned int knownBad = 0;
  static const struct { unsigned m; const char *zKey; } aSetng[] = {
     { SRCH_CKIN,     "search-ci"   },
     { SRCH_DOC,      "search-doc"  },
     { SRCH_TKT,      "search-tkt"  },
     { SRCH_WIKI,     "search-wiki" },
     { SRCH_TECHNOTE, "search-technote" },
  };
  int i;
  if( g.perm.Read==0 )   srchFlags &= ~(SRCH_CKIN|SRCH_DOC|SRCH_TECHNOTE);
  if( g.perm.RdTkt==0 )  srchFlags &= ~(SRCH_TKT);
  if( g.perm.RdWiki==0 ) srchFlags &= ~(SRCH_WIKI);
  for(i=0; i<count(aSetng); i++){
    unsigned int m = aSetng[i].m;
    if( (srchFlags & m)==0 ) continue;
    if( ((knownGood|knownBad) & m)!=0 ) continue;
    if( db_get_boolean(aSetng[i].zKey,0) ){
................................................................................
      "         search_score(),"
      "         't'||tkt_id,"
      "         datetime(tkt_mtime),"
      "         search_snippet()"
      "    FROM ticket"
      "   WHERE search_match(title('t',tkt_id,NULL),body('t',tkt_id,NULL));"
    );
  }
  if( (srchFlags & SRCH_TECHNOTE)!=0 ){
    db_multi_exec(
      "WITH technote(uuid,rid,mtime) AS ("
      "  SELECT substr(tagname,7), tagxref.rid, max(tagxref.mtime)"
      "    FROM tag, tagxref"
      "   WHERE tag.tagname GLOB 'event-*'"
      "     AND tagxref.tagid=tag.tagid"
      "   GROUP BY 1"
      ")"
      "INSERT INTO x(label,url,score,id,date,snip)"
      "  SELECT printf('Tech Note: %%s',uuid),"
      "         printf('/technote/%%s',uuid),"
      "         search_score(),"
      "         'e'||rid,"
      "         datetime(mtime),"
      "         search_snippet()"
      "    FROM technote"
      "   WHERE search_match('',body('e',rid,NULL));"
    );
  }
}

/*
** Number of significant bits in a u32
*/
static int nbits(u32 x){
................................................................................
    "  WHERE ftsidx MATCH %Q"
    "    AND ftsdocs.rowid=ftsidx.docid",
    zPattern
  );
  if( srchFlags!=SRCH_ALL ){
    const char *zSep = " AND (";
    static const struct { unsigned m; char c; } aMask[] = {
       { SRCH_CKIN,     'c' },
       { SRCH_DOC,      'd' },
       { SRCH_TKT,      't' },
       { SRCH_WIKI,     'w' },
       { SRCH_TECHNOTE, 'e' },
    };
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<count(aMask); i++){
      if( srchFlags & aMask[i].m ){
        blob_appendf(&sql, "%sftsdocs.type='%c'", zSep, aMask[i].c);
        zSep = " OR ";
      }
................................................................................
  const char *zClass = 0;
  const char *zDisable1;
  const char *zDisable2;
  const char *zPattern;
  int fDebug = PB("debug");
  srchFlags = search_restrict(srchFlags);
  switch( srchFlags ){
    case SRCH_CKIN:     zType = " Check-ins";  zClass = "Ckin"; break;
    case SRCH_DOC:      zType = " Docs";       zClass = "Doc";  break;
    case SRCH_TKT:      zType = " Tickets";    zClass = "Tkt";  break;
    case SRCH_WIKI:     zType = " Wiki";       zClass = "Wiki"; break;
    case SRCH_TECHNOTE: zType = " Tech Notes"; zClass = "Note"; break;
  }
  if( srchFlags==0 ){
    zDisable1 = " disabled";
    zDisable2 = " disabled";
    zPattern = "";
  }else{
    zDisable1 = " autofocus";
................................................................................
    @ <div class='searchForm searchForm%s(zClass)'>
  }else{
    @ <div class='searchForm'>
  }
  @ <input type="text" name="s" size="40" value="%h(zPattern)"%s(zDisable1)>
  if( useYparam && (srchFlags & (srchFlags-1))!=0 && useYparam ){
    static const struct { char *z; char *zNm; unsigned m; } aY[] = {
       { "all",  "All",        SRCH_ALL      },
       { "c",    "Check-ins",  SRCH_CKIN     },
       { "d",    "Docs",       SRCH_DOC      },
       { "t",    "Tickets",    SRCH_TKT      },
       { "w",    "Wiki",       SRCH_WIKI     },
       { "e",    "Tech Notes", SRCH_TECHNOTE },
    };
    const char *zY = PD("y","all");
    unsigned newFlags = srchFlags;
    int i;
    @ <select size='1' name='y'>
    for(i=0; i<count(aY); i++){
      if( (aY[i].m & srchFlags)==0 ) continue;
................................................................................
**
**    s=PATTERN       Specify the full-text pattern to search for
**    y=TYPE          What to search.
**                      c -> check-ins
**                      d -> documentation
**                      t -> tickets
**                      w -> wiki
**                      e -> tech notes
**                    all -> everything
*/
void search_page(void){
  login_check_credentials();
  style_header("Search");
  search_screen(SRCH_ALL, 1);
  style_footer();
................................................................................
** Return "search text" - a reduced version of a document appropriate for
** full text search and/or for constructing a search result snippet.
**
**    cType:            d      Embedded documentation
**                      w      Wiki page
**                      c      Check-in comment
**                      t      Ticket text
**                      e      Tech note
**
**    rid               The RID of an artifact that defines the object
**                      being searched.
**
**    zName             Name of the object being searched.  This is used
**                      only to help figure out the mimetype (text/plain,
**                      test/html, test/x-fossil-wiki, or text/x-markdown)
................................................................................
      Blob doc;
      content_get(rid, &doc);
      blob_to_utf8_no_bom(&doc, 0);
      get_stext_by_mimetype(&doc, mimetype_from_name(zName), pOut);
      blob_reset(&doc);
      break;
    }
    case 'e':     /* Tech Notes */
    case 'w': {   /* Wiki */
      Manifest *pWiki = manifest_get(rid,
          cType == 'e' ? CFTYPE_EVENT : CFTYPE_WIKI, 0);
      Blob wiki;
      if( pWiki==0 ) break;
      blob_init(&wiki, pWiki->zWiki, -1);
      get_stext_by_mimetype(&wiki, wiki_filter_mimetypes(pWiki->zMimetype),
                            pOut);
      blob_reset(&wiki);
      manifest_destroy(pWiki);
................................................................................

/*
** COMMAND: test-search-stext
**
** Usage: fossil test-search-stext TYPE RID NAME
**
** Compute the search text for document TYPE-RID whose name is NAME.
** The TYPE is one of "c", "d", "t", "w", or "e".  The RID is the document
** ID.  The NAME is used to figure out a mimetype to use for formatting
** the raw document text.
*/
void test_search_stext(void){
  Blob out;
  db_find_and_open_repository(0,0);
  if( g.argc!=5 ) usage("TYPE RID NAME");
................................................................................
    ") INSERT OR IGNORE INTO ftsdocs(type,rid,name,idxed)"
    "     SELECT 'w', rid, name, 0 FROM latest_wiki;"
  );
  db_multi_exec(
    "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO ftsdocs(type,rid,idxed)"
    "  SELECT 't', tkt_id, 0 FROM ticket;"
  );
  db_multi_exec(
    "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO ftsdocs(type,rid,name,idxed)"
    "  SELECT 'e', objid, comment, 0 FROM event WHERE type='e';"
  );
}

/*
** The document described by cType,rid,zName is about to be added or
** updated.  If the document has already been indexed, then unindex it
** now while we still have access to the old content.  Add the document
** to the queue of documents that need to be indexed or reindexed.
................................................................................
       zType, rid
    );
    db_multi_exec(
       "REPLACE INTO ftsdocs(type,rid,name,idxed)"
       " VALUES(%Q,%d,%Q,0)",
       zType, rid, zName
    );
    if( cType=='w' || cType=='e' ){
      db_multi_exec(
        "DELETE FROM ftsidx WHERE docid IN"
        "    (SELECT rowid FROM ftsdocs WHERE type='%c' AND name=%Q AND idxed)",
        cType, zName
      );
      db_multi_exec(
        "DELETE FROM ftsdocs WHERE type='%c' AND name=%Q AND rid!=%d",
        cType, zName, rid
      );
    }
  }
}

/*
** If the doc-glob and doc-br settings are valid for document search
................................................................................
    "            'Wiki: '||ftsdocs.name,"
    "            '/wiki?name='||urlencode(ftsdocs.name),"
    "            tagxref.mtime"
    "       FROM tagxref WHERE tagxref.rid=ftsdocs.rid)"
    " WHERE ftsdocs.type='w' AND NOT ftsdocs.idxed"
  );
}

/*
** Deal with all of the unindexed 'e' terms in FTSDOCS
*/
static void search_update_technote_index(void){
  db_multi_exec(
    "INSERT INTO ftsidx(docid,title,body)"
    " SELECT rowid, title('e',rid,NULL),body('e',rid,NULL) FROM ftsdocs"
    "  WHERE type='e' AND NOT idxed;"
  );
  if( db_changes()==0 ) return;
  db_multi_exec(
    "UPDATE ftsdocs SET idxed=1,"
    "  (name,label,url,mtime) = "
    "    (SELECT ftsdocs.name,"
    "            'Tech Note: '||ftsdocs.name,"
    "            '/technote/'||substr(tag.tagname,7),"
    "            tagxref.mtime"
    "       FROM tagxref, tag USING (tagid)"
    "      WHERE tagxref.rid=ftsdocs.rid"
    "        AND tagname GLOB 'event-*')"
    " WHERE ftsdocs.type='e' AND NOT ftsdocs.idxed"
  );
}

/*
** Deal with all of the unindexed entries in the FTSDOCS table - that
** is to say, all the entries with FTSDOCS.IDXED=0.  Add them to the
** index.
*/
void search_update_index(unsigned int srchFlags){
................................................................................
  }
  if( srchFlags & SRCH_TKT ){
    search_update_ticket_index();
  }
  if( srchFlags & SRCH_WIKI ){
    search_update_wiki_index();
  }
  if( srchFlags & SRCH_TECHNOTE ){
    search_update_technote_index();
  }
}

/*
** Construct, prepopulate, and then update the full-text index.
*/
void search_rebuild_index(void){
  fossil_print("rebuilding the search index...");
................................................................................
** of the repository.  Subcommands:
**
**     reindex            Rebuild the search index.  This is a no-op if
**                        index search is disabled
**
**     index (on|off)     Turn the search index on or off
**
**     enable cdtwe       Enable various kinds of search. c=Check-ins,
**                        d=Documents, t=Tickets, w=Wiki, e=Tech Notes.
**
**     disable cdtwe      Disable various kinds of search
**
**     stemmer (on|off)   Turn the Porter stemmer on or off for indexed
**                        search.  (Unindexed search is never stemmed.)
**
** The current search settings are displayed after any changes are applied.
** Run this command with no arguments to simply see the settings.
*/
................................................................................
     { 1,  "reindex"  },
     { 2,  "index"    },
     { 3,  "disable"  },
     { 4,  "enable"   },
     { 5,  "stemmer"  },
  };
  static const struct { char *zSetting; char *zName; char *zSw; } aSetng[] = {
     { "search-ckin",     "check-in search:",  "c" },
     { "search-doc",      "document search:",  "d" },
     { "search-tkt",      "ticket search:",    "t" },
     { "search-wiki",     "wiki search:",      "w" },
     { "search-technote", "tech note search:", "e" },
  };
  char *zSubCmd = 0;
  int i, j, n;
  int iCmd = 0;
  int iAction = 0;
  db_find_and_open_repository(0, 0);
  if( g.argc>2 ){
................................................................................
  }
  if( iAction>=2 ){
    search_rebuild_index();
  }

  /* Always show the status before ending */
  for(i=0; i<count(aSetng); i++){
    fossil_print("%-17s %s\n", aSetng[i].zName,
       db_get_boolean(aSetng[i].zSetting,0) ? "on" : "off");
  }
  fossil_print("%-17s %s\n", "Porter stemmer:",
       db_get_boolean("search-stemmer",0) ? "on" : "off");
  if( search_index_exists() ){
    fossil_print("%-17s enabled\n", "full-text index:");
    fossil_print("%-17s %d\n", "documents:",
       db_int(0, "SELECT count(*) FROM ftsdocs"));
  }else{
    fossil_print("%-17s disabled\n", "full-text index:");
  }
  db_end_transaction(0);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: test-ftsdocs
**

  setup_menu_entry("Login-Group", "setup_login_group",
    "Manage single sign-on between this repository and others"
    " on the same server");
  setup_menu_entry("Tickets", "tktsetup",
    "Configure the trouble-ticketing system for this repository");
  setup_menu_entry("Search","srchsetup",
    "Configure the built-in search engine");


  setup_menu_entry("Transfers", "xfersetup",
    "Configure the transfer system for this repository");
  setup_menu_entry("Skins", "setup_skin",
    "Select and/or modify the web interface \"skins\"");
  setup_menu_entry("Moderation", "setup_modreq",
    "Enable/Disable requiring moderator approval of Wiki and/or Ticket"
    " changes and attachments.");
................................................................................
  @ might not work inside a chroot() jail.
  @ (Property: "max-loadavg")</p>

  @ <hr />
  onoff_attribute(
      "Enable hyperlinks for \"nobody\" based on User-Agent and Javascript",
      "auto-hyperlink", "autohyperlink", 1, 0);
  @ <p>Enable hyperlinks (the equivalent of the "h" permission) for all users
  @ including user "nobody", as long as (1) the User-Agent string in the

  @ HTTP header indicates that the request is coming from an actual human

  @ being and not a robot or spider and (2) the user agent is able to
  @ run Javascript in order to set the href= attribute of hyperlinks.  Bots
  @ and spiders can forge a User-Agent string that makes them seem to be a
  @ normal browser and they can run javascript just like browsers.  But most
  @ bots do not go to that much trouble so this is normally an effective
  @ defense.<p>
  @


  @ <p>You do not normally want a bot to walk your entire repository because
  @ if it does, your server will end up computing diffs and annotations for
  @ every historical version of every file and creating ZIPs and tarballs of
  @ every historical check-in, which can use a lot of CPU and bandwidth
  @ even for relatively small projects.</p>
  @
  @ <p>Additional parameters that control this behavior:</p>
  @ <blockquote>
  onoff_attribute("Enable hyperlinks for humans as deduced from the UserAgent "
                  "string", "auto-hyperlink-ishuman", "ahis", 0, 0);
  @ <br />
  onoff_attribute("Require mouse movement before enabling hyperlinks",
                  "auto-hyperlink-mouseover", "ahmo", 0, 0);
  @ <br />
  entry_attribute("Delay in milliseconds before enabling hyperlinks", 5,
                  "auto-hyperlink-delay", "ah-delay", "10", 0);
  @ </blockquote>
  @ <p>Hyperlinks for user "nobody" are normally enabled as soon as the page
  @ finishes loading.  But the first check-box below can be set to require mouse
  @ movement before enabling the links. One can also set a delay prior to enabling
  @ links by enter a positive number of milliseconds in the entry box above.</p>
  @ (Properties: "auto-hyperlink", "auto-hyperlink-ishuman",
  @ "auto-hyperlink-mouseover", and "auto-hyperlink-delay")</p>

  @ <hr />
  onoff_attribute("Require a CAPTCHA if not logged in",
                  "require-captcha", "reqcapt", 1, 0);
  @ <p>Require a CAPTCHA for edit operations (appending, creating, or
  @ editing wiki or tickets or adding attachments to wiki or tickets)
................................................................................
    @ </table>
    @
    @ <p><form action="%s(g.zTop)/setup_login_group" method="post"><div>
    login_insert_csrf_secret();
    @ To leave this login group press
    @ <input type="submit" value="Leave Login Group" name="leave">
    @ </form></p>



    @ <hr /><h2>Implementation Details</h2>
    @ <p>The following are fields from the CONFIG table related to login-groups,
    @ provided here for instructional and debugging purposes:</p>
    @ <table border='1' id='configTab'>

    @ <thead><tr><th>Config.Name<th>Config.Value<th>Config.mtime</tr></thead><tbody>

    db_prepare(&q, "SELECT name, value, datetime(mtime,'unixepoch') FROM config"
                   " WHERE name GLOB 'peer-*'"
                   "    OR name GLOB 'project-*'"

                   " ORDER BY name");
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      @ <tr><td>%h(db_column_text(&q,0))</td>
      @ <td>%h(db_column_text(&q,1))</td>
      @ <td>%h(db_column_text(&q,2))</td></tr>
    }
    db_finalize(&q);
................................................................................
/*
** WEBPAGE: setup_settings
**
** Change or view miscellaneous settings.  Part of the
** Admin pages requiring Admin privileges.
*/
void setup_settings(void){


  Setting const *pSet;


  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Setup ){
    login_needed(0);
    return;
  }

................................................................................
  style_header("Settings");
  if(!g.repositoryOpen){
    /* Provide read-only access to versioned settings,
       but only if no repo file was explicitly provided. */
    db_open_local(0);
  }
  db_begin_transaction();
  @ <p>This page provides a simple interface to the "fossil setting" command.
  @ See the "fossil help setting" output below for further information on
  @ the meaning of each setting.</p><hr />



  @ <form action="%s(g.zTop)/setup_settings" method="post"><div>
  @ <table border="0"><tr><td valign="top">
  login_insert_csrf_secret();
  for(pSet=aSetting; pSet->name!=0; pSet++){
    if( pSet->width==0 ){
      int hasVersionableValue = pSet->versionable &&
          (db_get_versioned(pSet->name, NULL)!=0);
      onoff_attribute(pSet->name, pSet->name,
                      pSet->var!=0 ? pSet->var : pSet->name,
                      is_truth(pSet->def), hasVersionableValue);

      if( pSet->versionable ){
        @  (v)<br />
      } else {
        @ <br />
      }
    }
  }
  @ <br /><input type="submit"  name="submit" value="Apply Changes" />
  @ </td><td style="width:50px;"></td><td valign="top">
  for(pSet=aSetting; pSet->name!=0; pSet++){
    if( pSet->width!=0 && !pSet->versionable && !pSet->forceTextArea ){
      entry_attribute(pSet->name, /*pSet->width*/ 25, pSet->name,
                      pSet->var!=0 ? pSet->var : pSet->name,
                      (char*)pSet->def, 0);
      @ <br />
    }
  }
  for(pSet=aSetting; pSet->name!=0; pSet++){
    if( pSet->width!=0 && !pSet->versionable && pSet->forceTextArea ){
      @<b>%s(pSet->name)</b><br />
      textarea_attribute("", /*rows*/ 3, /*cols*/ 50, pSet->name,
                      pSet->var!=0 ? pSet->var : pSet->name,
                      (char*)pSet->def, 0);
      @ <br />
    }
  }
  @ </td><td style="width:50px;"></td><td valign="top">
  for(pSet=aSetting; pSet->name!=0; pSet++){
    if( pSet->width!=0 && pSet->versionable ){
      int hasVersionableValue = db_get_versioned(pSet->name, NULL)!=0;


      @<b>%s(pSet->name)</b> (v)<br />



      textarea_attribute("", /*rows*/ 3, /*cols*/ 20, pSet->name,
                      pSet->var!=0 ? pSet->var : pSet->name,
                      (char*)pSet->def, hasVersionableValue);
      @<br />
    }
  }
  @ </td></tr></table>
  @ </div></form>
  @ <p>Settings marked with (v) are 'versionable' and will be overridden
  @ by the contents of files named <tt>.fossil-settings/PROPERTY</tt>
  @ in the check-out root.
  @ If such a file is present, the corresponding field above is not
  @ editable.</p><hr /><p>
  @ These settings work the same as the
  @ <a href='%R/help?cmd=settings'>fossil set</a> command.
  db_end_transaction(0);
  style_footer();
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: setup_config
**
................................................................................
  @ <hr />
  textarea_attribute("Project Description", 3, 80,
                     "project-description", "pd", "", 0);
  @ <p>Describe your project. This will be used in page headers for search
  @ engines as well as a short RSS description.
  @ (Property: "project-description")</p>
  @ <hr />
  entry_attribute("Tarball and ZIP-archive Prefix", 20, "short-project-name", "spn", "", 0);

  @ <p>This is used as a prefix on the names of generated tarballs and ZIP archive.
  @ For best results, keep this prefix brief and avoid special characters such
  @ as "/" and "\".
  @ If no tarball prefix is specified, then the full Project Name above is used.
  @ (Property: "short-project-name")
  @ </p>









  @ <hr />
  onoff_attribute("Enable WYSIWYG Wiki Editing",
                  "wysiwyg-wiki", "wysiwyg-wiki", 0, 0);
  @ <p>Enable what-you-see-is-what-you-get (WYSIWYG) editing of wiki pages.
  @ The WYSIWYG editor generates HTML instead of markup, which makes
  @ subsequent manual editing more difficult.
  @ (Property: "wysiwyg-wiki")</p>
................................................................................
  textarea_attribute("", 6, 80, "adunit-right", "adright", "", 0);
  @ <br />
  onoff_attribute("Omit ads to administrator",
     "adunit-omit-if-admin", "oia", 0, 0);
  @ <br />
  onoff_attribute("Omit ads to logged-in users",
     "adunit-omit-if-user", "oiu", 0, 0);



  @ <br />
  @ <input type="submit" name="submit" value="Apply Changes" />
  @ <input type="submit" name="clear" value="Delete Ad-Unit" />
  @ </div></form>
  @ <hr />
  @ <b>Ad-Unit Notes:</b><ul>
  @ <li>Leave both Ad-Units blank to disable all advertising.
................................................................................
    }else{
      @ <pre class="th1error">%h(zR)</pre>
    }
  }
  style_footer();
}

static void admin_log_render_limits(){
  int const count = db_int(0,"SELECT COUNT(*) FROM admin_log");
  int i;
  int limits[] = {
  10, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 0
  };
  for(i = 0; limits[i]; ++i ){
    cgi_printf("%s<a href='?n=%d'>%d</a>",
               i ? " " : "",
               limits[i], limits[i]);
    if(limits[i]>count) break;
  }
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: admin_log
**
** Shows the contents of the admin_log table, which is only created if
** the admin-log setting is enabled. Requires Admin or Setup ('a' or
** 's') permissions.
*/
void page_admin_log(){
  Stmt stLog = empty_Stmt;
  Blob qLog = empty_blob;
  int limit;
  int fLogEnabled;
  int counter = 0;
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Setup && !g.perm.Admin ){
    login_needed(0);
    return;
  }
  style_header("Admin Log");
  create_admin_log_table();
  limit = atoi(PD("n","20"));

  fLogEnabled = db_get_boolean("admin-log", 0);
  @ <div>Admin logging is %s(fLogEnabled?"on":"off").
  @ (Change this on the <a href="setup_settings">settings</a> page.)</div>



  @ <div>Limit results to: <span>
  admin_log_render_limits();
  @ </span></div>

  blob_append_sql(&qLog,
               "SELECT datetime(time,'unixepoch'), who, page, what "
               "FROM admin_log "
               "ORDER BY time DESC ");
  if(limit>0){
    @ %d(limit) Most recent entries:
    blob_append_sql(&qLog, "LIMIT %d", limit);
  }
  db_prepare(&stLog, "%s", blob_sql_text(&qLog));
  blob_reset(&qLog);
  @ <table id="adminLogTable" class="adminLogTable" width="100%%">
  @ <thead>
  @ <th>Time</th>
  @ <th>User</th>
  @ <th>Page</th>
  @ <th width="60%%">Message</th>
  @ </thead><tbody>
  while( SQLITE_ROW == db_step(&stLog) ){
    const char *zTime = db_column_text(&stLog, 0);
    const char *zUser = db_column_text(&stLog, 1);
    const char *zPage = db_column_text(&stLog, 2);
    const char *zMessage = db_column_text(&stLog, 3);



    @ <tr class="row%d(counter++%2)">
    @ <td class="adminTime">%s(zTime)</td>
    @ <td>%s(zUser)</td>
    @ <td>%s(zPage)</td>
    @ <td>%h(zMessage)</td>
    @ </tr>
  }
  @ </tbody></table>
  if(limit>0 && counter<limit){
    @ <div>%d(counter) entries shown.</div>
  }


  style_footer();
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: srchsetup
**
** Configure the search engine.  Requires Admin privilege.
................................................................................
  @ <hr />
  onoff_attribute("Search Check-in Comments", "search-ci", "sc", 0, 0);
  @ <br />
  onoff_attribute("Search Documents", "search-doc", "sd", 0, 0);
  @ <br />
  onoff_attribute("Search Tickets", "search-tkt", "st", 0, 0);
  @ <br />
  onoff_attribute("Search Wiki","search-wiki", "sw", 0, 0);


  @ <hr />
  @ <p><input type="submit"  name="submit" value="Apply Changes" /></p>
  @ <hr />
  if( P("fts0") ){
    search_drop_index();
  }else if( P("fts1") ){
    search_drop_index();
................................................................................
    @ larger repositories.</p>
    onoff_attribute("Use Porter Stemmer","search-stemmer","ss",0,0);
    @ <p><input type="submit" name="fts1" value="Create A Full-Text Index">
  }
  @ </div></form>
  style_footer();
}

  setup_menu_entry("Login-Group", "setup_login_group",
    "Manage single sign-on between this repository and others"
    " on the same server");
  setup_menu_entry("Tickets", "tktsetup",
    "Configure the trouble-ticketing system for this repository");
  setup_menu_entry("Search","srchsetup",
    "Configure the built-in search engine");
  setup_menu_entry("URL Aliases", "waliassetup",
    "Configure URL aliases");
  setup_menu_entry("Transfers", "xfersetup",
    "Configure the transfer system for this repository");
  setup_menu_entry("Skins", "setup_skin",
    "Select and/or modify the web interface \"skins\"");
  setup_menu_entry("Moderation", "setup_modreq",
    "Enable/Disable requiring moderator approval of Wiki and/or Ticket"
    " changes and attachments.");
................................................................................
  @ might not work inside a chroot() jail.
  @ (Property: "max-loadavg")</p>

  @ <hr />
  onoff_attribute(
      "Enable hyperlinks for \"nobody\" based on User-Agent and Javascript",
      "auto-hyperlink", "autohyperlink", 1, 0);
  @ <p>Enable hyperlinks (the equivalent of the "h" permission) for all users,
  @ including user "nobody", as long as
  @ <ol><li>the User-Agent string in the
  @ HTTP header indicates that the request is coming from an actual human
  @ being, and
  @ <li>the user agent is able to
  @ run Javascript in order to set the href= attribute of hyperlinks, and


  @ <li>mouse movement is detected (optional - see the checkbox below), and
  @ <li>a number of milliseconds have passed since the page loaded.</ol>
  @
  @ <p>This setting is designed to give easy access to humans while
  @ keeping out robots and spiders.
  @ You do not normally want a robot to walk your entire repository because
  @ if it does, your server will end up computing diffs and annotations for
  @ every historical version of every file and creating ZIPs and tarballs of
  @ every historical check-in, which can use a lot of CPU and bandwidth
  @ even for relatively small projects.</p>
  @
  @ <p>Additional parameters that control this behavior:</p>
  @ <blockquote>



  onoff_attribute("Require mouse movement before enabling hyperlinks",
                  "auto-hyperlink-mouseover", "ahmo", 0, 0);
  @ <br />
  entry_attribute("Delay in milliseconds before enabling hyperlinks", 5,
                  "auto-hyperlink-delay", "ah-delay", "50", 0);
  @ </blockquote>
  @ <p>For maximum robot defense, the "require mouse movement" should
  @ be turned on and the "Delay" should be at least 50 milliseconds.</p>


  @ (Properties: "auto-hyperlink",
  @ "auto-hyperlink-mouseover", and "auto-hyperlink-delay")</p>

  @ <hr />
  onoff_attribute("Require a CAPTCHA if not logged in",
                  "require-captcha", "reqcapt", 1, 0);
  @ <p>Require a CAPTCHA for edit operations (appending, creating, or
  @ editing wiki or tickets or adding attachments to wiki or tickets)
................................................................................
    @ </table>
    @
    @ <p><form action="%s(g.zTop)/setup_login_group" method="post"><div>
    login_insert_csrf_secret();
    @ To leave this login group press
    @ <input type="submit" value="Leave Login Group" name="leave">
    @ </form></p>
    @ <br />For best results, use the same number of <a href="setup_access#ipt">
    @ IP octets</a> in the login cookie across all repositories in the
    @ same Login Group.
    @ <hr /><h2>Implementation Details</h2>
    @ <p>The following are fields from the CONFIG table related to login-groups,
    @ provided here for instructional and debugging purposes:</p>
    @ <table border='1' id='configTab'>
    @ <thead><tr>
    @ <th>Config.Name<th>Config.Value<th>Config.mtime</tr>
    @ </thead><tbody>
    db_prepare(&q, "SELECT name, value, datetime(mtime,'unixepoch') FROM config"
                   " WHERE name GLOB 'peer-*'"
                   "    OR name GLOB 'project-*'"
                   "    OR name GLOB 'login-group-*'"
                   " ORDER BY name");
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      @ <tr><td>%h(db_column_text(&q,0))</td>
      @ <td>%h(db_column_text(&q,1))</td>
      @ <td>%h(db_column_text(&q,2))</td></tr>
    }
    db_finalize(&q);
................................................................................
/*
** WEBPAGE: setup_settings
**
** Change or view miscellaneous settings.  Part of the
** Admin pages requiring Admin privileges.
*/
void setup_settings(void){
  int nSetting;
  int i;
  Setting const *pSet;
  const Setting *aSetting = setting_info(&nSetting);

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Setup ){
    login_needed(0);
    return;
  }

................................................................................
  style_header("Settings");
  if(!g.repositoryOpen){
    /* Provide read-only access to versioned settings,
       but only if no repo file was explicitly provided. */
    db_open_local(0);
  }
  db_begin_transaction();
  @ <p>Settings marked with (v) are "versionable" and will be overridden
  @ by the contents of managed files named
  @ "<tt>.fossil-settings/</tt><i>SETTING-NAME</i>".
  @ If the file for a versionable setting exists, the value cannot be
  @ changed on this screen.</p><hr /><p>
  @
  @ <form action="%s(g.zTop)/setup_settings" method="post"><div>
  @ <table border="0"><tr><td valign="top">
  login_insert_csrf_secret();
  for(i=0, pSet=aSetting; i<nSetting; i++, pSet++){
    if( pSet->width==0 ){
      int hasVersionableValue = pSet->versionable &&
          (db_get_versioned(pSet->name, NULL)!=0);
      onoff_attribute("", pSet->name,
                      pSet->var!=0 ? pSet->var : pSet->name,
                      is_truth(pSet->def), hasVersionableValue);
      @ <a href='%R/help?cmd=%s(pSet->name)'>%h(pSet->name)</a>
      if( pSet->versionable ){
        @  (v)<br />
      } else {
        @ <br />
      }
    }
  }
  @ <br /><input type="submit"  name="submit" value="Apply Changes" />
  @ </td><td style="width:50px;"></td><td valign="top">
  for(i=0, pSet=aSetting; i<nSetting; i++, pSet++){
    if( pSet->width!=0 && !pSet->forceTextArea ){
      int hasVersionableValue = pSet->versionable &&
          (db_get_versioned(pSet->name, NULL)!=0);
      entry_attribute("", /*pSet->width*/ 25, pSet->name,
                      pSet->var!=0 ? pSet->var : pSet->name,
                      (char*)pSet->def, hasVersionableValue);
      @ <a href='%R/help?cmd=%s(pSet->name)'>%h(pSet->name)</a>
      if( pSet->versionable ){
        @  (v)<br />
      } else {
        @ <br />
      }


    }
  }
  @ </td><td style="width:50px;"></td><td valign="top">
  for(i=0, pSet=aSetting; i<nSetting; i++, pSet++){
    if( pSet->width!=0 && pSet->forceTextArea ){
      int hasVersionableValue = db_get_versioned(pSet->name, NULL)!=0;
      @ <a href='%R/help?cmd=%s(pSet->name)'>%s(pSet->name)</a>
      if( pSet->versionable ){
        @  (v)<br />
      } else {
        @ <br />
      }
      textarea_attribute("", /*rows*/ 2, /*cols*/ 35, pSet->name,
                      pSet->var!=0 ? pSet->var : pSet->name,
                      (char*)pSet->def, hasVersionableValue);
      @<br />
    }
  }
  @ </td></tr></table>
  @ </div></form>







  db_end_transaction(0);
  style_footer();
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: setup_config
**
................................................................................
  @ <hr />
  textarea_attribute("Project Description", 3, 80,
                     "project-description", "pd", "", 0);
  @ <p>Describe your project. This will be used in page headers for search
  @ engines as well as a short RSS description.
  @ (Property: "project-description")</p>
  @ <hr />
  entry_attribute("Tarball and ZIP-archive Prefix", 20, "short-project-name",
                  "spn", "", 0);
  @ <p>This is used as a prefix on the names of generated tarballs and ZIP archive.
  @ For best results, keep this prefix brief and avoid special characters such
  @ as "/" and "\".
  @ If no tarball prefix is specified, then the full Project Name above is used.
  @ (Property: "short-project-name")
  @ </p>
  @ <hr />
  entry_attribute("Download Tag", 20, "download-tag", "dlt", "trunk", 0);
  @ <p>The <a href='%R/download'>/download</a> page is designed to provide 
  @ a convenient place for newbies
  @ to download a ZIP archive or a tarball of the project.  By default, the latest
  @ trunk check-in is downloaded.  Change this tag to something else (ex: release)
  @ to alter the behavior of the /download page.
  @ (Property: "download-tag")
  @ </p>
  @ <hr />
  onoff_attribute("Enable WYSIWYG Wiki Editing",
                  "wysiwyg-wiki", "wysiwyg-wiki", 0, 0);
  @ <p>Enable what-you-see-is-what-you-get (WYSIWYG) editing of wiki pages.
  @ The WYSIWYG editor generates HTML instead of markup, which makes
  @ subsequent manual editing more difficult.
  @ (Property: "wysiwyg-wiki")</p>
................................................................................
  textarea_attribute("", 6, 80, "adunit-right", "adright", "", 0);
  @ <br />
  onoff_attribute("Omit ads to administrator",
     "adunit-omit-if-admin", "oia", 0, 0);
  @ <br />
  onoff_attribute("Omit ads to logged-in users",
     "adunit-omit-if-user", "oiu", 0, 0);
  @ <br />
  onoff_attribute("Temporarily disable all ads",
     "adunit-disable", "oall", 0, 0);
  @ <br />
  @ <input type="submit" name="submit" value="Apply Changes" />
  @ <input type="submit" name="clear" value="Delete Ad-Unit" />
  @ </div></form>
  @ <hr />
  @ <b>Ad-Unit Notes:</b><ul>
  @ <li>Leave both Ad-Units blank to disable all advertising.
................................................................................
    }else{
      @ <pre class="th1error">%h(zR)</pre>
    }
  }
  style_footer();
}















/*
** WEBPAGE: admin_log
**
** Shows the contents of the admin_log table, which is only created if
** the admin-log setting is enabled. Requires Admin or Setup ('a' or
** 's') permissions.
*/
void page_admin_log(){
  Stmt stLog;
  int limit;                 /* How many entries to show */
  int ofst;                  /* Offset to the first entry */
  int fLogEnabled;
  int counter = 0;
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Setup && !g.perm.Admin ){
    login_needed(0);
    return;
  }
  style_header("Admin Log");
  create_admin_log_table();
  limit = atoi(PD("n","200"));
  ofst = atoi(PD("x","0"));
  fLogEnabled = db_get_boolean("admin-log", 0);
  @ <div>Admin logging is %s(fLogEnabled?"on":"off").
  @ (Change this on the <a href="setup_settings">settings</a> page.)</div>


  if( ofst>0 ){
    int prevx = ofst - limit;
    if( prevx<0 ) prevx = 0;
    @ <p><a href="admin_log?n=%d(limit)&x=%d(prevx)">[Newer]</a></p>
  }
  db_prepare(&stLog,
    "SELECT datetime(time,'unixepoch'), who, page, what "
    "FROM admin_log "
    "ORDER BY time DESC");






  @ <table id="adminLogTable" class="adminLogTable" width="100%%">
  @ <thead>
  @ <th>Time</th>
  @ <th>User</th>
  @ <th>Page</th>
  @ <th width="60%%">Message</th>
  @ </thead><tbody>
  while( SQLITE_ROW == db_step(&stLog) ){
    const char *zTime = db_column_text(&stLog, 0);
    const char *zUser = db_column_text(&stLog, 1);
    const char *zPage = db_column_text(&stLog, 2);
    const char *zMessage = db_column_text(&stLog, 3);
    counter++;
    if( counter<ofst ) continue;
    if( counter>ofst+limit ) break;
    @ <tr class="row%d(counter%2)">
    @ <td class="adminTime">%s(zTime)</td>
    @ <td>%s(zUser)</td>
    @ <td>%s(zPage)</td>
    @ <td>%h(zMessage)</td>
    @ </tr>
  }
  @ </tbody></table>
  if( counter>ofst+limit ){
    @ <p><a href="admin_log?n=%d(limit)&x=%d(limit+ofst)">[Older]</a></p>
  }

  output_table_sorting_javascript("adminLogTable", "Tttx", 1);
  style_footer();
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: srchsetup
**
** Configure the search engine.  Requires Admin privilege.
................................................................................
  @ <hr />
  onoff_attribute("Search Check-in Comments", "search-ci", "sc", 0, 0);
  @ <br />
  onoff_attribute("Search Documents", "search-doc", "sd", 0, 0);
  @ <br />
  onoff_attribute("Search Tickets", "search-tkt", "st", 0, 0);
  @ <br />
  onoff_attribute("Search Wiki", "search-wiki", "sw", 0, 0);
  @ <br />
  onoff_attribute("Search Tech Notes", "search-technote", "se", 0, 0);
  @ <hr />
  @ <p><input type="submit"  name="submit" value="Apply Changes" /></p>
  @ <hr />
  if( P("fts0") ){
    search_drop_index();
  }else if( P("fts1") ){
    search_drop_index();
................................................................................
    @ larger repositories.</p>
    onoff_attribute("Use Porter Stemmer","search-stemmer","ss",0,0);
    @ <p><input type="submit" name="fts1" value="Create A Full-Text Index">
  }
  @ </div></form>
  style_footer();
}

/*
** A URL Alias originally called zOldName is now zNewName/zValue.
** Write SQL to make this change into pSql.
**
** If zNewName or zValue is an empty string, then delete the entry.
**
** If zOldName is an empty string, create a new entry.
*/
static void setup_update_url_alias(
  Blob *pSql,
  const char *zOldName,
  const char *zNewName,
  const char *zValue
){
  if( zNewName[0]==0 || zValue[0]==0 ){
    if( zOldName[0] ){
      blob_append_sql(pSql,
        "DELETE FROM config WHERE name='walias:%q';\n",
        zOldName);
    }
    return;
  }
  if( zOldName[0]==0 ){
    blob_append_sql(pSql,
      "INSERT INTO config(name,value,mtime) VALUES('walias:%q',%Q,now());\n",
      zNewName, zValue);
    return;
  }
  if( strcmp(zOldName, zNewName)!=0 ){
    blob_append_sql(pSql,
       "UPDATE config SET name='walias:%q', value=%Q, mtime=now()"
       " WHERE name='walias:%q';\n",
       zNewName, zValue, zOldName);
  }else{
    blob_append_sql(pSql,
       "UPDATE config SET value=%Q, mtime=now()"
       " WHERE name='walias:%q' AND value<>%Q;\n",
       zValue, zOldName, zValue);
  }
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: waliassetup
**
** Configure the URL aliases
*/
void page_waliassetup(){
  Stmt q;
  int cnt = 0;
  Blob namelist;
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Setup && !g.perm.Admin ){
    login_needed(0);
    return;
  }
  style_header("URL Alias Configuration");
  if( P("submit")!=0 ){
    Blob token;
    Blob sql;
    const char *zNewName;
    const char *zValue;
    char zCnt[10];
    login_verify_csrf_secret();
    blob_init(&namelist, PD("namelist",""), -1);
    blob_init(&sql, 0, 0);
    while( blob_token(&namelist, &token) ){
      const char *zOldName = blob_str(&token);
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zCnt), zCnt, "n%d", cnt);
      zNewName = PD(zCnt, "");
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zCnt), zCnt, "v%d", cnt);
      zValue = PD(zCnt, "");
      setup_update_url_alias(&sql, zOldName, zNewName, zValue);
      cnt++;
      blob_reset(&token);
    }
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zCnt), zCnt, "n%d", cnt);
    zNewName = PD(zCnt,"");
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zCnt), zCnt, "v%d", cnt);
    zValue = PD(zCnt,"");
    setup_update_url_alias(&sql, "", zNewName, zValue);
    db_multi_exec("%s", blob_sql_text(&sql));
    blob_reset(&sql);
    blob_reset(&namelist);
    cnt = 0;
  }
  db_prepare(&q,
      "SELECT substr(name,8), value FROM config WHERE name GLOB 'walias:/*'"
      " UNION ALL SELECT '', ''"
  );
  @ <form action="%s(g.zTop)/waliassetup" method="post"><div>
  login_insert_csrf_secret();
  @ <table border=0 cellpadding=5>
  @ <tr><th>Alias<th>URI That The Alias Maps Into
  blob_init(&namelist, 0, 0);
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zName = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    const char *zValue = db_column_text(&q, 1);
    @ <tr><td>
    @ <input type='text' size='20' value='%h(zName)' name='n%d(cnt)'>
    @ </td><td>
    @ <input type='text' size='80' value='%h(zValue)' name='v%d(cnt)'>
    @ </td></tr>
    cnt++;
    if( blob_size(&namelist)>0 ) blob_append(&namelist, " ", 1);
    blob_append(&namelist, zName, -1);
  }
  db_finalize(&q);
  @ <tr><td>
  @ <input type='hidden' name='namelist' value='%h(blob_str(&namelist))'>
  @ <input type='submit' name='submit' value="Apply Changes">
  @ </td><td></td></tr>
  @ </table></form>
  @ <hr>
  @ <p>When the first term of an incoming URL exactly matches one of the "Aliases" on
  @ the left-hand side (LHS) above, the URL is converted into the corresponding form
  @ on the right-hand side (RHS).
  @ <ul>
  @ <li><p>
  @ The LHS is compared against only the first term of the incoming URL.
  @ All LHS entries in the alias table should therefore begin with a
  @ single "/" followed by a single path element.
  @ <li><p>
  @ The RHS entries in the alias table should begin with a single "/" followed by
  @ a path element, and optionally followed by "?" and a list of query parameters.
  @ <li><p>
  @ Query parameters on the RHS are added to the set of query parameters
  @ in the incoming URL.
  @ <li><p>
  @ If the same query parameter appears in both the incoming URL and on the RHS of the
  @ alias, the RHS query parameter value overwrites the value on the incoming URL.
  @ <li><p>
  @ If a query parameter on the RHS of the alias is of the form "X!" (a name followed
  @ by "!") then the X query parameter is removed from the incoming URL if it exists.
  @ <li><p>
  @ Only a single alias operation occurs.  It is not possible to nest aliases.
  @ The RHS entries must be built-in webpage names.
  @ <li><p>
  @ The alias table is only checked if no built-in webpage matches the incoming URL.
  @ Hence, it is not possible to override a built-in webpage using aliases.  This is
  @ by design.
  @ </ul>
  @
  @ <p>To delete an entry from the alias table, change its name or value to an
  @ empty string and press "Apply Changes".
  @
  @ <p>To add a new alias, fill in the name and value in the bottom row of the table
  @ above and press "Apply Changes".
  style_footer();
}

    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  }
  sqlite3_result_blob(context, SHA3Final(&cx), iSize/8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}


#ifdef _WIN32
__declspec(dllexport)
#endif
int sqlite3_shathree_init(
  sqlite3 *db,
  char **pzErrMsg,
  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
  }
  fclose(out);
  sqlite3_result_int64(context, rc);
}


#ifdef _WIN32
__declspec(dllexport)
#endif
int sqlite3_fileio_init(
  sqlite3 *db, 
  char **pzErrMsg, 
  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "completion", &completionModule, 0);
#endif
  return rc;
}

#ifdef _WIN32
__declspec(dllexport)
#endif
int sqlite3_completion_init(
  sqlite3 *db, 
  char **pzErrMsg, 
  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
  OpenSession aSession[4];  /* Array of sessions.  [0] is in focus. */
#endif
};

/*
** These are the allowed shellFlgs values
*/
#define SHFLG_Scratch        0x00000001 /* The --scratch option is used */
#define SHFLG_Pagecache      0x00000002 /* The --pagecache option is used */
#define SHFLG_Lookaside      0x00000004 /* Lookaside memory is used */
#define SHFLG_Backslash      0x00000008 /* The --backslash option is used */
#define SHFLG_PreserveRowid  0x00000010 /* .dump preserves rowid values */
#define SHFLG_Newlines       0x00000020 /* .dump --newline flag */
#define SHFLG_CountChanges   0x00000040 /* .changes setting */
#define SHFLG_Echo           0x00000080 /* .echo or --echo setting */

/*
** Macros for testing and setting shellFlgs
*/
#define ShellHasFlag(P,X)    (((P)->shellFlgs & (X))!=0)
#define ShellSetFlag(P,X)    ((P)->shellFlgs|=(X))
#define ShellClearFlag(P,X)  ((P)->shellFlgs&=(~(X)))
................................................................................
  char **azArg,    /* Text of each result column */
  char **azCol,    /* Column names */
  int *aiType      /* Column types */
){
  int i;
  ShellState *p = (ShellState*)pArg;


  switch( p->cMode ){
    case MODE_Line: {
      int w = 5;
      if( azArg==0 ) break;
      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
        int len = strlen30(azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "");
        if( len>w ) w = len;
................................................................................
        break;
      }
      z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", azArg[0]);
      j = 0;
      for(i=0; IsSpace(z[i]); i++){}
      for(; (c = z[i])!=0; i++){
        if( IsSpace(c) ){

          if( IsSpace(z[j-1]) || z[j-1]=='(' ) continue;
        }else if( (c=='(' || c==')') && j>0 && IsSpace(z[j-1]) ){
          j--;
        }
        z[j++] = c;
      }
      while( j>0 && IsSpace(z[j-1]) ){ j--; }
................................................................................
** This is the callback routine from sqlite3_exec() that appends all
** output onto the end of a ShellText object.
*/
static int captureOutputCallback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **az){
  ShellText *p = (ShellText*)pArg;
  int i;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(az);

  if( p->n ) appendText(p, "|", 0);
  for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
    if( i ) appendText(p, ",", 0);
    if( azArg[i] ) appendText(p, azArg[i], 0);
  }
  return 0;
}
................................................................................
/*
** Set the destination table field of the ShellState structure to
** the name of the table given.  Escape any quote characters in the
** table name.
*/
static void set_table_name(ShellState *p, const char *zName){
  int i, n;
  int cQuote;
  char *z;

  if( p->zDestTable ){
    free(p->zDestTable);
    p->zDestTable = 0;
  }
  if( zName==0 ) return;
................................................................................
       "%lld (max %lld)", SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, bReset);
    if( pArg->shellFlgs & SHFLG_Pagecache ){
      displayStatLine(pArg, "Number of Pcache Pages Used:",
         "%lld (max %lld) pages", SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, bReset);
    }
    displayStatLine(pArg, "Number of Pcache Overflow Bytes:",
       "%lld (max %lld) bytes", SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, bReset);
    if( pArg->shellFlgs & SHFLG_Scratch ){
      displayStatLine(pArg, "Number of Scratch Allocations Used:",
         "%lld (max %lld)", SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, bReset);
    }
    displayStatLine(pArg, "Number of Scratch Overflow Bytes:",
       "%lld (max %lld) bytes", SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, bReset);
    displayStatLine(pArg, "Largest Allocation:",
       "%lld bytes", SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, bReset);
    displayStatLine(pArg, "Largest Pcache Allocation:",
       "%lld bytes", SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, bReset);
    displayStatLine(pArg, "Largest Scratch Allocation:",
       "%lld bytes", SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, bReset);
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
    displayStatLine(pArg, "Deepest Parser Stack:",
       "%lld (max %lld)", SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK, bReset);
#endif
  }

  if( pArg && pArg->out && db ){
................................................................................
        isIPK = 1;
      }else{
        isIPK = 0;
      }
    }
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);

  azCol[0] = 0;
  azCol[nCol+1] = 0;

  /* The decision of whether or not a rowid really needs to be preserved
  ** is tricky.  We never need to preserve a rowid for a WITHOUT ROWID table
  ** or a table with an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.  We are unable to preserve
  ** rowids on tables where the rowid is inaccessible because there are other
................................................................................
  int rc;
  const char *zTable;
  const char *zType;
  const char *zSql;
  ShellState *p = (ShellState *)pArg;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(azNotUsed);
  if( nArg!=3 ) return 1;
  zTable = azArg[0];
  zType = azArg[1];
  zSql = azArg[2];

  if( strcmp(zTable, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){
    raw_printf(p->out, "DELETE FROM sqlite_sequence;\n");
  }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sqlite_stat?", zTable)==0 ){
................................................................................
** Readline completion callbacks
*/
static char *readline_completion_generator(const char *text, int state){
  static sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
  char *zRet;
  if( state==0 ){
    char *zSql;
    int rc;
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT DISTINCT candidate COLLATE nocase"
                           "  FROM completion(%Q) ORDER BY 1", text);
    sqlite3_prepare_v2(globalDb, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
    sqlite3_free(zSql);
  }
  if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    zRet = strdup(sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
  }else{
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    pStmt = 0;
    zRet = 0;
  }
  return zRet;
}
................................................................................
     { "number of triggers:",
       "SELECT count(*) FROM %s WHERE type='trigger'" },
     { "number of views:",
       "SELECT count(*) FROM %s WHERE type='view'" },
     { "schema size:",
       "SELECT total(length(sql)) FROM %s" },
  };
  sqlite3_file *pFile = 0;
  int i;
  char *zSchemaTab;
  char *zDb = nArg>=2 ? azArg[1] : "main";

  unsigned char aHdr[100];
  open_db(p, 0);
  if( p->db==0 ) return 1;
  sqlite3_file_control(p->db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER, &pFile);
  if( pFile==0 || pFile->pMethods==0 || pFile->pMethods->xRead==0 ){
    return 1;
  }

  i = pFile->pMethods->xRead(pFile, aHdr, 100, 0);
  if( i!=SQLITE_OK ){



    raw_printf(stderr, "unable to read database header\n");

    return 1;
  }
  i = get2byteInt(aHdr+16);
  if( i==1 ) i = 65536;
  utf8_printf(p->out, "%-20s %d\n", "database page size:", i);
  utf8_printf(p->out, "%-20s %d\n", "write format:", aHdr[18]);
  utf8_printf(p->out, "%-20s %d\n", "read format:", aHdr[19]);
................................................................................
    }else if( (zRes = readFile("testcase-out.txt", 0))==0 ){
      raw_printf(stderr, "Error: cannot read 'testcase-out.txt'\n");
      rc = 2;
    }else if( testcase_glob(azArg[1],zRes)==0 ){
      utf8_printf(stderr,
                 "testcase-%s FAILED\n Expected: [%s]\n      Got: [%s]\n",
                 p->zTestcase, azArg[1], zRes);
      rc = 2;
    }else{
      utf8_printf(stdout, "testcase-%s ok\n", p->zTestcase);
      p->nCheck++;
    }
    sqlite3_free(zRes);
  }else

................................................................................
      { "benign_malloc_hooks",   SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS    },
      { "pending_byte",          SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE           },
      { "assert",                SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT                 },
      { "always",                SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS                 },
      { "reserve",               SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE                },
      { "optimizations",         SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS          },
      { "iskeyword",             SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD              },
      { "scratchmalloc",         SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC          },
      { "byteorder",             SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER              },
      { "never_corrupt",         SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT          },
      { "imposter",              SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER               },
    };
    int testctrl = -1;
    int rc2 = 0;
    int i, n2;
................................................................................
            raw_printf(stderr,"Usage: .testctrl imposter dbName onoff tnum\n");
          }
          break;

        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST:
        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL:
        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS:
        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC:
        default:
          utf8_printf(stderr,
                      "Error: CLI support for testctrl %s not implemented\n",
                      azArg[1]);
          break;
      }
    }
................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX
  "   -multiplex           enable the multiplexor VFS\n"
#endif
  "   -newline SEP         set output row separator. Default: '\\n'\n"
  "   -nullvalue TEXT      set text string for NULL values. Default ''\n"
  "   -pagecache SIZE N    use N slots of SZ bytes each for page cache memory\n"
  "   -quote               set output mode to 'quote'\n"
  "   -scratch SIZE N      use N slots of SZ bytes each for scratch memory\n"
  "   -separator SEP       set output column separator. Default: '|'\n"
  "   -stats               print memory stats before each finalize\n"
  "   -version             show SQLite version\n"
  "   -vfs NAME            use NAME as the default VFS\n"
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE
  "   -vfstrace            enable tracing of all VFS calls\n"
#endif
................................................................................

  setBinaryMode(stdin, 0);
  setvbuf(stderr, 0, _IONBF, 0); /* Make sure stderr is unbuffered */
  stdin_is_interactive = isatty(0);
  stdout_is_console = isatty(1);

#if USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE+0!=1
  if( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)!=0 ){
    utf8_printf(stderr, "SQLite header and source version mismatch\n%s\n%s\n",
            sqlite3_sourceid(), SQLITE_SOURCE_ID);
    exit(1);
  }
#endif
  main_init(&data);
#if !SQLITE_SHELL_IS_UTF8
................................................................................
      zSize = cmdline_option_value(argc, argv, ++i);
      szHeap = integerValue(zSize);
      if( szHeap>0x7fff0000 ) szHeap = 0x7fff0000;
      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP, malloc((int)szHeap), (int)szHeap, 64);
#else
      (void)cmdline_option_value(argc, argv, ++i);
#endif
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-scratch")==0 ){
      int n, sz;
      sz = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      if( sz>400000 ) sz = 400000;
      if( sz<2500 ) sz = 2500;
      n = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      if( n>10 ) n = 10;
      if( n<1 ) n = 1;
      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, malloc(n*sz+1), sz, n);
      data.shellFlgs |= SHFLG_Scratch;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-pagecache")==0 ){
      int n, sz;
      sz = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      if( sz>70000 ) sz = 70000;
      if( sz<0 ) sz = 0;
      n = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE,
................................................................................
      return 0;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-interactive")==0 ){
      stdin_is_interactive = 1;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-batch")==0 ){
      stdin_is_interactive = 0;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-heap")==0 ){
      i++;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-scratch")==0 ){
      i+=2;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-pagecache")==0 ){
      i+=2;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-lookaside")==0 ){
      i+=2;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-mmap")==0 ){
      i++;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfs")==0 ){
................................................................................
#if HAVE_READLINE || HAVE_EDITLINE
      rl_attempted_completion_function = readline_completion;
#elif HAVE_LINENOISE
      linenoiseSetCompletionCallback(linenoise_completion);
#endif
      rc = process_input(&data, 0);
      if( zHistory ){
        shell_stifle_history(100);
        shell_write_history(zHistory);
        free(zHistory);
      }
    }else{
      rc = process_input(&data, stdin);
    }
  }
................................................................................
  find_home_dir(1);
#if !SQLITE_SHELL_IS_UTF8
  for(i=0; i<argc; i++) sqlite3_free(argv[i]);
  sqlite3_free(argv);
#endif
  return rc;
}

    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  }
  sqlite3_result_blob(context, SHA3Final(&cx), iSize/8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}


#ifdef _WIN32

#endif
int sqlite3_shathree_init(
  sqlite3 *db,
  char **pzErrMsg,
  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
  }
  fclose(out);
  sqlite3_result_int64(context, rc);
}


#ifdef _WIN32

#endif
int sqlite3_fileio_init(
  sqlite3 *db, 
  char **pzErrMsg, 
  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "completion", &completionModule, 0);
#endif
  return rc;
}

#ifdef _WIN32

#endif
int sqlite3_completion_init(
  sqlite3 *db, 
  char **pzErrMsg, 
  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
  OpenSession aSession[4];  /* Array of sessions.  [0] is in focus. */
#endif
};

/*
** These are the allowed shellFlgs values
*/

#define SHFLG_Pagecache      0x00000001 /* The --pagecache option is used */
#define SHFLG_Lookaside      0x00000002 /* Lookaside memory is used */
#define SHFLG_Backslash      0x00000004 /* The --backslash option is used */
#define SHFLG_PreserveRowid  0x00000008 /* .dump preserves rowid values */
#define SHFLG_Newlines       0x00000010 /* .dump --newline flag */
#define SHFLG_CountChanges   0x00000020 /* .changes setting */
#define SHFLG_Echo           0x00000040 /* .echo or --echo setting */

/*
** Macros for testing and setting shellFlgs
*/
#define ShellHasFlag(P,X)    (((P)->shellFlgs & (X))!=0)
#define ShellSetFlag(P,X)    ((P)->shellFlgs|=(X))
#define ShellClearFlag(P,X)  ((P)->shellFlgs&=(~(X)))
................................................................................
  char **azArg,    /* Text of each result column */
  char **azCol,    /* Column names */
  int *aiType      /* Column types */
){
  int i;
  ShellState *p = (ShellState*)pArg;

  if( azArg==0 ) return 0;
  switch( p->cMode ){
    case MODE_Line: {
      int w = 5;
      if( azArg==0 ) break;
      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
        int len = strlen30(azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "");
        if( len>w ) w = len;
................................................................................
        break;
      }
      z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", azArg[0]);
      j = 0;
      for(i=0; IsSpace(z[i]); i++){}
      for(; (c = z[i])!=0; i++){
        if( IsSpace(c) ){
          if( z[j-1]=='\r' ) z[j-1] = '\n';
          if( IsSpace(z[j-1]) || z[j-1]=='(' ) continue;
        }else if( (c=='(' || c==')') && j>0 && IsSpace(z[j-1]) ){
          j--;
        }
        z[j++] = c;
      }
      while( j>0 && IsSpace(z[j-1]) ){ j--; }
................................................................................
** This is the callback routine from sqlite3_exec() that appends all
** output onto the end of a ShellText object.
*/
static int captureOutputCallback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **az){
  ShellText *p = (ShellText*)pArg;
  int i;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(az);
  if( azArg==0 ) return 0;
  if( p->n ) appendText(p, "|", 0);
  for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
    if( i ) appendText(p, ",", 0);
    if( azArg[i] ) appendText(p, azArg[i], 0);
  }
  return 0;
}
................................................................................
/*
** Set the destination table field of the ShellState structure to
** the name of the table given.  Escape any quote characters in the
** table name.
*/
static void set_table_name(ShellState *p, const char *zName){
  int i, n;
  char cQuote;
  char *z;

  if( p->zDestTable ){
    free(p->zDestTable);
    p->zDestTable = 0;
  }
  if( zName==0 ) return;
................................................................................
       "%lld (max %lld)", SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, bReset);
    if( pArg->shellFlgs & SHFLG_Pagecache ){
      displayStatLine(pArg, "Number of Pcache Pages Used:",
         "%lld (max %lld) pages", SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, bReset);
    }
    displayStatLine(pArg, "Number of Pcache Overflow Bytes:",
       "%lld (max %lld) bytes", SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, bReset);






    displayStatLine(pArg, "Largest Allocation:",
       "%lld bytes", SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, bReset);
    displayStatLine(pArg, "Largest Pcache Allocation:",
       "%lld bytes", SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, bReset);


#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
    displayStatLine(pArg, "Deepest Parser Stack:",
       "%lld (max %lld)", SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK, bReset);
#endif
  }

  if( pArg && pArg->out && db ){
................................................................................
        isIPK = 1;
      }else{
        isIPK = 0;
      }
    }
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  if( azCol==0 ) return 0;
  azCol[0] = 0;
  azCol[nCol+1] = 0;

  /* The decision of whether or not a rowid really needs to be preserved
  ** is tricky.  We never need to preserve a rowid for a WITHOUT ROWID table
  ** or a table with an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.  We are unable to preserve
  ** rowids on tables where the rowid is inaccessible because there are other
................................................................................
  int rc;
  const char *zTable;
  const char *zType;
  const char *zSql;
  ShellState *p = (ShellState *)pArg;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(azNotUsed);
  if( nArg!=3 || azArg==0 ) return 0;
  zTable = azArg[0];
  zType = azArg[1];
  zSql = azArg[2];

  if( strcmp(zTable, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){
    raw_printf(p->out, "DELETE FROM sqlite_sequence;\n");
  }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sqlite_stat?", zTable)==0 ){
................................................................................
** Readline completion callbacks
*/
static char *readline_completion_generator(const char *text, int state){
  static sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
  char *zRet;
  if( state==0 ){
    char *zSql;

    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT DISTINCT candidate COLLATE nocase"
                           "  FROM completion(%Q) ORDER BY 1", text);
    sqlite3_prepare_v2(globalDb, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
    sqlite3_free(zSql);
  }
  if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    zRet = strdup((const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
  }else{
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    pStmt = 0;
    zRet = 0;
  }
  return zRet;
}
................................................................................
     { "number of triggers:",
       "SELECT count(*) FROM %s WHERE type='trigger'" },
     { "number of views:",
       "SELECT count(*) FROM %s WHERE type='view'" },
     { "schema size:",
       "SELECT total(length(sql)) FROM %s" },
  };

  int i;
  char *zSchemaTab;
  char *zDb = nArg>=2 ? azArg[1] : "main";
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
  unsigned char aHdr[100];
  open_db(p, 0);
  if( p->db==0 ) return 1;
  sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db,"SELECT data FROM sqlite_dbpage(?1) WHERE pgno=1",
                     -1, &pStmt, 0);
  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zDb, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);

  if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW
   && sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt,0)>100
  ){
    memcpy(aHdr, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt,0), 100);
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  }else{
    raw_printf(stderr, "unable to read database header\n");
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    return 1;
  }
  i = get2byteInt(aHdr+16);
  if( i==1 ) i = 65536;
  utf8_printf(p->out, "%-20s %d\n", "database page size:", i);
  utf8_printf(p->out, "%-20s %d\n", "write format:", aHdr[18]);
  utf8_printf(p->out, "%-20s %d\n", "read format:", aHdr[19]);
................................................................................
    }else if( (zRes = readFile("testcase-out.txt", 0))==0 ){
      raw_printf(stderr, "Error: cannot read 'testcase-out.txt'\n");
      rc = 2;
    }else if( testcase_glob(azArg[1],zRes)==0 ){
      utf8_printf(stderr,
                 "testcase-%s FAILED\n Expected: [%s]\n      Got: [%s]\n",
                 p->zTestcase, azArg[1], zRes);
      rc = 1;
    }else{
      utf8_printf(stdout, "testcase-%s ok\n", p->zTestcase);
      p->nCheck++;
    }
    sqlite3_free(zRes);
  }else

................................................................................
      { "benign_malloc_hooks",   SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS    },
      { "pending_byte",          SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE           },
      { "assert",                SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT                 },
      { "always",                SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS                 },
      { "reserve",               SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE                },
      { "optimizations",         SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS          },
      { "iskeyword",             SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD              },

      { "byteorder",             SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER              },
      { "never_corrupt",         SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT          },
      { "imposter",              SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER               },
    };
    int testctrl = -1;
    int rc2 = 0;
    int i, n2;
................................................................................
            raw_printf(stderr,"Usage: .testctrl imposter dbName onoff tnum\n");
          }
          break;

        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST:
        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL:
        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS:

        default:
          utf8_printf(stderr,
                      "Error: CLI support for testctrl %s not implemented\n",
                      azArg[1]);
          break;
      }
    }
................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX
  "   -multiplex           enable the multiplexor VFS\n"
#endif
  "   -newline SEP         set output row separator. Default: '\\n'\n"
  "   -nullvalue TEXT      set text string for NULL values. Default ''\n"
  "   -pagecache SIZE N    use N slots of SZ bytes each for page cache memory\n"
  "   -quote               set output mode to 'quote'\n"

  "   -separator SEP       set output column separator. Default: '|'\n"
  "   -stats               print memory stats before each finalize\n"
  "   -version             show SQLite version\n"
  "   -vfs NAME            use NAME as the default VFS\n"
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE
  "   -vfstrace            enable tracing of all VFS calls\n"
#endif
................................................................................

  setBinaryMode(stdin, 0);
  setvbuf(stderr, 0, _IONBF, 0); /* Make sure stderr is unbuffered */
  stdin_is_interactive = isatty(0);
  stdout_is_console = isatty(1);

#if USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE+0!=1
  if( strncmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID,60)!=0 ){
    utf8_printf(stderr, "SQLite header and source version mismatch\n%s\n%s\n",
            sqlite3_sourceid(), SQLITE_SOURCE_ID);
    exit(1);
  }
#endif
  main_init(&data);
#if !SQLITE_SHELL_IS_UTF8
................................................................................
      zSize = cmdline_option_value(argc, argv, ++i);
      szHeap = integerValue(zSize);
      if( szHeap>0x7fff0000 ) szHeap = 0x7fff0000;
      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP, malloc((int)szHeap), (int)szHeap, 64);
#else
      (void)cmdline_option_value(argc, argv, ++i);
#endif










    }else if( strcmp(z,"-pagecache")==0 ){
      int n, sz;
      sz = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      if( sz>70000 ) sz = 70000;
      if( sz<0 ) sz = 0;
      n = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE,
................................................................................
      return 0;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-interactive")==0 ){
      stdin_is_interactive = 1;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-batch")==0 ){
      stdin_is_interactive = 0;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-heap")==0 ){
      i++;


    }else if( strcmp(z,"-pagecache")==0 ){
      i+=2;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-lookaside")==0 ){
      i+=2;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-mmap")==0 ){
      i++;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfs")==0 ){
................................................................................
#if HAVE_READLINE || HAVE_EDITLINE
      rl_attempted_completion_function = readline_completion;
#elif HAVE_LINENOISE
      linenoiseSetCompletionCallback(linenoise_completion);
#endif
      rc = process_input(&data, 0);
      if( zHistory ){
        shell_stifle_history(2000);
        shell_write_history(zHistory);
        free(zHistory);
      }
    }else{
      rc = process_input(&data, stdin);
    }
  }
................................................................................
  find_home_dir(1);
#if !SQLITE_SHELL_IS_UTF8
  for(i=0; i<argc; i++) sqlite3_free(argv[i]);
  sqlite3_free(argv);
#endif
  return rc;
}

  }else{
    style_submenu_element("All", "rcvfromlist?all=1");
  }
  if( ofst>0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Newer", "rcvfromlist?ofst=%d",
                           ofst>perScreen ? ofst-perScreen : 0);
  }


  db_multi_exec(
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE rcvidUsed(x INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);"
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE rcvidSha1(x INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);"
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE rcvidSha3(x INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);"
    "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO rcvidUsed(x) SELECT rcvid FROM blob;"
    "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO rcvidSha1(x)"
    "   SELECT rcvid FROM blob WHERE length(uuid)==40;"

  }else{
    style_submenu_element("All", "rcvfromlist?all=1");
  }
  if( ofst>0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Newer", "rcvfromlist?ofst=%d",
                           ofst>perScreen ? ofst-perScreen : 0);
  }
  style_submenu_element("Artifacts", "bloblist");
  style_submenu_element("Top-250", "bigbloblist");
  db_multi_exec(
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE rcvidUsed(x INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);"
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE rcvidSha1(x INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);"
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE rcvidSha3(x INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);"
    "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO rcvidUsed(x) SELECT rcvid FROM blob;"
    "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO rcvidSha1(x)"
    "   SELECT rcvid FROM blob WHERE length(uuid)==40;"

/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
** version 3.20.0.  By combining all the individual C code files into this
** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation
** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
** translation unit.
**
** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
................................................................................
  "ENABLE_8_3_NAMES=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES),
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  "ENABLE_API_ARMOR",
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
  "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE",



#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
  "ENABLE_CEROD",
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
  "ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA",
#endif
................................................................................
** Make sure the Tcl calling convention macro is defined.  This macro is
** only used by test code and Tcl integration code.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_TCLAPI
#  define SQLITE_TCLAPI
#endif

/*
** Make sure that rand_s() is available on Windows systems with MSVC 2005
** or higher.
*/
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400
#  define _CRT_RAND_S
#endif

/*
** Include the header file used to customize the compiler options for MSVC.
** This should be done first so that it can successfully prevent spurious
** compiler warnings due to subsequent content in this file and other files
** that are included by this file.
*/
/************** Include msvc.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
................................................................................
** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]), 
** SQLite source code has been stored in the
** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management
** system</a>.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to
** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite
** within its configuration management system.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and a SHA1
** or SHA3-256 hash of the entire source tree.


**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.20.0"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3020000
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2017-07-12 18:05:54 604c11d1a39f09e47b6fcee0f8b1c1054f9dbbc7b2c1cf93312aeaa4b7095018"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
................................................................................
** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to
** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in
** the header, and thus ensure that the application is
** compiled with matching library and header files.
**
** <blockquote><pre>
** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
** </pre></blockquote>)^
**
** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION]
** macro.  ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the
** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant.  The sqlite3_libversion()
** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have
** direct access to string constants within the DLL.  ^The
** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].  ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns 
** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the 
** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro.


**
** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);
................................................................................
**
** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of
** the opaque structure named "sqlite3".  It is useful to think of an sqlite3
** pointer as an object.  The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()]
** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors.  There are many other
** interfaces (such as
** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and
** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an
** sqlite3 object.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;

/*
** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types
................................................................................
typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);

/*
** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL
** without having to use a lot of C code. 
**
** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded,
** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument,
** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st
** argument.  ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
#define SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
#define SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */
#define SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* Database lock protocol error */
#define SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Not used */
#define SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
#define SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to constraint violation */
#define SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
#define SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
#define SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
#define SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT      (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP              (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH       (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH          (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_VNODE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (27<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_AUTH              (SQLITE_IOERR | (28<<8))



#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED |  (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR      (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR          (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8))
................................................................................
** file that were written at the application level might have changed
** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are
** guaranteed to be unchanged.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
** flag indicates that a file cannot be deleted when open.  The
** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on
** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with
** elevated privileges.





*/
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC                 0x00000001
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512              0x00000002
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K               0x00000004
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K               0x00000008
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K               0x00000010
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K               0x00000020
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K              0x00000080
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K              0x00000100
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND            0x00000200
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL             0x00000400
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN  0x00000800
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    0x00001000
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE              0x00002000


/*
** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels
**
** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second
** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods
** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object.
................................................................................
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE]

** </ul>
**
** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
................................................................................
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS] opcode is implemented by zipvfs only. All other
** VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for this opcode.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by
** the RBU extension only.  All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for
** this opcode.  


































** </ul>
*/
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE       2
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE       3
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO              4
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK              24
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS                 25
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU                    26
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER            27
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER        28
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE       29
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PDB                    30




/* deprecated names */
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO


................................................................................
** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC option takes a single argument which
** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.
** The [sqlite3_mem_methods]
** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^
** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation
** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or
** tracks memory usage, for example. </dd>










**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt>
** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS option takes single argument of type int,
** interpreted as a boolean, which enables or disables the collection of
** memory allocation statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are
** disabled, the following SQLite interfaces become non-operational:
**   <ul>
................................................................................
**   </ul>)^
** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is
** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory
** allocation statistics are disabled by default.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt>
** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH option specifies a static memory buffer
** that SQLite can use for scratch memory.  ^(There are three arguments
** to SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH:  A pointer an 8-byte
** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be
** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz),
** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N).)^
** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer
** of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
** ^SQLite will not use more than one scratch buffers per thread.
** ^SQLite will never request a scratch buffer that is more than 6
** times the database page size.
** ^If SQLite needs needs additional
** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then 
** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.<p>
** ^When the application provides any amount of scratch memory using
** SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, SQLite avoids unnecessary large
** [sqlite3_malloc|heap allocations].
** This can help [Robson proof|prevent memory allocation failures] due to heap
** fragmentation in low-memory embedded systems.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a memory pool
** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page
** cache implementation.  
** This configuration option is a no-op if an application-define page
................................................................................
** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by the initial
** allocation, then SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] separately for each
** additional cache line. </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer 
** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs
** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled
** with either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] and returns
** [SQLITE_ERROR] if invoked otherwise.
** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP:
** An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory,
** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.
** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts
................................................................................
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD  1  /* nil */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD   2  /* nil */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED    3  /* nil */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC        4  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC     5  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH       6  /* void*, int sz, int N */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE     7  /* void*, int sz, int N */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP          8  /* void*, int nByte, int min */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS     9  /* boolean */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX        10  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX     11  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ 
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE    13  /* int int */
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20  /* int */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG       21  /* xSqllog, void* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE    22  /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE      23  /* int nByte */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ        24  /* int *psz */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ               25  /* unsigned int szPma */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL      26  /* int nByte */


/*
** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options
**
** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface.
**
................................................................................
** is an integer - non-zero to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the
** default) to enable them. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer
** into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether checkpoints-on-close
** have been disabled - 0 if they are not disabled, 1 if they are.
** </dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG</dt>
** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG option activates or deactivates
** the [query planner stability guarantee] (QPSG).  When the QPSG is active,
** a single SQL query statement will always use the same algorithm regardless
** of values of [bound parameters].  The QPSG disables some query optimizations
** that look at the values of bound parameters, which can make some queries
** slower.  But the QPSG has the advantage of more predictable behavior.  With
** the QPSG active, SQLite will always use the same query plan in the field as
** was used during testing in the lab.
** </dd>
**
** </dl>
................................................................................
** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to
** see if those actions are allowed.  ^The authorizer callback should
** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the
** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be
** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be
** rejected with an error.  ^If the authorizer callback returns
** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY]
** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] or equivalent call that triggered
** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
**
** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
** requested is ok.  ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] or equivalent call that triggered the
** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
** access is denied. 
**
** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter
** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters
................................................................................
** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection
** at a time.  Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the
** previous call.)^  ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
** The authorizer is disabled by default.
**
** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback.
** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] is used to prepare a statement, the
** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
**
** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless
** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes
** sqlite3_prepare_v3() to reprepare a statement after a schema change.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
  sqlite3*,
  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
  void *pUserData
);

................................................................................
**
** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
** interrupted.  This feature can be used to implement a
** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box.
**
** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify
** the database connection that invoked the progress handler.
** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
................................................................................
** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed.
**
** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]] <h3>URI Filenames</h3>
**
** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument
** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI
** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is
** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has
** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the
** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option.
** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off
** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename
** interpretation by default.  See "[URI filenames]" for additional
** information.
**
** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an
** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string 
** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an 
................................................................................
** original SQL text is source code.  A prepared statement object 
** is the compiled object code.  All SQL must be converted into a
** prepared statement before it can be run.
**
** The life-cycle of a prepared statement object usually goes like this:
**
** <ol>
** <li> Create the prepared statement object using [sqlite3_prepare_v3()].
** <li> Bind values to [parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
**      interfaces.
** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
** <li> Reset the prepared statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
**      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()].
** </ol>
................................................................................
** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt>
** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt>
** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program
** used to implement an SQL statement.  If [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] or
** the equivalent tries to allocate space for more than this many opcodes
** in a single prepared statement, an SQLITE_NOMEM error is returned.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt>
** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt>
................................................................................
** "prepFlags" parameter of the [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] and
** [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] interfaces.
**
** New flags may be added in future releases of SQLite.
**
** <dl>
** [[SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT</dt>
** <dd>The SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT flag causes [sqlite3_prepare_v3()]
** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]
** to optimize the resulting prepared statement to be retained for a 
** relatively long amount of time.)^  ^Without this flag,
** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that
** the prepared statement will be used just once or at most a few times
** and then destroyed using [sqlite3_finalize()] relatively soon.



** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT              0x01

/*
** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
................................................................................
  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v3(
  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
  unsigned int prepFalgs, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_ flags */
  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
................................................................................
** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected
** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required.
**
** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the
** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected.
** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by
** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected.
** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with
** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].

** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of
** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_value sqlite3_value;

/*
** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object
................................................................................

/*
** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements
** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] and its variants,
** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following
** templates:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  ?
** <li>  ?NNN
** <li>  :VVV
................................................................................
** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal,
** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^  ^The values of these
** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
**
** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] or its variants.
**
** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set.
** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1.  ^When the same named
** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence.
** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired.  ^The index
................................................................................
** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
** is filled with zeroes.  ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
** content is later written using
** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.









**
** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer
** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which
** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()],
** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE].  If any sqlite3_bind_()
** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the
** result is undefined and probably harmful.
................................................................................
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, sqlite3_uint64,
                         void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);

SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
................................................................................
** </table></blockquote>
**
** <b>Details:</b>
**
** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current
** result row of a query.  ^In every case the first argument is a pointer
** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] or one of its variants)
** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information
** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0.
** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using
** [sqlite3_column_count()].
**
** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the
** column index is out of range, the result is undefined.
................................................................................
**
** <b>Summary:</b>
** <blockquote><table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0>
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_blob</b><td>&rarr;<td>BLOB value
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_double</b><td>&rarr;<td>REAL value
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_int</b><td>&rarr;<td>32-bit INTEGER value
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_int64</b><td>&rarr;<td>64-bit INTEGER value

** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_text</b><td>&rarr;<td>UTF-8 TEXT value
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_text16</b><td>&rarr;<td>UTF-16 TEXT value in
** the native byteorder
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_text16be</b><td>&rarr;<td>UTF-16be TEXT value
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_text16le</b><td>&rarr;<td>UTF-16le TEXT value
** <tr><td>&nbsp;<td>&nbsp;<td>&nbsp;
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_bytes</b><td>&rarr;<td>Size of a BLOB
................................................................................
** datatype of the value
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_numeric_type&nbsp;&nbsp;</b>
** <td>&rarr;&nbsp;&nbsp;<td>Best numeric datatype of the value
** </table></blockquote>
**
** <b>Details:</b>
**
** This routine extract type, size, and content information from
** [protected sqlite3_value] objects.  Protected sqlite3_value objects
** are used to pass parameter information into implementation of
** [application-defined SQL functions] and [virtual tables].
**
** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
** is not threadsafe.
................................................................................
** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
**
** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  ^The
** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
**







** ^(The sqlite3_value_type(V) interface returns the
** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial datatype of the
** [sqlite3_value] object V. The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER],
** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].)^
** Other interfaces might change the datatype for an sqlite3_value object.
** For example, if the datatype is initially SQLITE_INTEGER and
** sqlite3_value_text(V) is called to extract a text value for that
................................................................................
** These routines must be called from the same thread as
** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters.
*/
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);

SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
................................................................................
** METHOD: sqlite3_value
**
** The sqlite3_value_subtype(V) function returns the subtype for
** an [application-defined SQL function] argument V.  The subtype
** information can be used to pass a limited amount of context from
** one SQL function to another.  Use the [sqlite3_result_subtype()]
** routine to set the subtype for the return value of an SQL function.
**
** SQLite makes no use of subtype itself.  It merely passes the subtype
** from the result of one [application-defined SQL function] into the
** input of another.
*/
SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_value_subtype(sqlite3_value*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Copy And Free SQL Values
** METHOD: sqlite3_value
**
................................................................................
** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to
** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not
** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content
** when it has finished using that result.
** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
** the application-defined function to be a copy of the
** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter.  ^The
** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm.
** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an
** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either
** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
**











** If these routines are called from within the different thread
** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob64(sqlite3_context*,const void*,
                           sqlite3_uint64,void(*)(void*));
................................................................................
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text64(sqlite3_context*, const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
                           void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);

SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_uint64 n);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Setting The Subtype Of An SQL Function
** METHOD: sqlite3_context
................................................................................
** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
** to which a [prepared statement] belongs.  ^The [database connection]
** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection]
** that was the first argument
** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] call (or its variants) that was used to
** create the statement in the first place.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection
** METHOD: sqlite3
................................................................................
** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant.
** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
** the database connection that invoked the callback.  Any actions
** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit
** or rollback hook in the first place.
** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements,
** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify
** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
**
** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT]
** operation is allowed to continue normally.  ^If the commit hook
** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK].
................................................................................
** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future
** release of SQLite.
**
** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify
** the database connection that invoked the update hook.  Any actions
** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook.
** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function
** returns the P argument from the previous call
** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
** the first call on D.
**
................................................................................
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes
**
** These macros defined the allowed values for the
** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field.  Each value represents
** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of
** a query that uses a [virtual table].
*/
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ      2
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT      4
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE      8
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT     16
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE     32
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH  64
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE   65
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GLOB   66
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_REGEXP 67






/*
** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
** ^Module names must be registered before
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS     10
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE            11
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT                  12
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS                  13
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE                 14
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS           15
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD               16
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC           17
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19  /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ONCE_RESET_THRESHOLD    19
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT           20
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE           21
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER               22
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT                  23
................................................................................
** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()].
**
** <dl>
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out
** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly.  The
** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application
** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library.  Scratch memory
** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache
** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in
** this parameter.  The amount returned is the sum of the allocation
** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt>
** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
................................................................................
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
** handed to [pagecache memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the
** [scratch memory allocator] configured using
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH].  The value returned is in allocations, not
** in bytes.  Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation
** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads
** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory
** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]
** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The values
** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too
** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the
** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer
** slots were available.
** </dd>)^

**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt>
** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
** handed to [scratch memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^

**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack. 
** The *pCurrent value is undefined.  The *pHighwater value is only
** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^
** </dl>
**
** New status parameters may be added from time to time.
*/
#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED          0
#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED       1
#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW   2
#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED         3
#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW     4
#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE          5
#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK         6
#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE       7
#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE         8
#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT         9

/*
** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
................................................................................
** Changes within a patchset are ordered in the same way as for changesets
** generated by the sqlite3session_changeset() function (i.e. all changes for
** a single table are grouped together, tables appear in the order in which
** they were attached to the session object).
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
  int *pnPatchset,                /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */
  void **ppPatchset               /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Test if a changeset has recorded any changes.
**
** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by 
** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or 
................................................................................
** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions.
**
** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the 
** corresponding non-streaming API functions:
**
** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex">
**   <tr><th>Streaming function<th>Non-streaming equivalent</th>
**   <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_str<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply] 
**   <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_str<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat] 
**   <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_str<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert] 
**   <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_str<td>[sqlite3changeset_start] 
**   <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_str<td>[sqlite3session_changeset] 
**   <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_str<td>[sqlite3session_patchset] 
** </table>
**
** Non-streaming functions that accept changesets (or patchsets) as input
** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory. 
** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning 
** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). 
** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a 
................................................................................
# define ALWAYS(X)      ((X)?1:(assert(0),0))
# define NEVER(X)       ((X)?(assert(0),1):0)
#else
# define ALWAYS(X)      (X)
# define NEVER(X)       (X)
#endif
















/*
** Some malloc failures are only possible if SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is
** defined.  We need to defend against those failures when testing with
** SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS, but we don't want the unreachable branches
** during a normal build.  The following macro can be used to disable tests
** that are always false except when SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is set.
*/
................................................................................
#define TK_EXISTS                          20
#define TK_TEMP                            21
#define TK_LP                              22
#define TK_RP                              23
#define TK_AS                              24
#define TK_WITHOUT                         25
#define TK_COMMA                           26
#define TK_ID                              27
#define TK_ABORT                           28
#define TK_ACTION                          29
#define TK_AFTER                           30
#define TK_ANALYZE                         31
#define TK_ASC                             32
#define TK_ATTACH                          33
#define TK_BEFORE                          34
#define TK_BY                              35
#define TK_CASCADE                         36
#define TK_CAST                            37
#define TK_COLUMNKW                        38
#define TK_CONFLICT                        39
#define TK_DATABASE                        40
#define TK_DESC                            41
#define TK_DETACH                          42
#define TK_EACH                            43
#define TK_FAIL                            44


















#define TK_FOR                             45
#define TK_IGNORE                          46
#define TK_INITIALLY                       47
#define TK_INSTEAD                         48
#define TK_LIKE_KW                         49
#define TK_MATCH                           50
#define TK_NO                              51
#define TK_KEY                             52
#define TK_OF                              53
#define TK_OFFSET                          54
#define TK_PRAGMA                          55
#define TK_RAISE                           56
#define TK_RECURSIVE                       57
#define TK_REPLACE                         58
#define TK_RESTRICT                        59
#define TK_ROW                             60
#define TK_TRIGGER                         61
#define TK_VACUUM                          62
#define TK_VIEW                            63
#define TK_VIRTUAL                         64
#define TK_WITH                            65
#define TK_REINDEX                         66
#define TK_RENAME                          67
#define TK_CTIME_KW                        68
#define TK_ANY                             69
#define TK_OR                              70
#define TK_AND                             71
#define TK_IS                              72
#define TK_BETWEEN                         73
#define TK_IN                              74
#define TK_ISNULL                          75
#define TK_NOTNULL                         76
#define TK_NE                              77
#define TK_EQ                              78
#define TK_GT                              79
#define TK_LE                              80
#define TK_LT                              81
#define TK_GE                              82
#define TK_ESCAPE                          83
#define TK_BITAND                          84
#define TK_BITOR                           85
#define TK_LSHIFT                          86
#define TK_RSHIFT                          87
#define TK_PLUS                            88
#define TK_MINUS                           89
#define TK_STAR                            90
................................................................................
#define TK_CASE                           136
#define TK_WHEN                           137
#define TK_THEN                           138
#define TK_ELSE                           139
#define TK_INDEX                          140
#define TK_ALTER                          141
#define TK_ADD                            142
#define TK_TO_TEXT                        143
#define TK_TO_BLOB                        144
#define TK_TO_NUMERIC                     145
#define TK_TO_INT                         146
#define TK_TO_REAL                        147
#define TK_ISNOT                          148
#define TK_END_OF_FILE                    149
#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING                150
#define TK_FUNCTION                       151
#define TK_COLUMN                         152
#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION                   153
#define TK_AGG_COLUMN                     154
#define TK_UMINUS                         155
#define TK_UPLUS                          156
#define TK_REGISTER                       157
#define TK_VECTOR                         158
#define TK_SELECT_COLUMN                  159
#define TK_IF_NULL_ROW                    160
#define TK_ASTERISK                       161
#define TK_SPAN                           162


#define TK_SPACE                          163
#define TK_ILLEGAL                        164

/* The token codes above must all fit in 8 bits */
#define TKFLG_MASK           0xff  

/* Flags that can be added to a token code when it is not
** being stored in a u8: */
#define TKFLG_DONTFOLD       0x100  /* Omit constant folding optimizations */
................................................................................
** The default value of "20" was choosen to minimize the run-time of the
** speedtest1 test program with options: --shrink-memory --reprepare
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ 20
#endif










/*
** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
** ourselves.
*/
#ifndef offsetof
#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
#endif
................................................................................
# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
#endif

/*
** SELECTTRACE_ENABLED will be either 1 or 0 depending on whether or not
** the Select query generator tracing logic is turned on.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE)
# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 1
#else
# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 0
#endif

/*
** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
  Btree*,                              /* BTree containing table to open */
  int iTable,                          /* Index of root page */
  int wrFlag,                          /* 1 for writing.  0 for read-only */
  struct KeyInfo*,                     /* First argument to compare function */
  BtCursor *pCursor                    /* Space to write cursor structure */
);

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHintFlags(BtCursor*, unsigned);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHint(BtCursor*, int, ...);
#endif

................................................................................
  signed char p3;     /* Third parameter */
};
typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;

/*
** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type
*/
#define P4_NOTUSED    0   /* The P4 parameter is not used */
#define P4_DYNAMIC  (-1)  /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */
#define P4_STATIC   (-2)  /* Pointer to a static string */
#define P4_COLLSEQ  (-3)  /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */







#define P4_FUNCDEF  (-4)  /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */
#define P4_KEYINFO  (-5)  /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
#define P4_EXPR     (-6)  /* P4 is a pointer to an Expr tree */
#define P4_MEM      (-7)  /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem*    structure */
#define P4_TRANSIENT  0   /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */
#define P4_VTAB     (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */
#define P4_REAL     (-9) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */
#define P4_INT64    (-10) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */
#define P4_INT32    (-11) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */
#define P4_INTARRAY (-12) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */
#define P4_SUBPROGRAM  (-13) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */
#define P4_ADVANCE  (-14) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */
#define P4_TABLE    (-15) /* P4 is a pointer to a Table structure */
#define P4_FUNCCTX  (-16) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_context object */

/* Error message codes for OP_Halt */
#define P5_ConstraintNotNull 1
#define P5_ConstraintUnique  2
#define P5_ConstraintCheck   3
#define P5_ConstraintFK      4

................................................................................
/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/
/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/
/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
/* See the tool/mkopcodeh.tcl script for details */
#define OP_Savepoint       0
#define OP_AutoCommit      1
#define OP_Transaction     2
#define OP_SorterNext      3
#define OP_PrevIfOpen      4
#define OP_NextIfOpen      5
#define OP_Prev            6
#define OP_Next            7
#define OP_Checkpoint      8
#define OP_JournalMode     9
#define OP_Vacuum         10
#define OP_VFilter        11 /* synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4'           */
#define OP_VUpdate        12 /* synopsis: data=r[P3@P2]                    */
#define OP_Goto           13
#define OP_Gosub          14
#define OP_InitCoroutine  15
#define OP_Yield          16
#define OP_MustBeInt      17
#define OP_Jump           18
#define OP_Not            19 /* same as TK_NOT, synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1]    */
#define OP_Once           20
#define OP_If             21
#define OP_IfNot          22
#define OP_IfNullRow      23 /* synopsis: if P1.nullRow then r[P3]=NULL, goto P2 */
#define OP_SeekLT         24 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_SeekLE         25 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_SeekGE         26 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_SeekGT         27 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_NoConflict     28 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_NotFound       29 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_Found          30 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_SeekRowid      31 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3]                     */
#define OP_NotExists      32 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3]                     */
#define OP_Last           33
#define OP_IfSmaller      34
#define OP_SorterSort     35
#define OP_Sort           36
#define OP_Rewind         37
#define OP_IdxLE          38 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_IdxGT          39 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_IdxLT          40 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_IdxGE          41 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_RowSetRead     42 /* synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1)                 */


#define OP_RowSetTest     43 /* synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2   */
#define OP_Program        44
#define OP_FkIfZero       45 /* synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2          */
#define OP_IfPos          46 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P1]-=P3, goto P2 */
#define OP_IfNotZero      47 /* synopsis: if r[P1]!=0 then r[P1]--, goto P2 */









#define OP_DecrJumpZero   48 /* synopsis: if (--r[P1])==0 goto P2          */
#define OP_IncrVacuum     49
#define OP_VNext          50
#define OP_Init           51 /* synopsis: Start at P2                      */
#define OP_Return         52
#define OP_EndCoroutine   53
#define OP_HaltIfNull     54 /* synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt               */
#define OP_Halt           55
#define OP_Integer        56 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P1                         */
#define OP_Int64          57 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4                         */
#define OP_String         58 /* synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)              */
#define OP_Null           59 /* synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL                   */
#define OP_SoftNull       60 /* synopsis: r[P1]=NULL                       */
#define OP_Blob           61 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)                */
#define OP_Variable       62 /* synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)           */
#define OP_Move           63 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]                */
#define OP_Copy           64 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1]            */
#define OP_SCopy          65 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1]                      */
#define OP_IntCopy        66 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1]                      */
#define OP_ResultRow      67 /* synopsis: output=r[P1@P2]                  */
#define OP_CollSeq        68
#define OP_Function0      69 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])             */
#define OP_Or             70 /* same as TK_OR, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) */
#define OP_And            71 /* same as TK_AND, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) */
#define OP_Function       72 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])             */
#define OP_AddImm         73 /* synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2                   */
#define OP_RealAffinity   74
#define OP_IsNull         75 /* same as TK_ISNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 */
#define OP_NotNull        76 /* same as TK_NOTNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 */
#define OP_Ne             77 /* same as TK_NE, synopsis: IF r[P3]!=r[P1]   */
#define OP_Eq             78 /* same as TK_EQ, synopsis: IF r[P3]==r[P1]   */
#define OP_Gt             79 /* same as TK_GT, synopsis: IF r[P3]>r[P1]    */
#define OP_Le             80 /* same as TK_LE, synopsis: IF r[P3]<=r[P1]   */
#define OP_Lt             81 /* same as TK_LT, synopsis: IF r[P3]<r[P1]    */
#define OP_Ge             82 /* same as TK_GE, synopsis: IF r[P3]>=r[P1]   */
#define OP_ElseNotEq      83 /* same as TK_ESCAPE                          */
#define OP_BitAnd         84 /* same as TK_BITAND, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] */
#define OP_BitOr          85 /* same as TK_BITOR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] */
#define OP_ShiftLeft      86 /* same as TK_LSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1] */
#define OP_ShiftRight     87 /* same as TK_RSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1] */
#define OP_Add            88 /* same as TK_PLUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] */
#define OP_Subtract       89 /* same as TK_MINUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] */
#define OP_Multiply       90 /* same as TK_STAR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] */
#define OP_Divide         91 /* same as TK_SLASH, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] */
#define OP_Remainder      92 /* same as TK_REM, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] */
#define OP_Concat         93 /* same as TK_CONCAT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] */
#define OP_Cast           94 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1])                  */
#define OP_BitNot         95 /* same as TK_BITNOT, synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] */
#define OP_Permutation    96
#define OP_String8        97 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4'    */
#define OP_Compare        98 /* synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]            */
#define OP_Column         99 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX                         */
#define OP_Affinity      100 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2])               */
#define OP_MakeRecord    101 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])            */
#define OP_Count         102 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count()                    */
#define OP_ReadCookie    103
#define OP_SetCookie     104
#define OP_ReopenIdx     105 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
#define OP_OpenRead      106 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
#define OP_OpenWrite     107 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
#define OP_OpenDup       108
#define OP_OpenAutoindex 109 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2                       */
#define OP_OpenEphemeral 110 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2                       */
#define OP_SorterOpen    111
#define OP_SequenceTest  112 /* synopsis: if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2   */
#define OP_OpenPseudo    113 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2]              */
#define OP_Close         114
#define OP_ColumnsUsed   115
#define OP_Sequence      116 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++           */
#define OP_NewRowid      117 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_Insert        118 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]          */
#define OP_InsertInt     119 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2]             */
#define OP_Delete        120
#define OP_ResetCount    121
#define OP_SorterCompare 122 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */
#define OP_SorterData    123 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
#define OP_RowData       124 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
#define OP_Rowid         125 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_NullRow       126

#define OP_SorterInsert  127 /* synopsis: key=r[P2]                        */
#define OP_IdxInsert     128 /* synopsis: key=r[P2]                        */
#define OP_IdxDelete     129 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3]                     */
#define OP_DeferredSeek  130 /* synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed    */
#define OP_IdxRowid      131 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */

#define OP_Real          132 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4       */
#define OP_Destroy       133
#define OP_Clear         134
#define OP_ResetSorter   135
#define OP_CreateIndex   136 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1                */
#define OP_CreateTable   137 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1                */
#define OP_SqlExec       138
#define OP_ParseSchema   139
#define OP_LoadAnalysis  140
#define OP_DropTable     141
#define OP_DropIndex     142
#define OP_DropTrigger   143
#define OP_IntegrityCk   144
#define OP_RowSetAdd     145 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2]                 */
#define OP_Param         146
#define OP_FkCounter     147 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2                    */
#define OP_MemMax        148 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])           */
#define OP_OffsetLimit   149 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1) */
#define OP_AggStep0      150 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])       */
#define OP_AggStep       151 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])       */
#define OP_AggFinal      152 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2                 */
#define OP_Expire        153
#define OP_TableLock     154 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3          */
#define OP_VBegin        155
#define OP_VCreate       156
#define OP_VDestroy      157
#define OP_VOpen         158
#define OP_VColumn       159 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)                */
#define OP_VRename       160
#define OP_Pagecount     161
#define OP_MaxPgcnt      162




#define OP_CursorHint    163
#define OP_Noop          164
#define OP_Explain       165

/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c
** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:
*/
#define OPFLG_JUMP        0x01  /* jump:  P2 holds jmp target */
#define OPFLG_IN1         0x02  /* in1:   P1 is an input */
................................................................................
#define OPFLG_OUT3        0x20  /* out3:  P3 is an output */
#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
/*   0 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\
/*   8 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\
/*  16 */ 0x03, 0x03, 0x01, 0x12, 0x01, 0x03, 0x03, 0x01,\
/*  24 */ 0x09, 0x09, 0x09, 0x09, 0x09, 0x09, 0x09, 0x09,\
/*  32 */ 0x09, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\
/*  40 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x23, 0x0b, 0x01, 0x01, 0x03, 0x03,\

/*  48 */ 0x03, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x02, 0x08, 0x00,\
/*  56 */ 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00,\
/*  64 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x26, 0x26,\
/*  72 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x03, 0x03, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b,\
/*  80 */ 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x01, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26,\
/*  88 */ 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x02, 0x12,\
/*  96 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10,\
/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 112 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x04,\
/* 128 */ 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 136 */ 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 144 */ 0x00, 0x06, 0x10, 0x00, 0x04, 0x1a, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 152 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 160 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,}


/* The sqlite3P2Values() routine is able to run faster if it knows
** the value of the largest JUMP opcode.  The smaller the maximum
** JUMP opcode the better, so the mkopcodeh.tcl script that
** generated this include file strives to group all JUMP opcodes
** together near the beginning of the list.
*/
#define SQLITE_MX_JUMP_OPCODE  83  /* Maximum JUMP opcode */

/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/

/*
** Additional non-public SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags
*/
................................................................................

typedef int (*RecordCompare)(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord*);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *);
#endif



/* Use SQLITE_ENABLE_COMMENTS to enable generation of extra comments on
** each VDBE opcode.
**
** Use the SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS macro to see some extra no-op
** comments in VDBE programs that show key decision points in the code
** generator.
................................................................................

/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ 
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGet(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*);


/* Operations on page references. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); 
................................................................................
  ** Elements above, except pCache, are public.  All that follow are 
  ** private to pcache.c and should not be accessed by other modules.
  ** pCache is grouped with the public elements for efficiency.
  */
  i16 nRef;                      /* Number of users of this page */
  PgHdr *pDirtyNext;             /* Next element in list of dirty pages */
  PgHdr *pDirtyPrev;             /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */


};

/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */
#define PGHDR_CLEAN           0x001  /* Page not on the PCache.pDirty list */
#define PGHDR_DIRTY           0x002  /* Page is on the PCache.pDirty list */
#define PGHDR_WRITEABLE       0x004  /* Journaled and ready to modify */
#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC       0x008  /* Fsync the rollback journal before
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id);

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int);

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64, int, void **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *);


/* 
** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods 
*/
................................................................................
** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that
** have been filled out.  If the schema changes, these column names might
** changes and so the view will need to be reset.
*/
#define DB_SchemaLoaded    0x0001  /* The schema has been loaded */
#define DB_UnresetViews    0x0002  /* Some views have defined column names */
#define DB_Empty           0x0004  /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */


/*
** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited
** using the sqlite3_limit() interface.
*/
#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS+1)

................................................................................
** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that
** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects.
*/
struct Lookaside {
  u32 bDisable;           /* Only operate the lookaside when zero */
  u16 sz;                 /* Size of each buffer in bytes */
  u8 bMalloced;           /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */
  int nOut;               /* Number of buffers currently checked out */
  int mxOut;              /* Highwater mark for nOut */
  int anStat[3];          /* 0: hits.  1: size misses.  2: full misses */

  LookasideSlot *pFree;   /* List of available buffers */
  void *pStart;           /* First byte of available memory space */
  void *pEnd;             /* First byte past end of available space */
};
struct LookasideSlot {
  LookasideSlot *pNext;    /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */
};
................................................................................
struct sqlite3 {
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;            /* OS Interface */
  struct Vdbe *pVdbe;           /* List of active virtual machines */
  CollSeq *pDfltColl;           /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Connection mutex */
  Db *aDb;                      /* All backends */
  int nDb;                      /* Number of backends currently in use */

  int flags;                    /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */
  i64 lastRowid;                /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
  i64 szMmap;                   /* Default mmap_size setting */

  unsigned int openFlags;       /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
  int errCode;                  /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
  int errMask;                  /* & result codes with this before returning */
  int iSysErrno;                /* Errno value from last system error */
  u16 dbOptFlags;               /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */
  u8 enc;                       /* Text encoding */
  u8 autoCommit;                /* The auto-commit flag. */
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_ReadUncommit   0x00000400  /* READ UNCOMMITTED in shared-cache */
#define SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose  0x00000800  /* No checkpoint on close()/DETACH */
#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder   0x00001000  /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */
#define SQLITE_RecTriggers    0x00002000  /* Enable recursive triggers */
#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys    0x00004000  /* Enforce foreign key constraints  */
#define SQLITE_AutoIndex      0x00008000  /* Enable automatic indexes */
#define SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x00010000  /* Enable load_extension */

#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger  0x00020000  /* True to enable triggers */
#define SQLITE_DeferFKs       0x00040000  /* Defer all FK constraints */
#define SQLITE_QueryOnly      0x00080000  /* Disable database changes */
#define SQLITE_CellSizeCk     0x00100000  /* Check btree cell sizes on load */
#define SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer  0x00200000  /* Enable fts3_tokenizer(2) */
#define SQLITE_EnableQPSG     0x00400000  /* Query Planner Stability Guarantee */
/* The next four values are not used by PRAGMAs or by sqlite3_dbconfig() and
** could be factored out into a separate bit vector of the sqlite3 object. */
#define SQLITE_InternChanges  0x00800000  /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */
#define SQLITE_LoadExtFunc    0x01000000  /* Enable load_extension() SQL func */
#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin  0x02000000  /* Preference to built-in funcs */
#define SQLITE_Vacuum         0x04000000  /* Currently in a VACUUM */
/* Flags used only if debugging */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#define SQLITE_SqlTrace       0x08000000  /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
#define SQLITE_VdbeListing    0x10000000  /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */
#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace      0x20000000  /* True to trace VDBE execution */
#define SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace 0x40000000  /* Trace sqlite3VdbeAddOp() calls */
#define SQLITE_VdbeEQP        0x80000000  /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
#endif








/*
** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the
** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to
** selectively disable various optimizations.
*/
#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x0001   /* Query flattening */
#define SQLITE_ColumnCache    0x0002   /* Column cache */
#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder   0x0004   /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */
#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x0008   /* Constant factoring */
/*                not used    0x0010   // Was: SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt */
#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt    0x0020   /* DISTINCT using indexes */
#define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan   0x0040   /* Covering index scans */
#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0080   /* ORDER BY of joins via index */
#define SQLITE_SubqCoroutine  0x0100   /* Evaluate subqueries as coroutines */
#define SQLITE_Transitive     0x0200   /* Transitive constraints */
#define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin   0x0400   /* Omit unused tables in joins */


#define SQLITE_Stat34         0x0800   /* Use STAT3 or STAT4 data */
#define SQLITE_CountOfView    0x1000   /* The count-of-view optimization */
#define SQLITE_CursorHints    0x2000   /* Add OP_CursorHint opcodes */
#define SQLITE_AllOpts        0xffff   /* All optimizations */

/*
** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled.
*/
#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask)  (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0)
#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask)   (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0)
................................................................................
**   VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
**     Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag.
**
**   DFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
**     Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag and
**     adds the SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG flag.  Used for date & time functions
**     and functions like sqlite_version() that can change, but not during
**     a single query.







**
**   AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal)
**     Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by
**     the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters
**     are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to
**     FUNCTION().
**
................................................................................
#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, {0} }
#define VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, {0} }
#define DFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, {0} }



#define FUNCTION2(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc, extraFlags) \
  {nArg,SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags,\
   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, {0} }
#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \
  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
   pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, }
#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \
................................................................................
** Note that aSortOrder[] and aColl[] have nField+1 slots.  There
** are nField slots for the columns of an index then one extra slot
** for the rowid at the end.
*/
struct KeyInfo {
  u32 nRef;           /* Number of references to this KeyInfo object */
  u8 enc;             /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */
  u16 nField;         /* Number of key columns in the index */
  u16 nXField;        /* Number of columns beyond the key columns */
  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database connection */
  u8 *aSortOrder;     /* Sort order for each column. */
  CollSeq *aColl[1];  /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
};

/*
** This object holds a record which has been parsed out into individual
................................................................................
*/
struct UnpackedRecord {
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Collation and sort-order information */
  Mem *aMem;          /* Values */
  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
  i8 default_rc;      /* Comparison result if keys are equal */
  u8 errCode;         /* Error detected by xRecordCompare (CORRUPT or NOMEM) */
  i8 r1;              /* Value to return if (lhs > rhs) */
  i8 r2;              /* Value to return if (rhs < lhs) */
  u8 eqSeen;          /* True if an equality comparison has been seen */
};


/*
** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
** instance of the following structure.
................................................................................
                         ** TK_SELECT_COLUMN: column of the result vector */
  i16 iAgg;              /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */
  i16 iRightJoinTable;   /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */
  u8 op2;                /* TK_REGISTER: original value of Expr.op
                         ** TK_COLUMN: the value of p5 for OP_Column
                         ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION: nesting depth */
  AggInfo *pAggInfo;     /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */
  Table *pTab;           /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */

};

/*
** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field.
*/
#define EP_FromJoin  0x000001 /* Originates in ON/USING clause of outer join */
#define EP_Agg       0x000002 /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */
................................................................................
** column expression as it exists in a SELECT statement.  However, if
** the bSpanIsTab flag is set, then zSpan is overloaded to mean the name
** of the result column in the form: DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN.  This later
** form is used for name resolution with nested FROM clauses.
*/
struct ExprList {
  int nExpr;             /* Number of expressions on the list */
  int nAlloc;            /* Number of a[] slots allocated */
  struct ExprList_item { /* For each expression in the list */
    Expr *pExpr;            /* The parse tree for this expression */
    char *zName;            /* Token associated with this expression */
    char *zSpan;            /* Original text of the expression */
    u8 sortOrder;           /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */
    unsigned done :1;       /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */
    unsigned bSpanIsTab :1; /* zSpan holds DB.TABLE.COLUMN */
................................................................................
  int nRangeReg;       /* Size of the temporary register block */
  int iRangeReg;       /* First register in temporary register block */
  int nErr;            /* Number of errors seen */
  int nTab;            /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
  int nMem;            /* Number of memory cells used so far */
  int nOpAlloc;        /* Number of slots allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */
  int szOpAlloc;       /* Bytes of memory space allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */
  int ckBase;          /* Base register of data during check constraints */
  int iSelfTab;        /* Table of an index whose exprs are being coded */
  int iCacheLevel;     /* ColCache valid when aColCache[].iLevel<=iCacheLevel */
  int iCacheCnt;       /* Counter used to generate aColCache[].lru values */
  int nLabel;          /* Number of labels used */
  int *aLabel;         /* Space to hold the labels */
  ExprList *pConstExpr;/* Constant expressions */
  Token constraintName;/* Name of the constraint currently being parsed */
  yDbMask writeMask;   /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
#endif
  AutoincInfo *pAinc;  /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */
  Parse *pToplevel;    /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */
  Table *pTriggerTab;  /* Table triggers are being coded for */
  int addrCrTab;       /* Address of OP_CreateTable opcode on CREATE TABLE */
  u32 nQueryLoop;      /* Est number of iterations of a query (10*log2(N)) */
  u32 oldmask;         /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */
  u32 newmask;         /* Mask of new.* columns referenced */
  u8 eTriggerOp;       /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */
  u8 eOrconf;          /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
  u8 disableTriggers;  /* True to disable triggers */

................................................................................

/*
** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we
** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end.
*/
struct StrAccum {
  sqlite3 *db;         /* Optional database for lookaside.  Can be NULL */
  char *zBase;         /* A base allocation.  Not from malloc. */
  char *zText;         /* The string collected so far */
  u32  nChar;          /* Length of the string so far */
  u32  nAlloc;         /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
  u32  mxAlloc;        /* Maximum allowed allocation.  0 for no malloc usage */

  u8   accError;       /* STRACCUM_NOMEM or STRACCUM_TOOBIG */
  u8   printfFlags;    /* SQLITE_PRINTF flags below */
};
#define STRACCUM_NOMEM   1
#define STRACCUM_TOOBIG  2
#define SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL 0x01  /* Internal-use-only converters allowed */
#define SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC  0x02  /* SQL function arguments to VXPrintf */
................................................................................
*/
struct Sqlite3Config {
  int bMemstat;                     /* True to enable memory status */
  int bCoreMutex;                   /* True to enable core mutexing */
  int bFullMutex;                   /* True to enable full mutexing */
  int bOpenUri;                     /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */
  int bUseCis;                      /* Use covering indices for full-scans */

  int mxStrlen;                     /* Maximum string length */
  int neverCorrupt;                 /* Database is always well-formed */
  int szLookaside;                  /* Default lookaside buffer size */
  int nLookaside;                   /* Default lookaside buffer count */
  int nStmtSpill;                   /* Stmt-journal spill-to-disk threshold */
  sqlite3_mem_methods m;            /* Low-level memory allocation interface */
  sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex;      /* Low-level mutex interface */
  sqlite3_pcache_methods2 pcache2;  /* Low-level page-cache interface */
  void *pHeap;                      /* Heap storage space */
  int nHeap;                        /* Size of pHeap[] */
  int mnReq, mxReq;                 /* Min and max heap requests sizes */
  sqlite3_int64 szMmap;             /* mmap() space per open file */
  sqlite3_int64 mxMmap;             /* Maximum value for szMmap */
  void *pScratch;                   /* Scratch memory */
  int szScratch;                    /* Size of each scratch buffer */
  int nScratch;                     /* Number of scratch buffers */
  void *pPage;                      /* Page cache memory */
  int szPage;                       /* Size of each page in pPage[] */
  int nPage;                        /* Number of pages in pPage[] */
  int mxParserStack;                /* maximum depth of the parser stack */
  int sharedCacheEnabled;           /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */
  u32 szPma;                        /* Maximum Sorter PMA size */
  /* The above might be initialized to non-zero.  The following need to always
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWalkNoop(Walker*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectWalkNoop(Walker*, Select*);

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectWalkAssert2(Walker*, Select*);
#endif

/*
** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their
** callbacks.
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, u64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, u64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, u64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFreeNN(sqlite3*, void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void);
#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void));
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void);
................................................................................
# define sqlite3MemoryBarrier()
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StatusValue(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusUp(int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusDown(int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusHighwater(int, int);


/* Access to mutexes used by sqlite3_status() */
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3Pcache1Mutex(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MallocMutex(void);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3IsNaN(double);
................................................................................
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);


SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, const Token*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse*,Expr*,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64);
................................................................................
#define IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK     0x0001  /* OK to return IN_INDEX_NOOP */
#define IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP  0x0002  /* IN operator used for membership test */
#define IN_INDEX_LOOP        0x0004  /* IN operator used as a loop */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, u32, int*, int*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE

SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *);
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(sqlite3_file *p);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p);
................................................................................
#else
# define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y)  /* no-op */
# define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y)  1
# define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y)   1
#endif
#define MEMTYPE_HEAP       0x01  /* General heap allocations */
#define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE  0x02  /* Heap that might have been lookaside */
#define MEMTYPE_SCRATCH    0x04  /* Scratch allocations */
#define MEMTYPE_PCACHE     0x08  /* Page cache allocations */

/*
** Threading interface
*/
#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate(SQLiteThread**,void*(*)(void*),void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread*, void**);
#endif




#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbstatRegister(sqlite3*);
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprVectorSize(Expr *pExpr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsVector(Expr *pExpr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(Expr*, int);
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = {
   SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS,  /* bMemstat */
   1,                         /* bCoreMutex */
   SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1,      /* bFullMutex */
   SQLITE_USE_URI,            /* bOpenUri */
   SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN,   /* bUseCis */

   0x7ffffffe,                /* mxStrlen */
   0,                         /* neverCorrupt */
   SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE,  /* szLookaside, nLookaside */
   SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL,     /* nStmtSpill */
   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},         /* m */
   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},       /* mutex */
   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},/* pcache2 */
   (void*)0,                  /* pHeap */
   0,                         /* nHeap */
   0, 0,                      /* mnHeap, mxHeap */
   SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE,  /* szMmap */
   SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE,      /* mxMmap */
   (void*)0,                  /* pScratch */
   0,                         /* szScratch */
   0,                         /* nScratch */
   (void*)0,                  /* pPage */
   0,                         /* szPage */
   SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ, /* nPage */
   0,                         /* mxParserStack */
   0,                         /* sharedCacheEnabled */
   SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ,       /* szPma */
   /* All the rest should always be initialized to zero */
................................................................................
  /* Cached OP_Column parse information is only valid if cacheStatus matches
  ** Vdbe.cacheCtr.  Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of
  ** CACHE_STALE (0) and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that
  ** the cache is out of date. */
  u32 cacheStatus;        /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
  int seekResult;         /* Result of previous sqlite3BtreeMoveto() or 0
                          ** if there have been no prior seeks on the cursor. */
  /* NB: seekResult does not distinguish between "no seeks have ever occurred
  ** on this cursor" and "the most recent seek was an exact match". */


  /* When a new VdbeCursor is allocated, only the fields above are zeroed.
  ** The fields that follow are uninitialized, and must be individually
  ** initialized prior to first use. */
  VdbeCursor *pAltCursor; /* Associated index cursor from which to read */
  union {
    BtCursor *pCursor;          /* CURTYPE_BTREE.  Btree cursor */
    sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVCur; /* CURTYPE_VTAB.   Vtab cursor */
    int pseudoTableReg;         /* CURTYPE_PSEUDO. Reg holding content. */
    VdbeSorter *pSorter;        /* CURTYPE_SORTER. Sorter object */
  } uc;
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;      /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
  u32 iHdrOffset;         /* Offset to next unparsed byte of the header */
  Pgno pgnoRoot;          /* Root page of the open btree cursor */
  i16 nField;             /* Number of fields in the header */
  u16 nHdrParsed;         /* Number of header fields parsed so far */
  i64 movetoTarget;       /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
................................................................................
** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
** integer etc.) of the same value.
*/
struct sqlite3_value {
  union MemValue {
    double r;           /* Real value used when MEM_Real is set in flags */
    i64 i;              /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */
    int nZero;          /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */

    FuncDef *pDef;      /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
    RowSet *pRowSet;    /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */
    VdbeFrame *pFrame;  /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */
  } u;
  u16 flags;          /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
  u8  enc;            /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */
  u8  eSubtype;       /* Subtype for this value */
................................................................................
*/
#define MEMCELLSIZE offsetof(Mem,zMalloc)

/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
**
** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
** No other flags may be set in this case.

**
** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real 
** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
*/
#define MEM_Null      0x0001   /* Value is NULL */
#define MEM_Str       0x0002   /* Value is a string */
#define MEM_Int       0x0004   /* Value is an integer */
#define MEM_Real      0x0008   /* Value is a real number */
#define MEM_Blob      0x0010   /* Value is a BLOB */
#define MEM_AffMask   0x001f   /* Mask of affinity bits */
#define MEM_RowSet    0x0020   /* Value is a RowSet object */
#define MEM_Frame     0x0040   /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */
#define MEM_Undefined 0x0080   /* Value is undefined */
#define MEM_Cleared   0x0100   /* NULL set by OP_Null, not from data */
#define MEM_TypeMask  0x81ff   /* Mask of type bits */


/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
** policy for Mem.z.  The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
*/
#define MEM_Term      0x0200   /* String rep is nul terminated */
#define MEM_Dyn       0x0400   /* Need to call Mem.xDel() on Mem.z */
#define MEM_Static    0x0800   /* Mem.z points to a static string */
#define MEM_Ephem     0x1000   /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
#define MEM_Agg       0x2000   /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
#define MEM_Zero      0x4000   /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */
#define MEM_Subtype   0x8000   /* Mem.eSubtype is valid */
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64
#else
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemInit(Mem*,sqlite3*,u16);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, u8, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
................................................................................
  newValue = (sqlite3StatValueType)X;
  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(statMutex) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(statMutex[op] ? sqlite3Pcache1Mutex()
                                           : sqlite3MallocMutex()) );
  assert( op==SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
          || op==SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
          || op==SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
          || op==SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK );
  if( newValue>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = newValue;
  }
}

/*
................................................................................
  rc = sqlite3_status64(op, &iCur, &iHwtr, resetFlag);
  if( rc==0 ){
    *pCurrent = (int)iCur;
    *pHighwater = (int)iHwtr;
  }
  return rc;
}























/*
** Query status information for a single database connection
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(
  sqlite3 *db,          /* The database connection whose status is desired */
  int op,               /* Status verb */
................................................................................
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || pCurrent==0|| pHighwater==0 ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
#endif
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  switch( op ){
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: {
      *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut;
      *pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut;
      if( resetFlag ){



        db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;



      }
      break;
    }

    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT:
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE:
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL: {
................................................................................
  DateTime *p
){
  double r;
  if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
    return 0;
  }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
    return 0;
  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
    return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
  }else if( sqlite3AtoF(zDate, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zDate), SQLITE_UTF8) ){
    setRawDateNumber(p, r);
    return 0;
  }
  return 1;
}
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
    case 'l': {
      /*    localtime
      **
      ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to
      ** show local time.
      */
      if( sqlite3_stricmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){
        computeJD(p);
        p->iJD += localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
      }
      break;
    }
#endif
................................................................................
          p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)r;
          p->validJD = 1;
          p->rawS = 0;
          rc = 0;
        }
      }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
      else if( sqlite3_stricmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
        if( p->tzSet==0 ){
          sqlite3_int64 c1;
          computeJD(p);
          c1 = localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
            p->iJD -= c1;
            clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
................................................................................
** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
** external linkage.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){
  static FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = {
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
    DFUNCTION(julianday,        -1, 0, 0, juliandayFunc ),
    DFUNCTION(date,             -1, 0, 0, dateFunc      ),
    DFUNCTION(time,             -1, 0, 0, timeFunc      ),
    DFUNCTION(datetime,         -1, 0, 0, datetimeFunc  ),
    DFUNCTION(strftime,         -1, 0, 0, strftimeFunc  ),
    DFUNCTION(current_time,      0, 0, 0, ctimeFunc     ),
    DFUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, 0, 0, ctimestampFunc),
    DFUNCTION(current_date,      0, 0, 0, cdateFunc     ),
#else
    STR_FUNCTION(current_time,      0, "%H:%M:%S",          0, currentTimeFunc),
    STR_FUNCTION(current_date,      0, "%Y-%m-%d",          0, currentTimeFunc),
    STR_FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc),
................................................................................
  return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){
  return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
  return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
  return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize;
  return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
  return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id);
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int offset, int n, int flags){
  return id->pMethods->xShmLock(id, offset, n, flags);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id){
  id->pMethods->xShmBarrier(id);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int deleteFlag){
................................................................................
  int pgsz,
  int bExtend,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Pointer to mapping */
){
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
  return id->pMethods->xShmMap(id, iPage, pgsz, bExtend, pp);
}


#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
/* The real implementation of xFetch and xUnfetch */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
  return id->pMethods->xFetch(id, iOff, iAmt, pp);
}
................................................................................
  ** is a no-op returning zero if SQLite is not compiled with
  ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT. */
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(n);
  return 0;
#endif
}

/*
** An instance of the following object records the location of
** each unused scratch buffer.
*/
typedef struct ScratchFreeslot {
  struct ScratchFreeslot *pNext;   /* Next unused scratch buffer */
} ScratchFreeslot;

/*
** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global {
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Mutex to serialize access */
  sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold; /* The soft heap limit */

  /*
  ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch memory
  ** (so that a range test can be used to determine if an allocation
  ** being freed came from pScratch) and a pointer to the list of
  ** unused scratch allocations.
  */
  void *pScratchEnd;
  ScratchFreeslot *pScratchFree;
  u32 nScratchFree;

  /*
  ** True if heap is nearly "full" where "full" is defined by the
  ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() setting.
  */
  int nearlyFull;
} mem0 = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };

#define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0)

/*
** Return the memory allocator mutex. sqlite3_status() needs it.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MallocMutex(void){
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){
  int rc;
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){
    sqlite3MemSetDefault();
  }
  memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
  mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100
      && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>0 ){
    int i, n, sz;
    ScratchFreeslot *pSlot;
    sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch);
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = sz;
    pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch;
    n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch;
    mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot;
    mem0.nScratchFree = n;
    for(i=0; i<n-1; i++){
      pSlot->pNext = (ScratchFreeslot*)(sz+(char*)pSlot);
      pSlot = pSlot->pNext;
    }
    pSlot->pNext = 0;
    mem0.pScratchEnd = (void*)&pSlot[1];
  }else{
    mem0.pScratchEnd = 0;
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = 0;
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = 0;
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = 0;
  }
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage<512
      || sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage<=0 ){
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = 0;
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = 0;
  }
  rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
................................................................................
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64 n){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
  return sqlite3Malloc(n);
}

/*
** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from
** xScratchMalloc().  We verify this constraint in the single-threaded
** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation
** is outstanding clearing it when the allocation is freed.
*/
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
static int scratchAllocOut = 0;
#endif


/*
** Allocate memory that is to be used and released right away.
** This routine is similar to alloca() in that it is not intended
** for situations where the memory might be held long-term.  This
** routine is intended to get memory to old large transient data
** structures that would not normally fit on the stack of an
** embedded processor.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){
  void *p;
  assert( n>0 );

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
  sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
  if( mem0.nScratchFree && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=n ){
    p = mem0.pScratchFree;
    mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext;
    mem0.nScratchFree--;
    sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  }else{
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
    p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat && p ){
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
      sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, sqlite3MallocSize(p));
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
    }
    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH);
  }
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(mem0.mutex) );


#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-12970-05880 SQLite will not use more than one scratch
  ** buffers per thread.
  **
  ** This can only be checked in single-threaded mode.
  */
  assert( scratchAllocOut==0 );
  if( p ) scratchAllocOut++;
#endif

  return p;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void *p){
  if( p ){

#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
    /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocation per thread
    ** is outstanding at one time.  (This is only checked in the
    ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
    ** would be much more complicated.) */
    assert( scratchAllocOut>=1 && scratchAllocOut<=2 );
    scratchAllocOut--;
#endif

    if( SQLITE_WITHIN(p, sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch, mem0.pScratchEnd) ){
      /* Release memory from the SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH allocation */
      ScratchFreeslot *pSlot;
      pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)p;
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
      pSlot->pNext = mem0.pScratchFree;
      mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot;
      mem0.nScratchFree++;
      assert( mem0.nScratchFree <= (u32)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch );
      sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
    }else{
      /* Release memory back to the heap */
      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) );
      assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) );
      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
        int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
        sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
        sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, iSize);
        sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, iSize);
        sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1);
        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
        sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
      }else{
        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** TRUE if p is a lookaside memory allocation from db
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
  return SQLITE_WITHIN(p, db->lookaside.pStart, db->lookaside.pEnd);
}
................................................................................
      LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
      /* Trash all content in the buffer being freed */
      memset(p, 0xaa, db->lookaside.sz);
#endif
      pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
      db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf;
      db->lookaside.nOut--;
      return;
    }
  }
  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
  assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
  sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
................................................................................
  assert( db!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  assert( db->pnBytesFreed==0 );
  if( db->lookaside.bDisable==0 ){
    assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
    if( n>db->lookaside.sz ){
      db->lookaside.anStat[1]++;
    }else if( (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)==0 ){
      db->lookaside.anStat[2]++;
    }else{
      db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext;
      db->lookaside.nOut++;
      db->lookaside.anStat[0]++;
      if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){
        db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
      }
      return (void*)pBuf;
    }
  }else if( db->mallocFailed ){
    return 0;
  }
#else
  assert( db!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
................................................................................
          bufpt = "";
        }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){
          zExtra = bufpt;
        }
        if( precision>=0 ){
          for(length=0; length<precision && bufpt[length]; length++){}
        }else{
          length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt);
        }
        break;
      case etSQLESCAPE:           /* Escape ' characters */
      case etSQLESCAPE2:          /* Escape ' and enclose in '...' */
      case etSQLESCAPE3: {        /* Escape " characters */
        int i, j, k, n, isnull;
        int needQuote;
................................................................................
  if( p->mxAlloc==0 ){
    N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1;
    setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_TOOBIG);
    return N;
  }else{
    char *zOld = isMalloced(p) ? p->zText : 0;
    i64 szNew = p->nChar;
    assert( (p->zText==0 || p->zText==p->zBase)==!isMalloced(p) );
    szNew += N + 1;
    if( szNew+p->nChar<=p->mxAlloc ){
      /* Force exponential buffer size growth as long as it does not overflow,
      ** to avoid having to call this routine too often */
      szNew += p->nChar;
    }
    if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){
................................................................................
** Append N copies of character c to the given string buffer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendChar(StrAccum *p, int N, char c){
  testcase( p->nChar + (i64)N > 0x7fffffff );
  if( p->nChar+(i64)N >= p->nAlloc && (N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N))<=0 ){
    return;
  }
  assert( (p->zText==p->zBase)==!isMalloced(p) );
  while( (N--)>0 ) p->zText[p->nChar++] = c;
}

/*
** The StrAccum "p" is not large enough to accept N new bytes of z[].
** So enlarge if first, then do the append.
**
................................................................................
*/
static void SQLITE_NOINLINE enlargeAndAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
  N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N);
  if( N>0 ){
    memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
    p->nChar += N;
  }
  assert( (p->zText==0 || p->zText==p->zBase)==!isMalloced(p) );
}

/*
** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object.  Increase the
** size of the memory allocation for StrAccum if necessary.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
................................................................................

/*
** Finish off a string by making sure it is zero-terminated.
** Return a pointer to the resulting string.  Return a NULL
** pointer if any kind of error was encountered.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE char *strAccumFinishRealloc(StrAccum *p){

  assert( p->mxAlloc>0 && !isMalloced(p) );
  p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 );
  if( p->zText ){
    memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1);

    p->printfFlags |= SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED;
  }else{
    setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
  }
  return p->zText;

}
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){
  if( p->zText ){
    assert( (p->zText==p->zBase)==!isMalloced(p) );
    p->zText[p->nChar] = 0;
    if( p->mxAlloc>0 && !isMalloced(p) ){
      return strAccumFinishRealloc(p);
    }
  }
  return p->zText;
}

/*
** Reset an StrAccum string.  Reclaim all malloced memory.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){
  assert( (p->zText==0 || p->zText==p->zBase)==!isMalloced(p) );
  if( isMalloced(p) ){
    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText);
    p->printfFlags &= ~SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED;
  }
  p->zText = 0;
}

................................................................................
**        is malloced.
** n:     Size of zBase in bytes.  If total space requirements never exceed
**        n then no memory allocations ever occur.
** mx:    Maximum number of bytes to accumulate.  If mx==0 then no memory
**        allocations will ever occur.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, sqlite3 *db, char *zBase, int n, int mx){
  p->zText = p->zBase = zBase;
  p->db = db;
  p->nChar = 0;
  p->nAlloc = n;
  p->mxAlloc = mx;

  p->accError = 0;
  p->printfFlags = 0;
}

/*
** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
** %-conversion extensions.
................................................................................
            result = s * scale;
            result *= 1.0e+308;
          }
        }else{ assert( e>=342 );
          if( esign<0 ){
            result = 0.0*s;
          }else{



            result = 1e308*1e308*s;  /* Infinity */

          }
        }
      }else{
        /* 1.0e+22 is the largest power of 10 than can be 
        ** represented exactly. */
        while( e%22 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }
        while( e>0 ) { scale *= 1.0e+22; e -= 22; }
................................................................................
  return c;
}

/*
** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer.  zNum must be decimal. This
** routine does *not* accept hexadecimal notation.
**
** If the zNum value is representable as a 64-bit twos-complement 
** integer, then write that value into *pNum and return 0.
**

** If zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808, return 2.  This special
** case is broken out because while 9223372036854775808 cannot be a 
** signed 64-bit integer, its negative -9223372036854775808 can be.
**
** If zNum is too big for a 64-bit integer and is not
** 9223372036854775808  or if zNum contains any non-numeric text,
** then return 1.
**
** length is the number of bytes in the string (bytes, not characters).
** The string is not necessarily zero-terminated.  The encoding is
** given by enc.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc){
  int incr;
  u64 u = 0;
  int neg = 0; /* assume positive */
  int i;
  int c = 0;
  int nonNum = 0;  /* True if input contains UTF16 with high byte non-zero */

  const char *zStart;
  const char *zEnd = zNum + length;
  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
    incr = 1;
  }else{
    incr = 2;
................................................................................
    *pNum = (i64)u;
  }
  testcase( i==18 );
  testcase( i==19 );
  testcase( i==20 );
  if( &zNum[i]<zEnd              /* Extra bytes at the end */
   || (i==0 && zStart==zNum)     /* No digits */
   || i>19*incr                  /* Too many digits */
   || nonNum                     /* UTF16 with high-order bytes non-zero */
  ){





    /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer
    ** than 19 digits (thus guaranteeing that it is too large) */
    return 1;
  }else if( i<19*incr ){
    /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */
    assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
    return 0;
  }else{
    /* zNum is a 19-digit numbers.  Compare it against 9223372036854775808. */
    c = compare2pow63(zNum, incr);
    if( c<0 ){
      /* zNum is less than 9223372036854775808 so it fits */
      assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
      return 0;
    }else if( c>0 ){
      /* zNum is greater than 9223372036854775808 so it overflows */
      return 1;
    }else{
      /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808.  Fits if negative.  The
      ** special case 2 overflow if positive */
      assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 );
      return neg ? 0 : 2;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Transform a UTF-8 integer literal, in either decimal or hexadecimal,
** into a 64-bit signed integer.  This routine accepts hexadecimal literals,
** whereas sqlite3Atoi64() does not.
**
** Returns:
**
**     0    Successful transformation.  Fits in a 64-bit signed integer.

**     1    Integer too large for a 64-bit signed integer or is malformed
**     2    Special case of 9223372036854775808
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char *z, i64 *pOut){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER
  if( z[0]=='0'
   && (z[1]=='x' || z[1]=='X')
  ){
    u64 u = 0;
    int i, k;
    for(i=2; z[i]=='0'; i++){}
    for(k=i; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[k]); k++){
      u = u*16 + sqlite3HexToInt(z[k]);
    }
    memcpy(pOut, &u, 8);
    return (z[k]==0 && k-i<=16) ? 0 : 1;
  }else
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER */
  {
    return sqlite3Atoi64(z, pOut, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
  }
}

................................................................................
/*
** Attempt to add, substract, or multiply the 64-bit signed value iB against
** the other 64-bit signed integer at *pA and store the result in *pA.
** Return 0 on success.  Or if the operation would have resulted in an
** overflow, leave *pA unchanged and return 1.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
#if GCC_VERSION>=5004000
  return __builtin_add_overflow(*pA, iB, pA);
#else
  i64 iA = *pA;
  testcase( iA==0 ); testcase( iA==1 );
  testcase( iB==-1 ); testcase( iB==0 );
  if( iB>=0 ){
    testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB );
................................................................................
    if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1;
  }
  *pA += iB;
  return 0; 
#endif
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
#if GCC_VERSION>=5004000
  return __builtin_sub_overflow(*pA, iB, pA);
#else
  testcase( iB==SMALLEST_INT64+1 );
  if( iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
    testcase( (*pA)==(-1) ); testcase( (*pA)==0 );
    if( (*pA)>=0 ) return 1;
    *pA -= iB;
................................................................................
    return 0;
  }else{
    return sqlite3AddInt64(pA, -iB);
  }
#endif
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
#if GCC_VERSION>=5004000
  return __builtin_mul_overflow(*pA, iB, pA);
#else
  i64 iA = *pA;
  if( iB>0 ){
    if( iA>LARGEST_INT64/iB ) return 1;
    if( iA<SMALLEST_INT64/iB ) return 1;
  }else if( iB<0 ){
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64 x){
  static LogEst a[] = { 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 };
  LogEst y = 40;
  if( x<8 ){
    if( x<2 ) return 0;
    while( x<8 ){  y -= 10; x <<= 1; }
  }else{





    while( x>255 ){ y += 40; x >>= 4; }  /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
    while( x>15 ){  y += 10; x >>= 1; }

  }
  return a[x&7] + y - 10;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/*
** Convert a double into a LogEst
................................................................................
    /*  36 */ "Sort"             OpHelp(""),
    /*  37 */ "Rewind"           OpHelp(""),
    /*  38 */ "IdxLE"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
    /*  39 */ "IdxGT"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
    /*  40 */ "IdxLT"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
    /*  41 */ "IdxGE"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
    /*  42 */ "RowSetRead"       OpHelp("r[P3]=rowset(P1)"),


    /*  43 */ "RowSetTest"       OpHelp("if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2"),
    /*  44 */ "Program"          OpHelp(""),
    /*  45 */ "FkIfZero"         OpHelp("if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2"),
    /*  46 */ "IfPos"            OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 then r[P1]-=P3, goto P2"),
    /*  47 */ "IfNotZero"        OpHelp("if r[P1]!=0 then r[P1]--, goto P2"),









    /*  48 */ "DecrJumpZero"     OpHelp("if (--r[P1])==0 goto P2"),
    /*  49 */ "IncrVacuum"       OpHelp(""),
    /*  50 */ "VNext"            OpHelp(""),
    /*  51 */ "Init"             OpHelp("Start at P2"),
    /*  52 */ "Return"           OpHelp(""),
    /*  53 */ "EndCoroutine"     OpHelp(""),
    /*  54 */ "HaltIfNull"       OpHelp("if r[P3]=null halt"),
    /*  55 */ "Halt"             OpHelp(""),
    /*  56 */ "Integer"          OpHelp("r[P2]=P1"),
    /*  57 */ "Int64"            OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"),
    /*  58 */ "String"           OpHelp("r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)"),
    /*  59 */ "Null"             OpHelp("r[P2..P3]=NULL"),
    /*  60 */ "SoftNull"         OpHelp("r[P1]=NULL"),
    /*  61 */ "Blob"             OpHelp("r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)"),
    /*  62 */ "Variable"         OpHelp("r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)"),
    /*  63 */ "Move"             OpHelp("r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]"),
    /*  64 */ "Copy"             OpHelp("r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1]"),
    /*  65 */ "SCopy"            OpHelp("r[P2]=r[P1]"),
    /*  66 */ "IntCopy"          OpHelp("r[P2]=r[P1]"),
    /*  67 */ "ResultRow"        OpHelp("output=r[P1@P2]"),
    /*  68 */ "CollSeq"          OpHelp(""),
    /*  69 */ "Function0"        OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"),
    /*  70 */ "Or"               OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2])"),
    /*  71 */ "And"              OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])"),
    /*  72 */ "Function"         OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"),
    /*  73 */ "AddImm"           OpHelp("r[P1]=r[P1]+P2"),
    /*  74 */ "RealAffinity"     OpHelp(""),
    /*  75 */ "IsNull"           OpHelp("if r[P1]==NULL goto P2"),
    /*  76 */ "NotNull"          OpHelp("if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2"),
    /*  77 */ "Ne"               OpHelp("IF r[P3]!=r[P1]"),
    /*  78 */ "Eq"               OpHelp("IF r[P3]==r[P1]"),
    /*  79 */ "Gt"               OpHelp("IF r[P3]>r[P1]"),
    /*  80 */ "Le"               OpHelp("IF r[P3]<=r[P1]"),
    /*  81 */ "Lt"               OpHelp("IF r[P3]<r[P1]"),
    /*  82 */ "Ge"               OpHelp("IF r[P3]>=r[P1]"),
    /*  83 */ "ElseNotEq"        OpHelp(""),
    /*  84 */ "BitAnd"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]"),
    /*  85 */ "BitOr"            OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2]"),
    /*  86 */ "ShiftLeft"        OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1]"),
    /*  87 */ "ShiftRight"       OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1]"),
    /*  88 */ "Add"              OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2]"),
    /*  89 */ "Subtract"         OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]"),
    /*  90 */ "Multiply"         OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]"),
    /*  91 */ "Divide"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]"),
    /*  92 */ "Remainder"        OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]"),
    /*  93 */ "Concat"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]"),
    /*  94 */ "Cast"             OpHelp("affinity(r[P1])"),
    /*  95 */ "BitNot"           OpHelp("r[P1]= ~r[P1]"),
    /*  96 */ "Permutation"      OpHelp(""),
    /*  97 */ "String8"          OpHelp("r[P2]='P4'"),
    /*  98 */ "Compare"          OpHelp("r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]"),
    /*  99 */ "Column"           OpHelp("r[P3]=PX"),
    /* 100 */ "Affinity"         OpHelp("affinity(r[P1@P2])"),
    /* 101 */ "MakeRecord"       OpHelp("r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])"),
    /* 102 */ "Count"            OpHelp("r[P2]=count()"),
    /* 103 */ "ReadCookie"       OpHelp(""),
    /* 104 */ "SetCookie"        OpHelp(""),
    /* 105 */ "ReopenIdx"        OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
    /* 106 */ "OpenRead"         OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
    /* 107 */ "OpenWrite"        OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
    /* 108 */ "OpenDup"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 109 */ "OpenAutoindex"    OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
    /* 110 */ "OpenEphemeral"    OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
    /* 111 */ "SorterOpen"       OpHelp(""),
    /* 112 */ "SequenceTest"     OpHelp("if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2"),
    /* 113 */ "OpenPseudo"       OpHelp("P3 columns in r[P2]"),
    /* 114 */ "Close"            OpHelp(""),
    /* 115 */ "ColumnsUsed"      OpHelp(""),
    /* 116 */ "Sequence"         OpHelp("r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++"),
    /* 117 */ "NewRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
    /* 118 */ "Insert"           OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"),
    /* 119 */ "InsertInt"        OpHelp("intkey=P3 data=r[P2]"),
    /* 120 */ "Delete"           OpHelp(""),
    /* 121 */ "ResetCount"       OpHelp(""),
    /* 122 */ "SorterCompare"    OpHelp("if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"),
    /* 123 */ "SorterData"       OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
    /* 124 */ "RowData"          OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
    /* 125 */ "Rowid"            OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
    /* 126 */ "NullRow"          OpHelp(""),

    /* 127 */ "SorterInsert"     OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
    /* 128 */ "IdxInsert"        OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
    /* 129 */ "IdxDelete"        OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"),
    /* 130 */ "DeferredSeek"     OpHelp("Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed"),
    /* 131 */ "IdxRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),

    /* 132 */ "Real"             OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"),
    /* 133 */ "Destroy"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 134 */ "Clear"            OpHelp(""),
    /* 135 */ "ResetSorter"      OpHelp(""),
    /* 136 */ "CreateIndex"      OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"),
    /* 137 */ "CreateTable"      OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"),
    /* 138 */ "SqlExec"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 139 */ "ParseSchema"      OpHelp(""),
    /* 140 */ "LoadAnalysis"     OpHelp(""),
    /* 141 */ "DropTable"        OpHelp(""),
    /* 142 */ "DropIndex"        OpHelp(""),
    /* 143 */ "DropTrigger"      OpHelp(""),
    /* 144 */ "IntegrityCk"      OpHelp(""),
    /* 145 */ "RowSetAdd"        OpHelp("rowset(P1)=r[P2]"),
    /* 146 */ "Param"            OpHelp(""),
    /* 147 */ "FkCounter"        OpHelp("fkctr[P1]+=P2"),
    /* 148 */ "MemMax"           OpHelp("r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])"),
    /* 149 */ "OffsetLimit"      OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1)"),
    /* 150 */ "AggStep0"         OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"),
    /* 151 */ "AggStep"          OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"),
    /* 152 */ "AggFinal"         OpHelp("accum=r[P1] N=P2"),
    /* 153 */ "Expire"           OpHelp(""),
    /* 154 */ "TableLock"        OpHelp("iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3"),
    /* 155 */ "VBegin"           OpHelp(""),
    /* 156 */ "VCreate"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 157 */ "VDestroy"         OpHelp(""),
    /* 158 */ "VOpen"            OpHelp(""),
    /* 159 */ "VColumn"          OpHelp("r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)"),
    /* 160 */ "VRename"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 161 */ "Pagecount"        OpHelp(""),
    /* 162 */ "MaxPgcnt"         OpHelp(""),




    /* 163 */ "CursorHint"       OpHelp(""),
    /* 164 */ "Noop"             OpHelp(""),
    /* 165 */ "Explain"          OpHelp(""),
  };
  return azName[i];
}
#endif

/************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/
................................................................................

/*
** standard include files.
*/
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <fcntl.h>

#include <unistd.h>
/* #include <time.h> */
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <errno.h>
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
# include <sys/mman.h>
#endif

#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
# include <sys/ioctl.h>
# include <sys/file.h>
# include <sys/param.h>
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

#if defined(__APPLE__) && ((__MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1050) || \
                           (__IPHONE_OS_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 2000))
#  if (!defined(TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED) || (TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED==0)) \
................................................................................
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;                  /* The VFS that created this unixFile */
  unixInodeInfo *pInode;              /* Info about locks on this inode */
  int h;                              /* The file descriptor */
  unsigned char eFileLock;            /* The type of lock held on this fd */
  unsigned short int ctrlFlags;       /* Behavioral bits.  UNIXFILE_* flags */
  int lastErrno;                      /* The unix errno from last I/O error */
  void *lockingContext;               /* Locking style specific state */
  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;              /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */
  const char *zPath;                  /* Name of the file */
  unixShm *pShm;                      /* Shared memory segment information */
  int szChunk;                        /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  int nFetchOut;                      /* Number of outstanding xFetch refs */
  sqlite3_int64 mmapSize;             /* Usable size of mapping at pMapRegion */
  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual;       /* Actual size of mapping at pMapRegion */
  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax;          /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */
  void *pMapRegion;                   /* Memory mapped region */
#endif
#ifdef __QNXNTO__
  int sectorSize;                     /* Device sector size */
  int deviceCharacteristics;          /* Precomputed device characteristics */
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  int openFlags;                      /* The flags specified at open() */
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__)
  unsigned fsFlags;                   /* cached details from statfs() */
#endif
#if OS_VXWORKS
................................................................................
/*
** Explicitly call the 64-bit version of lseek() on Android. Otherwise, lseek()
** is the 32-bit version, even if _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined.
*/
#ifdef __ANDROID__
# define lseek lseek64
#endif















/*
** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways.  Same use
** open(const char*,int,mode_t).  Others use open(const char*,int,...).
** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function.
**
** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper
................................................................................

#if defined(HAVE_LSTAT)
  { "lstat",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)lstat,          0 },
#else
  { "lstat",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,              0 },
#endif
#define osLstat      ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[27].pCurrent)




}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */


/*
** On some systems, calls to fchown() will trigger a message in a security
** log if they come from non-root processes.  So avoid calling fchown() if
................................................................................
  char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2];  /* Name of that semaphore */
#endif
};

/*
** A lists of all unixInodeInfo objects.
*/
static unixInodeInfo *inodeList = 0;


/*
**
** This function - unixLogErrorAtLine(), is only ever called via the macro
** unixLogError().
**
** It is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function and errno has been
................................................................................
  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
  UnixUnusedFd *p;
  UnixUnusedFd *pNext;
  for(p=pInode->pUnused; p; p=pNext){
    pNext = p->pNext;
    robust_close(pFile, p->fd, __LINE__);
    sqlite3_free(p);

  }
  pInode->pUnused = 0;
}

/*
** Release a unixInodeInfo structure previously allocated by findInodeInfo().
**
................................................................................
      if( pInode->pNext ){
        assert( pInode->pNext->pPrev==pInode );
        pInode->pNext->pPrev = pInode->pPrev;
      }
      sqlite3_free(pInode);
    }
  }

}

/*
** Given a file descriptor, locate the unixInodeInfo object that
** describes that file descriptor.  Create a new one if necessary.  The
** return value might be uninitialized if an error occurs.
**
................................................................................
  memset(&fileId, 0, sizeof(fileId));
  fileId.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
#if OS_VXWORKS
  fileId.pId = pFile->pId;
#else
  fileId.ino = (u64)statbuf.st_ino;
#endif

  pInode = inodeList;
  while( pInode && memcmp(&fileId, &pInode->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){
    pInode = pInode->pNext;
  }
  if( pInode==0 ){
    pInode = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pInode) );
    if( pInode==0 ){
................................................................................

/*
** Add the file descriptor used by file handle pFile to the corresponding
** pUnused list.
*/
static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){
  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
  UnixUnusedFd *p = pFile->pUnused;
  p->pNext = pInode->pUnused;
  pInode->pUnused = p;
  pFile->h = -1;
  pFile->pUnused = 0;

}

/*
** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
................................................................................
    osUnlink(pFile->zPath);
    sqlite3_free(*(char**)&pFile->zPath);
    pFile->zPath = 0;
  }
#endif
  OSTRACE(("CLOSE   %-3d\n", pFile->h));
  OpenCounter(-1);
  sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused);
  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Close a file.
*/
................................................................................
        rc = lrc;
      }
    }
  }
  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));

#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
  if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
    reserved=1;
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
  *pResOut = reserved;
  return rc;
}
................................................................................
  } else {
    /* got it, set the type and return ok */
    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
  }
  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
           rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
  if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
  return rc;
}


................................................................................
        failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, 
                               SHARED_SIZE, 1);
        if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, 
                       SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){
          /* Can't reestablish the shared lock.  Sqlite can't deal, this is
          ** a critical I/O error
          */
          rc = ((failed & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : 
               SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
          goto afp_end_lock;
        } 
      }else{
        rc = failed; 
      }
    }
................................................................................
  assert( id );
  assert( offset>=0 );
  assert( amt>0 );

  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
  ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
#if 0
  assert( pFile->pUnused==0
       || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
  );
#endif

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering
................................................................................
  int wrote = 0;
  assert( id );
  assert( amt>0 );

  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
  ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
#if 0
  assert( pFile->pUnused==0
       || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
  );
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
................................................................................

/*
** Information and control of an open file handle.
*/
static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  switch( op ){















    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
      *(int*)pArg = pFile->eFileLock;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO: {
      *(int*)pArg = pFile->lastErrno;
      return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: {
      i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg;
      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
      if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){
        newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap;
      }








      *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax;
      if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){
        pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit;
        if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){
          unixUnmapfile(pFile);
          rc = unixMapfile(pFile, -1);
        }
................................................................................
    }
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */
  }
  return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
}

/*
** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
** larger for some devices.

**
** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
** same for both.
*/
#ifndef __QNXNTO__ 

static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
















  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
}
#endif

/*
** The following version of unixSectorSize() is optimized for QNX.
*/
#ifdef __QNXNTO__

#include <sys/dcmd_blk.h>
#include <sys/statvfs.h>
static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;

  if( pFile->sectorSize == 0 ){
    struct statvfs fsInfo;
       
    /* Set defaults for non-supported filesystems */
    pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
    pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0;
    if( fstatvfs(pFile->h, &fsInfo) == -1 ) {
................................................................................
  }
  /* Last chance verification.  If the sector size isn't a multiple of 512
  ** then it isn't valid.*/
  if( pFile->sectorSize % 512 != 0 ){
    pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0;
    pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
  }
















  return pFile->sectorSize;
}
#endif /* __QNXNTO__ */

/*
** Return the device characteristics for the file.
**
** This VFS is set up to return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE by default.
** However, that choice is controversial since technically the underlying
** file system does not always provide powersafe overwrites.  (In other
................................................................................
** written might end up being altered.)  However, non-PSOW behavior is very,
** very rare.  And asserting PSOW makes a large reduction in the amount
** of required I/O for journaling, since a lot of padding is eliminated.
**  Hence, while POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is on by default, there is a file-control
** available to turn it off and URI query parameter available to turn it off.
*/
static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
  unixFile *p = (unixFile*)id;
  int rc = 0;
#ifdef __QNXNTO__
  if( p->sectorSize==0 ) unixSectorSize(id);
  rc = p->deviceCharacteristics;
#endif
  if( p->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_PSOW ){
    rc |= SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE;
  }
  return rc;
}

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0

/*
** Return the system page size.
**
................................................................................
){
  const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle;
  unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  assert( pNew->pInode==NULL );

  /* Usually the path zFilename should not be a relative pathname. The
  ** exception is when opening the proxy "conch" file in builds that
  ** include the special Apple locking styles.
  */
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' 
    || pVfs->pAppData==(void*)&autolockIoFinder );
#else
  assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' );
#endif

  /* No locking occurs in temporary files */
  assert( zFilename!=0 || (ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK)!=0 );

  OSTRACE(("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename));
  pNew->h = h;
  pNew->pVfs = pVfs;
  pNew->zPath = zFilename;
................................................................................
  /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because
  ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure),
  ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better 
  ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure 
  ** feature.  */
#if !OS_VXWORKS
  struct stat sStat;                   /* Results of stat() call */



  /* A stat() call may fail for various reasons. If this happens, it is
  ** almost certain that an open() call on the same path will also fail.
  ** For this reason, if an error occurs in the stat() call here, it is
  ** ignored and -1 is returned. The caller will try to open a new file
  ** descriptor on the same path, fail, and return an error to SQLite.
  **
  ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of
  ** not searching for a reusable file descriptor are not dire.  */
  if( 0==osStat(zPath, &sStat) ){
    unixInodeInfo *pInode;

    unixEnterMutex();
    pInode = inodeList;
    while( pInode && (pInode->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev
                     || pInode->fileId.ino!=(u64)sStat.st_ino) ){
       pInode = pInode->pNext;
    }
    if( pInode ){
      UnixUnusedFd **pp;
      for(pp=&pInode->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
      pUnused = *pp;
      if( pUnused ){

        *pp = pUnused->pNext;
      }
    }
    unixLeaveMutex();
  }

#endif    /* if !OS_VXWORKS */
  return pUnused;
}

/*
** Find the mode, uid and gid of file zFile. 
*/
................................................................................
    **   "<path to db>-walNN"
    **
    ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are 
    ** used by the test_multiplex.c module.
    */
    nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1; 
    while( zPath[nDb]!='-' ){
#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
      /* In the normal case (8+3 filenames disabled) the journal filename
      ** is guaranteed to contain a '-' character. */
      assert( nDb>0 );
      assert( sqlite3Isalnum(zPath[nDb]) );
#else
      /* If 8+3 names are possible, then the journal file might not contain
      ** a '-' character.  So check for that case and return early. */
      if( nDb==0 || zPath[nDb]=='.' ) return SQLITE_OK;
#endif
      nDb--;
    }
    memcpy(zDb, zPath, nDb);
    zDb[nDb] = '\0';

    rc = getFileMode(zDb, pMode, pUid, pGid);
  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
................................................................................
      fd = pUnused->fd;
    }else{
      pUnused = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pUnused));
      if( !pUnused ){
        return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
      }
    }
    p->pUnused = pUnused;

    /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not
    ** URIs with parameters.  Hence, they can always be passed into
    ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */
    assert( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 );

  }else if( !zName ){
................................................................................

  if( fd<0 ){
    mode_t openMode;              /* Permissions to create file with */
    uid_t uid;                    /* Userid for the file */
    gid_t gid;                    /* Groupid for the file */
    rc = findCreateFileMode(zName, flags, &openMode, &uid, &gid);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      assert( !p->pUnused );
      assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
      return rc;
    }
    fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
    OSTRACE(("OPENX   %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags));
    assert( !isExclusive || (openFlags & O_CREAT)!=0 );
    if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite ){
................................................................................
    }
  }
  assert( fd>=0 );
  if( pOutFlags ){
    *pOutFlags = flags;
  }

  if( p->pUnused ){
    p->pUnused->fd = fd;
    p->pUnused->flags = flags;
  }

  if( isDelete ){
#if OS_VXWORKS
    zPath = zName;
#elif defined(SQLITE_UNLINK_AFTER_CLOSE)
    zPath = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zName);
................................................................................
        }
      }
      goto open_finished;
    }
  }
#endif
  



  rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);

open_finished:
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3_free(p->pUnused);
  }
  return rc;
}


/*
** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync()
................................................................................
  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
  pNew->openFlags = openFlags;
  memset(&dummyVfs, 0, sizeof(dummyVfs));
  dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder;
  dummyVfs.zName = "dummy";
  pUnused->fd = fd;
  pUnused->flags = openFlags;
  pNew->pUnused = pUnused;
  
  rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    *ppFile = pNew;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
end_create_proxy:    
................................................................................
    UNIXVFS("unix-proxy",    proxyIoFinder ),
#endif
  };
  unsigned int i;          /* Loop counter */

  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==28 );

  /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */
  for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
    sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}
................................................................................
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: {
      i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg;
      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
      if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){
        newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap;
      }








      *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax;
      if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){
        pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit;
        if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){
          winUnmapfile(pFile);
          rc = winMapfile(pFile, -1);
        }
................................................................................
  }else{
    attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
#endif
  }
  return (attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) && (attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY);
}









/*
** Open a file.
*/
static int winOpen(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,        /* Used to get maximum path length and AppData */
  const char *zName,        /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
  sqlite3_file *id,         /* Write the SQLite file handle here */
................................................................................
    extendedParameters.dwSize = sizeof(CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS);
    extendedParameters.dwFileAttributes =
            dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK;
    extendedParameters.dwFileFlags = dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_FLAG_MASK;
    extendedParameters.dwSecurityQosFlags = SECURITY_ANONYMOUS;
    extendedParameters.lpSecurityAttributes = NULL;
    extendedParameters.hTemplateFile = NULL;

    while( (h = osCreateFile2((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
                              dwDesiredAccess,
                              dwShareMode,
                              dwCreationDisposition,
                              &extendedParameters))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
                              winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
               /* Noop */




    }

#else

    while( (h = osCreateFileW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
                              dwDesiredAccess,
                              dwShareMode, NULL,
                              dwCreationDisposition,
                              dwFlagsAndAttributes,

                              NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
                              winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
               /* Noop */




    }

#endif
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
  else{

    while( (h = osCreateFileA((LPCSTR)zConverted,
                              dwDesiredAccess,
                              dwShareMode, NULL,
                              dwCreationDisposition,
                              dwFlagsAndAttributes,

                              NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
                              winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
               /* Noop */




    }

  }
#endif
  winLogIoerr(cnt, __LINE__);

  OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name,
           dwDesiredAccess, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok"));

  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
    winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, pFile->lastErrno, "winOpen", zUtf8Name);
    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
    if( isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
      return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id,
         ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) &
                     ~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)),
         pOutFlags);
    }else{


      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
    }
  }

  if( pOutFlags ){
    if( isReadWrite ){
      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
................................................................................
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
  return nBuf;
#else
  EntropyGatherer e;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400 && !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  rand_s((unsigned int*)zBuf); /* rand_s() is not available with MinGW */
#endif /* defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400 */
  e.a = (unsigned char*)zBuf;
  e.na = nBuf;
  e.nXor = 0;
  e.i = 0;
  {
    SYSTEMTIME x;
    osGetSystemTime(&x);
................................................................................
      p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext;
      assert( p->bPurgeable || p->eCreate==2 );
      if( p->pDirty==0 ){         /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
        assert( p->bPurgeable==0 || p->eCreate==1 );
        p->eCreate = 2;
      }
    }
    pPage->pDirtyNext = 0;
    pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0;
  }
  if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD ){
    assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage );
  

    pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty;
    if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
      assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 );
      pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage;
    }else{
      p->pDirtyTail = pPage;
      if( p->bPurgeable ){
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void SQLITE_NOINLINE sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  p->pCache->nRefSum--;
  if( (--p->nRef)==0 ){
    if( p->flags&PGHDR_CLEAN ){
      pcacheUnpin(p);
    }else if( p->pDirtyPrev!=0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
      /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. If p->pDirtyPrev==0,
      ** then page p is already at the head of the dirty list and the
      ** following call would be a no-op. Hence the OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE
      ** tag above.  */
      pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1.
................................................................................
** structure. Unless SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, a buffer of
** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure 
** in memory.
*/
struct PgHdr1 {
  sqlite3_pcache_page page;      /* Base class. Must be first. pBuf & pExtra */
  unsigned int iKey;             /* Key value (page number) */
  u8 isPinned;                   /* Page in use, not on the LRU list */
  u8 isBulkLocal;                /* This page from bulk local storage */
  u8 isAnchor;                   /* This is the PGroup.lru element */
  PgHdr1 *pNext;                 /* Next in hash table chain */
  PCache1 *pCache;               /* Cache that currently owns this page */
  PgHdr1 *pLruNext;              /* Next in LRU list of unpinned pages */
  PgHdr1 *pLruPrev;              /* Previous in LRU list of unpinned pages */
};







/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup.  A PGroup is a set 
** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each other's unpinned
** pages when they are under memory pressure.  A PGroup is an instance of
** the following object.
**
** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes:
**
................................................................................
** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU.
*/
struct PGroup {
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;          /* MUTEX_STATIC_LRU or NULL */
  unsigned int nMaxPage;         /* Sum of nMax for purgeable caches */
  unsigned int nMinPage;         /* Sum of nMin for purgeable caches */
  unsigned int mxPinned;         /* nMaxpage + 10 - nMinPage */
  unsigned int nCurrentPage;     /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */
  PgHdr1 lru;                    /* The beginning and end of the LRU list */
};

/* Each page cache is an instance of the following object.  Every
** open database file (including each in-memory database and each
** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which
** is an instance of this object.
**
** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as 
** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles.
*/
struct PCache1 {
  /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable
  ** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be 

  ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1Cachesize() method.
  ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax.
  */
  PGroup *pGroup;                     /* PGroup this cache belongs to */

  int szPage;                         /* Size of database content section */
  int szExtra;                        /* sizeof(MemPage)+sizeof(PgHdr) */
  int szAlloc;                        /* Total size of one pcache line */
  int bPurgeable;                     /* True if cache is purgeable */
  unsigned int nMin;                  /* Minimum number of pages reserved */
  unsigned int nMax;                  /* Configured "cache_size" value */
  unsigned int n90pct;                /* nMax*9/10 */
................................................................................
** This routine is called from sqlite3_initialize() and so it is guaranteed
** to be serialized already.  There is no need for further mutexing.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){
  if( pcache1.isInit ){
    PgFreeslot *p;
    if( pBuf==0 ) sz = n = 0;

    sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz);
    pcache1.szSlot = sz;
    pcache1.nSlot = pcache1.nFreeSlot = n;
    pcache1.nReserve = n>90 ? 10 : (n/10 + 1);
    pcache1.pStart = pBuf;
    pcache1.pFree = 0;
    pcache1.bUnderPressure = 0;
................................................................................
#endif
    if( pPg==0 ) return 0;
    p->page.pBuf = pPg;
    p->page.pExtra = &p[1];
    p->isBulkLocal = 0;
    p->isAnchor = 0;
  }
  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
    pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage().
*/
static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){
................................................................................
    pCache->pFree = p;
  }else{
    pcache1Free(p->page.pBuf);
#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
    sqlite3_free(p);
#endif
  }
  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
    pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage--;
  }
}

/*
** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured
** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer
** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc().
*/
................................................................................
** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the 
** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup
** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
**
** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
static PgHdr1 *pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){
  PCache1 *pCache;

  assert( pPage!=0 );
  assert( pPage->isPinned==0 );
  pCache = pPage->pCache;

  assert( pPage->pLruNext );
  assert( pPage->pLruPrev );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
  pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext;
  pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev;
  pPage->pLruNext = 0;
  pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
  pPage->isPinned = 1;
  assert( pPage->isAnchor==0 );
  assert( pCache->pGroup->lru.isAnchor==1 );
  pCache->nRecyclable--;
  return pPage;
}


/*
** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table 
** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in.
................................................................................
** If there are currently more than nMaxPage pages allocated, try
** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to nMaxPage.
*/
static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PCache1 *pCache){
  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
  PgHdr1 *p;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
  while( pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage
      && (p=pGroup->lru.pLruPrev)->isAnchor==0
  ){
    assert( p->pCache->pGroup==pGroup );
    assert( p->isPinned==0 );
    pcache1PinPage(p);
    pcache1RemoveFromHash(p, 1);
  }
  if( pCache->nPage==0 && pCache->pBulk ){
    sqlite3_free(pCache->pBulk);
    pCache->pBulk = pCache->pFree = 0;
  }
................................................................................
    PgHdr1 *pPage;
    assert( h<pCache->nHash );
    pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; 
    while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){
      if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){
        pCache->nPage--;
        *pp = pPage->pNext;
        if( !pPage->isPinned ) pcache1PinPage(pPage);
        pcache1FreePage(pPage);
      }else{
        pp = &pPage->pNext;
        TESTONLY( if( nPage>=0 ) nPage++; )
      }
    }
    if( h==iStop ) break;
................................................................................
    pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0);
    pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
    pcache1ResizeHash(pCache);
    if( bPurgeable ){
      pCache->nMin = 10;
      pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin;
      pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;




    }
    pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
    if( pCache->nHash==0 ){
      pcache1Destroy((sqlite3_pcache*)pCache);
      pCache = 0;
    }
  }
................................................................................
  /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */
  if( pCache->bPurgeable
   && !pGroup->lru.pLruPrev->isAnchor
   && ((pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax) || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache))
  ){
    PCache1 *pOther;
    pPage = pGroup->lru.pLruPrev;
    assert( pPage->isPinned==0 );
    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage, 0);
    pcache1PinPage(pPage);
    pOther = pPage->pCache;
    if( pOther->szAlloc != pCache->szAlloc ){
      pcache1FreePage(pPage);
      pPage = 0;
    }else{
      pGroup->nCurrentPage -= (pOther->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable);
    }
  }

  /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, 
  ** attempt to allocate a new one. 
  */
  if( !pPage ){
................................................................................
    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
    pCache->nPage++;
    pPage->iKey = iKey;
    pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
    pPage->pCache = pCache;
    pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
    pPage->pLruNext = 0;
    pPage->isPinned = 1;
    *(void **)pPage->page.pExtra = 0;
    pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
    if( iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){
      pCache->iMaxKey = iKey;
    }
  }
  return pPage;
................................................................................
  while( pPage && pPage->iKey!=iKey ){ pPage = pPage->pNext; }

  /* Step 2: If the page was found in the hash table, then return it.
  ** If the page was not in the hash table and createFlag is 0, abort.
  ** Otherwise (page not in hash and createFlag!=0) continue with
  ** subsequent steps to try to create the page. */
  if( pPage ){
    if( !pPage->isPinned ){
      return pcache1PinPage(pPage);
    }else{
      return pPage;
    }
  }else if( createFlag ){
    /* Steps 3, 4, and 5 implemented by this subroutine */
    return pcache1FetchStage2(pCache, iKey, createFlag);
................................................................................
  assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
  pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);

  /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already 
  ** part of the PGroup LRU list.
  */
  assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 );
  assert( pPage->isPinned==1 );

  if( reuseUnlikely || pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage ){
    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage, 1);
  }else{
    /* Add the page to the PGroup LRU list. */
    PgHdr1 **ppFirst = &pGroup->lru.pLruNext;
    pPage->pLruPrev = &pGroup->lru;
    (pPage->pLruNext = *ppFirst)->pLruPrev = pPage;
    *ppFirst = pPage;
    pCache->nRecyclable++;
    pPage->isPinned = 0;
  }

  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. 
................................................................................
       &&  (p=pcache1.grp.lru.pLruPrev)!=0
       &&  p->isAnchor==0
    ){
      nFree += pcache1MemSize(p->page.pBuf);
#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
      nFree += sqlite3MemSize(p);
#endif
      assert( p->isPinned==0 );
      pcache1PinPage(p);
      pcache1RemoveFromHash(p, 1);
    }
    pcache1LeaveMutex(&pcache1.grp);
  }
  return nFree;
}
................................................................................
  int *pnMax,          /* OUT: Global maximum cache size */
  int *pnMin,          /* OUT: Sum of PCache1.nMin for purgeable caches */
  int *pnRecyclable    /* OUT: Total number of pages available for recycling */
){
  PgHdr1 *p;
  int nRecyclable = 0;
  for(p=pcache1.grp.lru.pLruNext; p && !p->isAnchor; p=p->pLruNext){
    assert( p->isPinned==0 );
    nRecyclable++;
  }
  *pnCurrent = pcache1.grp.nCurrentPage;
  *pnMax = (int)pcache1.grp.nMaxPage;
  *pnMin = (int)pcache1.grp.nMinPage;
  *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable;
}
#endif

/************** End of pcache1.c *********************************************/
................................................................................
*/

#ifndef SQLITE_WAL_H
#define SQLITE_WAL_H

/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */

/* Additional values that can be added to the sync_flags argument of
** sqlite3WalFrames():
*/
#define WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS  0x20   /* Sync at the end of each transaction */
#define SQLITE_SYNC_MASK       0x13   /* Mask off the SQLITE_SYNC_* values */

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
# define sqlite3WalOpen(x,y,z)                   0
# define sqlite3WalLimit(x,y)
# define sqlite3WalClose(v,w,x,y,z)              0
# define sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(y,z)     0
# define sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(z)
................................................................................
** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
** to print out file-descriptors. 
**
** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
** struct as its argument.
*/
#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)

/*
** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
** state diagram.
**
**                            OPEN <------+------+
................................................................................
**
** errCode
**
**   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
**   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 
**   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 
**   sub-codes.












*/
struct Pager {
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
  u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
  u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
  u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
  u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
  u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
  u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
  u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
  u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
  u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */

  u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
  u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
  u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
  u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */

  /**************************************************************************
  ** The following block contains those class members that change during
................................................................................
      assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
      assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
      assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 

      );
      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
      break;

    case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
      assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
      assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 

      );
      break;

    case PAGER_ERROR:
      /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
      ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
      ** back to OPEN state.
................................................................................
      IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization

** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
**
**  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
**      a database page may be written atomically, and
**  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
**      to the page size.
**
** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
** database.



**
** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
  assert( !MEMDB );
  if( !pPager->tempFile ){



    int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
    int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
    int szPage;                       /* Page size */

    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
    dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);












    nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
    szPage = pPager->pageSize;

    assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
    assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
    if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
      return 0;
    }
  }

  return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);

}
#else
# define jrnlBufferSize(x) 0
#endif


/*
** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
** and debugging only.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
................................................................................
  unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
  zMaster[0] = '\0';

  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
   || szJ<16
   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
   || len>=nMaster 

   || len==0 
   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
   || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
  ){
    return rc;
................................................................................
  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
  if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );


  if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );

    /* Finalize the journal file. */
    if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
      /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
................................................................................
  u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
  Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
  int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
  int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
  char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
  int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
  int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */


  /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
  ** the journal is empty.
  */
  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
      }
    }
  }
  /*NOTREACHED*/
  assert( 0 );

end_playback:



  /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
  ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
  ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
  ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
................................................................................
  */
  setSectorSize(pPager);
  return rc;
}


/*
** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into 

** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
** file before this function is called.
**
** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
** the value read from the database file.
**
** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
*/
static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
  Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */

  int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */


  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL



  if( iFrame ){
    /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
    rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
  }else
#endif
  {
    i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }
  }

  if( pgno==1 ){
    if( rc ){
      /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
      ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
      ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
      ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
      ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
      ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
................................................................................
      */
      memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
    }else{
      u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
      memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
    }
  }
  CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);

  PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
  PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
  IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
  PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
               PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));

  return rc;
}

/*
** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
................................................................................

  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
  pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
  if( pPg ){
    if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
      sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
    }else{
      u32 iFrame = 0;
      rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
      }
      sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
    }
  }

................................................................................
  }else{
    pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
    pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
    pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
  }
  if( pPager->noSync ){
    pPager->syncFlags = 0;
    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
  }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
  }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){
    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
  }else{
    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
  }
  pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
  if( pPager->fullSync ){
    pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;



  }
  if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
    pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
  }else{
    pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
  }
}
................................................................................
  disable_simulated_io_errors();
  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
  pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
  /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
  pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
  sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,
      (db && (db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) ? 0 : pTmp)
  );
  pPager->pWal = 0;
#endif
  pager_reset(pPager);
  if( MEMDB ){
    pager_unlock(pPager);
................................................................................
  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
    /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
    rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
    }
  }else{







  
    /* Sync the journal file if required. */
    if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 
     || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
    ){
      rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
    }
................................................................................
  assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
  pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
  if( pPager->noSync ){
    assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
    assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
    assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
    assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
    assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
  }else{
    pPager->fullSync = 1;
    pPager->extraSync = 0;
    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
    pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
  }
  /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
  /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
  /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
  pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
  pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
................................................................................
** transaction and unlock the pager.
**
** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
*/ 
static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
  if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){

    pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
  }
}

/*
** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is 
................................................................................
        TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
        testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
        sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
      }
      memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
      IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
    }else{
      u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
      if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
        rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
      }
      assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
      pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
      rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        goto pager_acquire_err;
      }
    }
    pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
  if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
  return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
}

/*
** Release a page reference.
**
** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
** removed.




*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
  Pager *pPager;
  assert( pPg!=0 );
  pPager = pPg->pPager;
  if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){

    pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
  }else{
    sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
  }
  pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);

}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
  if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);









}

/*
** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 
** file when this routine is called.
**
................................................................................
        rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
      }
      sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
      }
    }else{















      /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
      ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
      ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 
      ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 
      **
      **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
      **      blocks of size page-size, and 
................................................................................
      ** mode. 
      **
      ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
      ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
      ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
      ** created for this transaction.
      */
  #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
      PgHdr *pPg;
      assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 
           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
      );
      if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 
       && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 
       && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
       && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
      ){
        /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 
        ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 
        ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 
        ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 
        ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
        */
        rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
      }else{
        rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
        }
      }

  #else






      rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
  #endif
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
  
      /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 
      ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 
      ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
      */
      rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
................................................................................
      ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
      ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 
      ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
      ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 
      */
      rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
  








      rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));








      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
        goto commit_phase_one_exit;
      }
      sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);

      /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 
................................................................................
  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( pPager->pWal ){
    rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
        (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
        pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
        pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
        pnLog, pnCkpt
    );
  }
  return rc;
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
................................................................................
    
  /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
  ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
    rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
                           pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
      pPager->pWal = 0;
      pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
      if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
    }
  }
  return rc;
................................................................................
    ){
      i64 nSize;                    /* Current size of database file */
      u32 nBackfill = pInfo->nBackfill;

      pInfo->nBackfillAttempted = mxSafeFrame;

      /* Sync the WAL to disk */
      if( sync_flags ){
        rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags);
      }

      /* If the database may grow as a result of this checkpoint, hint
      ** about the eventual size of the db file to the VFS layer.
      */
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        i64 nReq = ((i64)mxPage * szPage);
        rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize);
................................................................................

      /* If work was actually accomplished... */
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        if( mxSafeFrame==walIndexHdr(pWal)->mxFrame ){
          i64 szDb = pWal->hdr.nPage*(i64)szPage;
          testcase( IS_BIG_INT(szDb) );
          rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pDbFd, szDb);
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sync_flags ){
            rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pDbFd, sync_flags);
          }
        }
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          pInfo->nBackfill = mxSafeFrame;
        }
      }

................................................................................
  if( iOffset<p->iSyncPoint && iOffset+iAmt>=p->iSyncPoint ){
    int iFirstAmt = (int)(p->iSyncPoint - iOffset);
    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iFirstAmt, iOffset);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    iOffset += iFirstAmt;
    iAmt -= iFirstAmt;
    pContent = (void*)(iFirstAmt + (char*)pContent);
    assert( p->syncFlags & (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL|SQLITE_SYNC_FULL) );
    rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pFd, p->syncFlags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
    if( iAmt==0 || rc ) return rc;
  }
  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iAmt, iOffset);
  return rc;
}

/*
................................................................................
    }

    /* Sync the header (unless SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL is true or unless
    ** all syncing is turned off by PRAGMA synchronous=OFF).  Otherwise
    ** an out-of-order write following a WAL restart could result in
    ** database corruption.  See the ticket:
    **
    **     http://localhost:591/sqlite/info/ff5be73dee
    */
    if( pWal->syncHeader && sync_flags ){
      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
      if( rc ) return rc;
    }
  }
  assert( (int)pWal->szPage==szPage );

  /* Setup information needed to write frames into the WAL */
  w.pWal = pWal;
................................................................................
  ** If SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is defined, then padding is not
  ** needed and only the sync is done.  If padding is needed, then the
  ** final frame is repeated (with its commit mark) until the next sector
  ** boundary is crossed.  Only the part of the WAL prior to the last
  ** sector boundary is synced; the part of the last frame that extends
  ** past the sector boundary is written after the sync.
  */
  if( isCommit && (sync_flags & WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS)!=0 ){
    int bSync = 1;
    if( pWal->padToSectorBoundary ){
      int sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pWal->pWalFd);
      w.iSyncPoint = ((iOffset+sectorSize-1)/sectorSize)*sectorSize;
      bSync = (w.iSyncPoint==iOffset);
      testcase( bSync );
      while( iOffset<w.iSyncPoint ){
................................................................................
        if( rc ) return rc;
        iOffset += szFrame;
        nExtra++;
      }
    }
    if( bSync ){
      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
      rc = sqlite3OsSync(w.pFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
    }
  }

  /* If this frame set completes the first transaction in the WAL and
  ** if PRAGMA journal_size_limit is set, then truncate the WAL to the
  ** journal size limit, if possible.
  */
................................................................................
**
** skipNext meaning:
**    eState==SKIPNEXT && skipNext>0:  Next sqlite3BtreeNext() is no-op.
**    eState==SKIPNEXT && skipNext<0:  Next sqlite3BtreePrevious() is no-op.
**    eState==FAULT:                   Cursor fault with skipNext as error code.
*/
struct BtCursor {





  Btree *pBtree;            /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
  BtShared *pBt;            /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
  BtCursor *pNext;          /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
  Pgno *aOverflow;          /* Cache of overflow page locations */
  CellInfo info;            /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
  i64 nKey;                 /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
  void *pKey;               /* Saved key that was cursor last known position */
  Pgno pgnoRoot;            /* The root page of this tree */
  int nOvflAlloc;           /* Allocated size of aOverflow[] array */
  int skipNext;    /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive.
                   ** Error code if eState==CURSOR_FAULT */
  u8 curFlags;              /* zero or more BTCF_* flags defined below */
  u8 curPagerFlags;         /* Flags to send to sqlite3PagerGet() */
  u8 eState;                /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
  u8 hints;                 /* As configured by CursorSetHints() */
  /* All fields above are zeroed when the cursor is allocated.  See
  ** sqlite3BtreeCursorZero().  Fields that follow must be manually
  ** initialized. */
  i8 iPage;                 /* Index of current page in apPage */
  u8 curIntKey;             /* Value of apPage[0]->intKey */
  u16 ix;                   /* Current index for apPage[iPage] */
  u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1];     /* Current index in apPage[i] */
  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;            /* Arg passed to comparison function */

  MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Pages from root to current page */
};

/*
** Legal values for BtCursor.curFlags
*/
#define BTCF_WriteFlag    0x01   /* True if a write cursor */
#define BTCF_ValidNKey    0x02   /* True if info.nKey is valid */
................................................................................
      pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK;
    }
  }
}

#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */

static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage);  /* Forward reference */



/*
***** This routine is used inside of assert() only ****
**
** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
................................................................................
}

/*
** Release all of the apPage[] pages for a cursor.
*/
static void btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(BtCursor *pCur){
  int i;

  for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
    releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
    pCur->apPage[i] = 0;
  }

  pCur->iPage = -1;

}

/*
** The cursor passed as the only argument must point to a valid entry
** when this function is called (i.e. have eState==CURSOR_VALID). This
** function saves the current cursor key in variables pCur->nKey and
** pCur->pKey. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful or an SQLite error 
................................................................................
    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ){
      if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID || p->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ){
        int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
        if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
          return rc;
        }
      }else{
        testcase( p->iPage>0 );
        btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p);
      }
    }
    p = p->pNext;
  }while( p );
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
................................................................................

  if( pKey ){
    assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey );
    pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pCur->pKeyInfo);
    if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey, pIdxKey);
    if( pIdxKey->nField==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno);
      goto moveto_done;
    }
  }else{
    pIdxKey = 0;
  }
  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes);
moveto_done:
................................................................................
**
** Use the separate sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore() routine to restore a cursor
** back to where it ought to be if this routine returns true.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur){
  return pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID;
}












/*
** This routine restores a cursor back to its original position after it
** has been moved by some outside activity (such as a btree rebalance or
** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor).  
**
** On success, the *pDifferentRow parameter is false if the cursor is left
................................................................................

      if( 0==iFree2 || (data[iFree2]==0 && data[iFree2+1]==0) ){
        u8 *pEnd = &data[cellOffset + nCell*2];
        u8 *pAddr;
        int sz2 = 0;
        int sz = get2byte(&data[iFree+2]);
        int top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
        if( iFree2 ){
          if( iFree+sz>iFree2 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);



          sz2 = get2byte(&data[iFree2+2]);
          assert( iFree+sz+sz2+iFree2-(iFree+sz) <= usableSize );
          memmove(&data[iFree+sz+sz2], &data[iFree+sz], iFree2-(iFree+sz));
          sz += sz2;
        }
        cbrk = top+sz;
        assert( cbrk+(iFree-top) <= usableSize );
................................................................................
static u8 *pageFindSlot(MemPage *pPg, int nByte, int *pRc){
  const int hdr = pPg->hdrOffset;
  u8 * const aData = pPg->aData;
  int iAddr = hdr + 1;
  int pc = get2byte(&aData[iAddr]);
  int x;
  int usableSize = pPg->pBt->usableSize;


  assert( pc>0 );
  do{
    int size;            /* Size of the free slot */
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06866-39125 Freeblocks are always connected in order of
    ** increasing offset. */
    if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc<iAddr+4 ){
      *pRc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPg->pgno);
      return 0;
    }
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-22710-53328 The third and fourth bytes of each
    ** freeblock form a big-endian integer which is the size of the freeblock
    ** in bytes, including the 4-byte header. */
    size = get2byte(&aData[pc+2]);
    if( (x = size - nByte)>=0 ){
      testcase( x==4 );
      testcase( x==3 );
      if( pc < pPg->cellOffset+2*pPg->nCell || size+pc > usableSize ){
        *pRc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPg->pgno);
        return 0;
      }else if( x<4 ){
        /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-11498-58022 In a well-formed b-tree page, the total
        ** number of bytes in fragments may not exceed 60. */
        if( aData[hdr+7]>57 ) return 0;

................................................................................
         ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */
        put2byte(&aData[pc+2], x);
      }
      return &aData[pc + x];
    }
    iAddr = pc;
    pc = get2byte(&aData[pc]);


  }while( pc );



  return 0;
}

/*
** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed
** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[]
................................................................................
*/
static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, u16 iStart, u16 iSize){
  u16 iPtr;                             /* Address of ptr to next freeblock */
  u16 iFreeBlk;                         /* Address of the next freeblock */
  u8 hdr;                               /* Page header size.  0 or 100 */
  u8 nFrag = 0;                         /* Reduction in fragmentation */
  u16 iOrigSize = iSize;                /* Original value of iSize */
  u32 iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize-4; /* Largest possible freeblock offset */
  u32 iEnd = iStart + iSize;            /* First byte past the iStart buffer */
  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;   /* Page content */

  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( CORRUPT_DB || iStart>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize );
  assert( CORRUPT_DB || iEnd <= pPage->pBt->usableSize );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( iSize>=4 );   /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
  assert( iStart<=iLast );

  /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete
  ** option is enabled */
  if( pPage->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_FAST_SECURE ){
    memset(&data[iStart], 0, iSize);
  }

  /* The list of freeblocks must be in ascending order.  Find the 
  ** spot on the list where iStart should be inserted.
  */
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  iPtr = hdr + 1;
  if( data[iPtr+1]==0 && data[iPtr]==0 ){
................................................................................
    while( (iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iPtr]))<iStart ){
      if( iFreeBlk<iPtr+4 ){
        if( iFreeBlk==0 ) break;
        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
      }
      iPtr = iFreeBlk;
    }

    if( iFreeBlk>iLast ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);

    assert( iFreeBlk>iPtr || iFreeBlk==0 );
  
    /* At this point:
    **    iFreeBlk:   First freeblock after iStart, or zero if none
    **    iPtr:       The address of a pointer to iFreeBlk
    **
    ** Check to see if iFreeBlk should be coalesced onto the end of iStart.
................................................................................
        iSize = iEnd - iPtr;
        iStart = iPtr;
      }
    }
    if( nFrag>data[hdr+7] ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
    data[hdr+7] -= nFrag;
  }
  if( iStart==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ){

    /* The new freeblock is at the beginning of the cell content area,
    ** so just extend the cell content area rather than create another
    ** freelist entry */
    if( iPtr!=hdr+1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPage->pgno);
    put2byte(&data[hdr+1], iFreeBlk);
    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], iEnd);
  }else{
    /* Insert the new freeblock into the freelist */
    put2byte(&data[iPtr], iStart);






    put2byte(&data[iStart], iFreeBlk);
    put2byte(&data[iStart+2], iSize);
  }
  pPage->nFree += iOrigSize;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
................................................................................
** error, return ((unsigned int)-1).
*/
static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){
  return pBt->nPage;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
  assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 );
  return btreePagecount(p->pBt);
}

/*
** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.
**
** If pCur!=0 then the page is being fetched as part of a moveToChild()
................................................................................
  MemPage **ppPage,               /* Write the page pointer here */
  BtCursor *pCur,                 /* Cursor to receive the page, or NULL */
  int bReadOnly                   /* True for a read-only page */
){
  int rc;